Bulletin British Museum (Natural History) -4 JUL 1991 Historical Series VOLUME 19 NUMBER 1 27 JUNE 1991 The Bulletin of the British Museum of Natural History, instituted in 1949, is issued in four scientific series. Botany, Entomology, Geology (incorporating Mineralogy) and Zoology, and an Historical Series. The Historical Series is edited in the Museum's Department of Library Series Head of Department: Mr R. E. R. Banks Editor: Miss P. Gilbert Papers in the Bulletin are primarily the results of research carried out on the unique and ever-growing collections of the Museum, both by the scientific staff and by specialists from elsewhere who make use of the Museum's resources. Many of the papers are works of reference that will remain indispensable for years to come. A volume contains about 256 pages, made up of two numbers: published Spring and Autumn. Subscriptions may be placed for one or more of the series on an Annual basis. Individual numbers and back numbers can be purchased and a Bulletin catalogue, by series, is available. Orders and enquiries should be sent to: Sales Department. Natural History Museum Publications, Cromwell Road. London SW7 5BD Telephone 07 \-93^-93S6 /V;.v.- 071-938-8709 fforWZ./.s/ abbreviation: Bull. Br. A/i/.v. /((//. W.v/(hist. Ser. ® British Museum (Natural History), 1991 ISBN 0 565 09015 I Historical Series ISSN 0068 - 2306 Vol 1 9. No. 1 . pp I 1 60 British Museum (Natural History) Cromwell Road London SW7 5BD Issued 27 June 1991 Typeset by J&L Composition Ltd. Filey, North Yorkshire Printed in England by Henry Ling Ltd, The Dorset Press, Dorchester, Dorset Bull. Br Mus. nal. Hisl. (hist. Scr ) !<•( I ): 1-50 Issued 27 June IWl John Frederick Marshall and the British Mosquitoes KEITH & SUSAN SNOW School of Science, Polvtechnic of Easl London. Romford Road, London, E15 4LZ CONTENTS Introduction 3 Formative years 4 School and university days 5 Called to the bar 7 Blanche Marshall 7 The move to Hayling Island 8 Tennis at 'Seacourt' 10 The First World War 12 The Amateur Tennis Championships 12 The Hayling Control 12 The Hayling Mosquito Control 13 New discoveries 17 Mosquitoes and 'Seacourt" 17 Early success 18 The Institute at Hayling 20 The opening of the Institute 20 The role of the Institute 23 The work of the Institute 23 Purpose designed apparatus 26 Papers and publications 28 Contributions of Joan and Blanche 29 The Fate of the Institute 31 Management of the Institute 33 Membership and financial support 33 Residents to decide 35 Saved by the weather 36 Decision time once again 36 Publicity for mosquito control 38 Control activities suspended 38 A cash injection 38 The culmination of his career and the decline of the Institute 38 The British mosquitoes 39 The Second World War 41 The post war years 43 The Council assumes responsibility 43 Sale of the Institute 44 The current situation 45 On reflection 45 Acknowledgements 46 Appendix 46 (S^iMUhML mSTOriY) -4JUL1991 KKITH & SUSAN SNOW John Krcderick Marshall 1874-1949 JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES INTRODUCTION John Frederick Marshall, C.B.E., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.E.S. was one of Britain's out- standing entomologists and yet one who has received little real acclaim. Although an amateur in the true sense of the word, he founded the Hayling Mosquito Control and the British Mosquito Control Institute, became the foremost authority on British mosquitoes of his day and was invited by the Department of Entomology of the British Museum (Natural History) to update Dr W. D. Lang's Handbook of British Mosquitoes (which was published by the Museum in 1920). Although it began as a revision of the 1920 Handbook it developed to become a totally new monograph which even today is unsurpassed as a reference text on the mosquitoes of this country. We believe that there is no better way of describing Jack Marshall's The British Mosqiutoes than by using his own words, taken from the Introduction of the book. He wrote as follows: During the past eighteen years, knowledge relating to the mosquitoes of Britain has necessarily been extended in various directions, with the result that this book differs from its predecessor both in size and in a number of other respects. For instance, the number of known British mosquitoes is now twenty-nine, as against the twenty described by Dr Lang. The nine additions to the list include the two rare species Aedes sticlicus and Theobaldia aluskacnsis which, though discovered in Britain prior to 19211, were not referred to in the previous book, the former species at the time supposed to be merely a variety of Aedes punetor. and the latter species not having by then become recorded in entomological literature. The remaining 'new- comers' consist of five species previously known on the Continent — namely Anopheles algeriensis, Aedes eommunis, Aedes leiicomelas, Aedes flavescens and Ciilex molestus — and two new species. Theobaldia suboehrea and Theobaldia litorea. which were originally regarded merely as varieties of Theobaldia annulala and Theobaldia morsitans respectively. The British list has been further augmented by the discovery that two varieties of Anopheles maculipennis (namely var. messeae and var. atroparvus) occur in this country. The present book is illustrated by 172 text figures and 25 other drawings or photographs appearing on plates. Of this total of 197 illustrations, 93 are reproduced from the drawings made by Mr A. J. E. Terzi (.59 of which appear in Dr Lang's "Handbook") and 74 from drawings or photographs prepared by the British Mosquito Control Institute. The close association between John Marshall and the British Museum (Natural History) is shown as too is his liaison with the eminent entomologists of the time. He acknowledged the help given to him with the following words: For assistance in the preparation of the text of the present book, the author is primarily indebted to two members of the staff of the Museum, namely, Dr W. D. Lang — whose original "Handbook of British Mosquitoes' forms, as it were, the essential nucleus of the later work — and Dr F. W. Edwards, Deputy Keeper in the Department of Entomology. The text references to information supplied by Dr Edwards, numerous as they are, give but little indication of the invaluable advice and other help which he has so readily and continuously provided, and which the author can only hope to have utilized to the best advantage. KEITH & SUSAN SNOW Among other entomologists whose assistance has been most gratefully received during preparation of the book special mention must be made of the late Major E. F. Austen. the late Miss A. M. Evans. Dr L. W. Hackett. the late Mr Erie Hcarle. Professor D. Keilin. Dr C. G. Lamb. Mr P. G. Shute and Dr P. Tate. In conclusion, the author ventures to refer to the unremitting work of his assistant, Mr J. Stalcy, whose many and diverse contributions to the contents of the book include all the photomicrography and a great deal of chaetotaxic and other morphological data which here appear for the first time. FORMATIVK YKARS John Frederick Marshall, known to his close friends as Jack, was born in London on 5 September 1874 the only child of Charles and Jennie Marshall. His father came from a wealthy family. Jack's grandfather being James Marshall, a founder member of the prestigious department store Marshall and Snelgrove. James Marshall was born in Yorkshire, but moved south to London and worked as a shop assistant to the haberdashers Burrell, Son and Toby whose premises were at 10 Vere Street. London. On 5 April 1837 James Marshall, in partnership with a Mr Wilson, opened his first shop at 1 1 Vere Street. The business began under the name Marshall and Wilson, but soon a Mr Stinton became the third partner. However, in 1848 James Marshall went into partnership with John Snelgrove from Dulcote, Wells in Somerset. The new business partnership of Marshall and Snelgrove flourished and in 1851 additional premises were purchased so that the store occupied a corner position extending into Oxford Street. Later more properties were acquired and the business expanded even further. Fig. 1 The store. Marshall and Snelgrove in I.i)ndon JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 5 In the early I87()s one of the members of the firm went to Lyons, the silk producing city of France, and bought up large stocks of silk at low prices. This brought enormous profits which financed the construction of a new building to replace the assortment of shops then comprising Marshall and Snelgrove (Fig. 1). The wealth of the family as a result of these enterprises was shown by James Marshall's purchase of Goldbeaters Farm, a thousand acre estate at Mill Hill in North London. In 1871 James Marshall retired and the management was handed over to James C. Marshall and John Snelgrove. One of their most important decisions was to open stores in Scarborough and Harrogate, followed by others in Birmingham, Manchester, Soulhport, Leicester, Leeds, York, Sheffield and Bradford. So what began as a small family business became a national institution. The First World War. with its financial implications, saw the beginnings of a merger between the rival firms of Marshall and Snelgrove, and Debenhams. In March 1916 a working relationship was formed between the two London stores and a final merger took place in 1919. However, it was not until 1973 that Marshall and Snelgrove was renamed Debenhams. James C. Marshall's youngest brother was Charles Marshall the All England cricketer. He married Jennie Hancock and they had one son, John Frederick (Fig. 2). Fig. 2 Jack Marshal! as a child with his mother. Jennie School and university days Jack (John) Marshall took the entrance examination for Rugby School at the age of sixteen and entered at the beginning of the summer term of 1890. Like his father he was a keen sportsman and played for the cricket XI in 1892-93, captaining the side in 1893. At Rugby School he was also the 'First Player' at rackets in the same years, a sport in which he won the Public Schools Competition. In addition to his sporting activities he was also an outstanding scholar and became head of the School. 6 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW On 30 September 1893 he was admitted to King's College. Cambridge as a Minor Scholar. He was promoted to a Major Scholarship in 1896 and went on to be placed in the First Class in both Part I (1896) and Part II (1898) of the Mechanical Sciences Tripos. In the Part II examinations he was awarded a distinction in Electricity and Magnetism. As a result of his studies he was awarded the degree of Batchelor of Arts in 1896 and Master of Arts in 1900. Also in 1900 he made application for a patent for an advertising ■^^-^ Fig. 3 Jack Marshall at Cambridge with members of the Banjo Band (Jack Marshall is scaled on the nghi) JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 7 device which allowed letters forming words to be transposed automatically into different words. There is no information as to any commercial interest shown in this invention. As well as being an excellent scholar. Jack Marshall was also an accomplised musician and, when at King's College, played in the banjo band (Fig. 3) and travelled to perform at many venues including Oxford and London. At King's he followed his school successes at rackets and excelled at real tennis. The game, which dates from the thirteenth century, was called real tennis to distinguish it from the outdoor game of lawn tennis. Jack Marshall won both the Cambridge University Handicap Cup in 1896 and the University Challenge Cup in 1897, and represented Cambridge in the Inter-University Matches in 1897 in both the singles and doubles, then called the four-handed competition. In the singles his opponent was A. Page of Magdalen College, Oxford whom he beat 6-(), 6-0, 6-3. He partnered E. Garnett (Trinity) in the doubles and they beat the Oxford pair of A. Page and T. A. Garnett (Christchurch) 6-4, 6-1, 6-3. His tennis career continued beyond his university days and he became one of the few people in the country to own a private real tennis court. Called to the Bar Jack Marshall also studied law and on 25 April 1902 he was called to the Bar at the Inner Temple. However, he did not subsequently practice law and had no chambers address according to the records of The General Council of the Bar, although he featured on the Bar Lists from 1902-49. Unfortunately, the records of the Honourable Society of the Inner Temple suffered war damage in 1941 and the admissions for the early part of this century were destroyed. The Council of Legal Education, the educational body of the Inns of Court, do not have records going back that far, so details of Jack Marshall's legal training are not available. All that can be said is that he would have had to have taken and passed the Bar Examination. Blanche Marshall Jack was eventually to meet and marry Emily Blanche Hughes, known always as Blanche (Fig. 4). She was born in Chelsea, London on 24 December 1871. Her first marriage was to a Major Gray and they had one daughter, Margery who was born on 8 October 1892. It is believed that Major Gray was reported missing, presumed killed, during the Boer War. At about this time Blanche became involved with circus people and used her psychic powers to become employed as a fortune-teller. Later she set up as a successful society fortune-teller and lived in Vigo Street. London. She is said to have had a carriage and pair smarter than that of Lily Langtree. Blanche kept press cuttings of her life and lifestyle, although during the years she was married to Jack, these were locked away and no one was allowed to see them. Blanche became involved with a Mr Sinclair and on 13 April 1898 she gave birth to a second daughter. Iris. Sinclair was a Cambridge Graduate and the founder of the Bath Club in London. How this relationship terminated is unclear, although it is said that he emigrated to Australia. Despite the fact that they would appear to have little in common. Jack and Blanche were very much attracted to each other: Blanche to Jack because he was scholarly and rich, and Jack to Blanche because she was beautiful, charming, flamboyant and mysterious, and perhaps because she was a little older than him. Although small in stature — she was said to be no more than 5 foot tall — Blanche had a powerful personality and exerted considerable influence over Jack. KEITH & SUSAN SNOW Kig. 4 Jack and Blanche Marshall in the grounds of •Seacourf They married in 1902 and lived in a rented house in Hay ling Park Road, Croydon called 'Somerleyton'. It was there that Jack's only daughter Joan was born on 12 April 1907. The move to Hayling Island Jack's father, Charles, died in February 1907 after a hunting accident, and when Joan was .six weeks old the family went to live with Jack's mother, Jennie, in Primrose Hill Road, near London Zoo. Jennie died the following year and, having by now inherited the family fortune. Jack and Blanche decided to move to Hayling Island. They had discovered Havling when driving to Portsmouth some time before, being curious to visit because of the similarity of the place name and their address in Croydon. They thought that the Hat Island with its salt marshes was the most lovely place that they had ever seen, and decided lo buy land there and have a house built. So Jack purchased a six acre site on the south coast of the Island on which there was already a small two-bedroomed cottage overlooking the sea. JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL ANI5 THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 9 At first, Joan and her nanny lived in the cottage and Jack and Blanche took furnished accommodation nearby while their house was being built. The house was named 'Seacourt" (Fig. 5). and had a dining room, morning room, a drawing room facing the sea, and bedrooms, dressing rooms and nurseries for the family. There were also bedrooms and bathrooms for guests as well as servants" quarters. He also had a real tennis court built in the grounds of his house (Figs 6 & 7). This was said to be one of the Fig. 5 'Seacourt" Fig. 6 The tennis eourt at "SeaeDurt", Hayling Island fri^ni the outside 10 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW finest courts in England and explains the name given to the house. While the house was being built, there were five gardeners turning the field into a garden. There are many stories of Blanche's supposed psychic powers. One of these relates to the construction of the court. Blanche is reputed to have exclaimed "Out. all of you the roof is going to fall in'. Although it appeared to be perfectly safe Blanche became so angry at not being taken seriously that Jack ordered the men to stop work and everyone left the building. Suddenly there was a crash accompanied by clouds of dust as the roof came to the gri)und. The only person who was not amazed was Blanche who apparently said "What did 1 tell you. Jack? You must admit there are advantages in being married to a witch.' Fig. 7 The court at "Sciicourt" Tennis at 'Seacourt' When the court was eventually completed in June 1'>1 I there was a party for the opening match which was between Peter Latham, a world tennis and rackets champion, and Cecil 'Punch' Fairs, who was the current world tennis champion. Another champion, C. F. Covey, sometimes trained at 'Seacourt'. and Duncan Wilson of Oxford University and Prince's became the full-time professional in 1914. Soon after the court was completed Jack caught cold while he was walking back through the garden to the house on his way to have a bath after playing tennis. So he decided to extend the house to join with the tennis court. The extension included five additional bedrooms and a music room, as well as storerooms and an extra coal cellar. Jack Marshall's best year in tennis was undoubtedly 1914. the year of the beginning of JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSOUITOHS 11 the Great War. In the final of the preliminary event in the Marylebone Cricicet Club (M.C.C.) matches held at Lord's, Jack Marshall beat Captain Price by three sets to two, in a hard fought game that was reported to be the best match of the Championship. He went on to beat Major Cooper-Key for the Silver Prize and Eustace Miles for the Gold Prize. In the same year. Jack Marshall reached the final of the amateur championship of France, La Coupe de Paris, but was beaten by Captain Price, literally by a stroke. It may now appear somewhat strange that the M.C.C. should have been the centre for tennis. The first headquarters of English tennis was established in 182(1 when the 'James Street Racquet' opened in the Haymarket. When it closed, the headquarters was transferred to Lord's Cricket Ground where, commencing in 1867, the Marylebone Cricket Club awarded the Gold and Silver Prizes. While Jack was in Paris for the French Championships he arranged to go to America the following September to play tennis with the American champion Jay Gould. He considered that the war would be won by the army and navy, and saw no reason for changing his plans. So Jack, Blanche, their three daughters and the maid Kate Saunders sailed from Liverpool to New York in the Liisilaiiia. Here there is another story of Blanche's prophesies. Three weeks before the return journey was planned, Blanche is said to have foretold the sinking of the Liisitania on that voyage and made Jack change the reservation. Blanche was apparently so relieved at the change of plans that she was not even perturbed when Jack told her that they should all have to travel in inferior cabins. As well as playing at his own court. Jack Marshall was also a member of Lord's, Prince's, Queen's, Hampton Court and Brighton, being a Director of the last. He was an Fig. 8 Jiick Miirshall t)n court 12 K[MTH& SUSAN SNOW accomplished player and. according to E. B. Noel and J. O. M. Clark, ihe authors oi A History of Tennis: Mr Marshairs style is quite distinctive and most attractive if not orthodox in certain particulars. He is as neat as a dancer on his feet and gets to the ball with astonishing facility. He is a believer in volleying far more than the ordinary player, both in return of service and in the rest . . . But a nervous temperament and a delicate constitution have prevented him doing justice to himself in matches . . . (Fig. 8). The First World War By the summer of 1915 Jack was working in London for the Inventions Department of the Ministry of Munitions and relumed to "Seacourt' only at weekends. For a brief time the Marshalls had a furnished house in Brighton so that Jack could travel home from London every night. At 'Seacourt" there were now upwards of a dozen officers instead of the usual guests, billeted there after a School of Musketry was established on the Island. The house was also used as a convalescence home for military personnel wounded in the War. Later during the War Jack went to Birmingham and was involved in the design of tanks but by September 1918, as the First World War was coming to a close, he was back in London and the family moved into a maisonette in Baker Street. The Amateur Tennis Championships In the Amateur Championships, the blue ribband of Real Tennis, Jack Marshall reached the second round in 1919 and in 1920 was narrowly beaten in the final by E. A. C. Druce by three sets to two, 3-6, 6-3, 6-4, 5-6, 6-5. He reached the second round in 1921 , hut did not enter in 1922 when the venue for the competition was moved to Manchester. Back at Queen's Club in 1923 Jack Marshall was eliminated by a walk over in the lirst round. He continued to play first-class tennis up to 1937. giving up at this lime after developing what he described as 'a slight, but awkwardly situated rupture". THE HAYLIN(; CONTROL Before Jack moved to Hayling Island he had no special interest in natural history, but he quickly discovered that Flayling had an enormous mosquito problem. He is reputed to have said "Either the mosquitoes go or I go, and I refuse to be driven out of my own house". At that time those living in the central residential district were not able to sit or work in their gardens in the late afternoon and evening, and spectators at outdoor events had to cover themselves in blankets to protect against mosquito bites. So. in common with the other residents of the Island, Jack Marshall began to take a great interest in these blood-feeding insects. In August 1920. with his usual dedication and showing his powers of organization and leadership. Jack Marshall undertook to collect information on anti-mosquito measures. In his efforts to find details of control methods he was introiiuced to a leading authority on mosquitoes, Mr F. W. Edwards of the British Museum (Natural History) in London. In a letter to Jack Marshall dated 20 August 1920, Mr Edwards stated that the nuisance JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 13 mosquitoes were most likely to be the 'salt marsh' species Aedes caspius and Aedes detritus. During September and October l'i2() thousands of mosquitoes were collected by local people from the central residential area. It was during these early surveys that Jack started his long and protitable association with John Staley. Staley was a gardener with a keen interest in natural history and in the early days he spent his Sunday afternoons with his daughter. Ivy, collecting mosquitoes and locating and mapping their breeding sites. The mosquitoes were identified using the recently published Handbook of British Mosquitoes by William Dickson Lang. Apart from small numbers of Culex pipiens and Theohiildia (now Culiseta) annidata, almost all were found to be Aedes detritus (known at that lime as Ochlerotatus detritus). Pools and ditches adjacent to the residential area were examined, but it was not until the following year that larvae oi Aedes detritus were found in accumulations of stagnant brackish water about a mile and a half from the centre of the residential district. Jack Marshall appreciated from American literature that coastal mosquitoes could fly several miles inland and so he believed that these sites were the source of the problem. Impetus was given to the campaign when, on 8 April 1921, Mr Edwards delivered a lantern lecture at the home of Jack Marshall about mosquitoes and their control in various parts of the world. After the lecture a general discussion took place and a provisional committee was formed to investigate the possibility of taking definite measures to alleviate the mosquito nuisance on the Island. The early 192()s was a time of great interest in British mosquitoes because of the problems, which had arisen immediately after the First World War, when malaria was transmitted in this country by native mosquitoes. This followed the return of soldiers with the disease from the Mediterranean to centres in southern England, and Govern- ment reports were written and there were many papers appearing in scientific journals. Also the South Eastern Union of Scientific Societies formed a Mosquito Investigation Committee which published a series of circulars on Anopheles mosquitoes. The Hayling mosquito control On 13 April 1921, a further meeting, attended by over seventy local residents, was held at 'Seacourt". The proposal to actively commence an anti-mosquito campaign was supported by all present and a number of sub-committees were established with responsibilities for the various aspects of the proposed work. The main committee, which was to guide the others, was the 'General Purposes Committee", chaired by Sir Richard Gregory D.Sc, F.R.A.S. Other members of the Committee were Dr J. R. S. Robertson (Honorary Treasurer), Mr E. M. Fletcher M.A., Dr A. J. May M.B., B.C., Mr L. V. Turner B.Sc. and Mr J. F. Marshall MA. (Honorary Director). It was decided that the organisation should be called 'The Hayling Mosquito Control". The control programme was commenced in June 1921 when the Island was divided into thirteen administrative sections (A to H, J to M and P), each run by a section secretary (Fig. 9). A circular in the torm of a poster (Hayling Mosquito Control General Circular No. I) was used to advertise the campaign and was delivered to every household in the southern part of the Island (Fig. 10). A letter (HMC la, later revised as lb), accompanied by a reply card (Figs II & 12), outlining the aims of the control programme and asking for volunteers to assist in the work and for financial support, was also circulated. As the scheme progressed, further areas were incorporated, section R being added in September 1921 and sections N, Q, S, T, U and X (on the mainland north of Hayling) in June 1922, making a total of twenty. Sections W and Y on the mainland were planned but it would appear that they were never operational. One hundred and three people joined the Control in 1921 , 53 of whom wished to take 14 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW Fig. 9 Map of Hayling Island showing the control sections an active part in the scheme and a total of £32.()s.6d. was received in subscriptions. In order to carry out the practical work a room at 'Seacourf was equipped as a Laboratory, all of the necessary apparatus and materials being supplied by Jack Marshall. Work commenced at once to deal with the larval habitats already located and to search for others. Every larval habitat that was found was noted on a separate page in the 'Control Record Book" for that section and indicated on a large scale wall map covering two walls of the improvised laboratory. The 'register number' of each ditch, pond etc. was marked on the map and a red circle drawn around it to emphasise the fact that larvae may be present. The red circle was covered by a colour-coded washer to indicate the current status of the site. Thus white indicated that it was dry; black that it was free from larvae for no apparent reason; yellow that larvae were absent but thai predators such as fish were present; green that paraflining or larviciding operations had been carried out. Three weeks after a control operation had taken place the green washer was removed to reveal the red circle showing that further inspection was necessary. JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 15 Sht then dcpiiliind ii b, U,.n( .htm .n > link o. pond i.i jri >ncn loog. i.llcJ 1 LA KVA T.a ai i FULL CROWN M0--QUITO tm„^i KILL THE WRIGGLERS P^RAffirjyr-^ &W<^ BY SPRAYING PARAFFIN KILL THE WRIGGLERS & EXTERMINATE THE MOSQUITOES Com-r.,.ifi ho tKcn rn .ofi'r.uii.c.lion -il» .ht JtjJ...i: ju.ho'iHtl or. ih. ma.<|u..ii piabicm ,ni ,i ii «„■ ,o iH,..fiiuo ol .M -r., Ii.cl. i..(o.iinl.on contcin.nf iht n.tihu.l. *i ,.rc.(<.> tH...L' cm^lceJ .n . ...omi |>a.i> o' iht VVo'ld li ht. toc-dn.did ih>i ihc D.i;.r.,u..o'> •»•» tw (...o.n ..• THE HAYLING MOSQUITO CONTROL S.C..W1 Vc...,...,. -h., „.Kl....fc.r..u..fc iK. .nh.l,,..-.-,. ulit... H.ht c.h,^.,(M >o <«..... .oiKtm ,11 ..!<..«., ...Ie<.'>,..o'. -.d .0 n»<>< (.om Ihcn. .11 .c|»<.l. c...,«....--nilo.l.<. tom«,«n,r.u-i. ..I.M..C lo ihc . u-k ol .he M...« bt K ... fn...J .hi I.CI .h« ...«• of f the ways indicated in the accompanying circular, and thus help to assure the complete success of the Anti-Mosquito Campaign in liayling. I shall be much obliged if you will kindly fill up the enclosed reply card, which will be called for in the course of a few days, so that your name may be entered on the list of Members and the necessary information conveyed to you relating to the work which you feel disposed to do, I shall be glad to send you additional reply cards for the use of those of your household who may also be willing to become Members of the Mosquito Control. I am. Yours very truly. SecreUrj of B*etioo Baiting Mo«qi]iU> Control. Fig. 11 Letter introducing the iinti-mosqiiito campaign to the residents of Haylmg Island JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 17 REPLY CARD. [ am willing to assist the Hay ling Moaquito Control in the waya which I have marked with a croea A By preventing as (ar a« possible, the breeding of mosquitoea in my own huuae, garden. &c , in accor- danca with the infonnatiun supplied to roe by the Control from time to time INOTE : Supporter* hetping tn Ihe bt tnttrfd oa ASSOCIATEB 1 way only wtU B By helping in the experimental or practical work of the Control in one or more wave chosen by mynelf. INOTE : Supporter* hetjitng tn the above wayi will be entered at MEMBERS, and uivKed to act On tfte GENERAL COMMITTEE C By givmg a Subscription of £ s d tSOTE: SubKiHbera wtlibe entered oj MEMUER3. Name . .. Address... Fig. 12 Reply c.ird which ;icciimp;iniciJ the inlnidudory letter New discoveries A number of new and interesting facts were soon established regarding Aedes detritus, among them that it could be found not only in normal strength seawater, but in seawater which had been either concentrated by evaporation or diluted by rainwater. Investigations were also begun in 1921 to determine the quantity of paraflin necessary to treat a given area of water. An ordinary pneumatic sprayer was employed, and a series of tests showed that one pint of paraffin was sufficient to cover forty square yards and that the operation took only two minutes to complete. It was found that under certain conditions, such as when clumps of reeds were present, paraffining was not totally successful. In such cases it was found necessary to apply larvicides. A number of chemicals had been suggested, but details of the concentrations and methods of application were not available. Trials were therefore carried out and it was eventually discovered that a well-known disinfecting tluid called White Cross Fluid" killed mosquito larvae even when used in extremely low concentrations. The experiments were reported in Hayling Mosquito Control Circular No. 4 (1922) and showed a dilution of 1:16,000 to be effective. It was claimed that the liquid in this low concentration was quite harmless to animals and humans if drunk accidentally. Mosquitoes and 'Seacourt' At first there was a certain amount of opposition to the scheme until it was realised that it did not cause personal inconvenience and that it would benefit the community enormously. To help familiarise the residents with the scheme and its advantages, a billiard room at 'Seacourt' was converted into a Demonstration Museum in which the aims and progress of the campaign were illustrated. Lectures and demonstrations relating to the control work were also given in the Museum. The Demonstration Museum proved to be popular among professional organisations, naturalists and medical workers. Visitors included the British Medical Association, the Zoology Section of the British Association, the Hampshire Field Club and the Bournemouth Natural Science Society. 18 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW Early success During the summer and autumn of 1921 a number of larval habitats were permanently abolished by drainage and many others were treated with either paraffin or other larvicides. Articles describing the work appeared in various publications. One in the medical journal Health (5 November 1921 ) attracted the attention of Colonel S. P. James of the Ministry of Health, an authority on anti-malaria programmes. Colonel James wrote to Jack Marshall (Fig. 13) and arranged to visit Hayling Island in January 1922 to observe the work in progress. Colonel James subsequently offered his support and followed the work closely during 1922-23 and allowed his assistant, Mr P. G. Shute, to help in the scheme during this time. Also, in 1923 the Ministry contributed a 'scientific grant" of £100 towards the labour costs of some experimental studies. At this time the Havant Rural District Council began an annual donation of £75 to assist in the anti- mosquito work. Despite these grants and the subscriptions from residents, expenditure ?.oom 29 IV. ■■, KlnJstry of Health, I ( .) :; •.7}-iite!i&ll, ■\^ ■ y.' s.w. ■■'•'■■•' <;th Januur;-, 1922. 3ee.r Sir, An article "liOEquJ toee 3n England" pjblj eiied In "Kealtli" Vol. 1. No. 2 of 6th Hovenber £iTee pome piJrtJcularB of an antimoEo.uJto cajipajgn Bhl ch Jt je ur.derFtood wap conducted under your direction in Hayling Ipland laFt year. It i b thoufe^ht that the methodp end repultp may fce useful in other noequl to-i nfeeted localjtiee and I have t}ierefore been instructed to approach you with a Tiev^ to obtain as full detailp of the cajnpaign ap may be rjOEPible. It occurp to me that I could beet obt6.in the neceppary information at a perponal intervJev/ and if you approve thi p courpe I phall be very glad to vipit Haylin£ one day next v/eek for the purpoee. If Tuesday the lOtli vvould pui t you I would arrive at about 1.20 on that day. Yourp fi.itl. fully, lledical Officer and Advir.er en L^alaria, J. F. llarnhall, Esq., k'iniftry of Health. General Secretary, iintimopo.uito Caiapaign, Hay line Islt.nd, Kant 8. Fig. 13 Letter to Jack Marshal! from Colonel S. P. James JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 19 exceeded income every year and Jack Marshall made good the deficit personally, donating £120 in the first two years of operation. The task of controlling the Hayling mosquitoes continued throughout 1923 and 1924 and, at last, the problem abated. Evidence of the success came from many sources including several 'postcard canvasses' of the residential district. At the end of June 1923 a letter was sent to 164 members of the Control asking for their opinions: as to the effect of the work which is being done to diminish the local nuisance arising from the prevalence of the salt-water mosquito (Ochlerolatus delnius) by abolishing collections of stagnating water and by other means. A stamped reply card was sent with each letter, the recipients being asked to indicate their assessment of the situation. One hundred and twenty-three replies were received, 82 (67%) stating that the problem had 'much decreased', 34 (28%) that the problem had 'decreased' and 7 that it was 'unaltered'. No replies indicated that there was an increased problem. In the census taken at the end of 1924 (Fig. 14), 168 people were canvassed and there were 125 replies. 92% of those who replied indicated that the problem of mosquito nuisance was 'much decreased'. REPLY CARD ^ Hayling Island. Dear Sir. 1 have been a regular visitor to South Hayhng for a period of '^C^ years, and am of the opinion that during the years 1923 and 1924 the local mosquito nuisance has much decreased. Pfeuse insert n crows opposi'le the line which yiiu conaider to be the curiect one. has decreased. is unaltered. has increased. has much increased. t 1 am adding the Tollowitig remarks for the informatioD of your Cummitt«.*e ; - . V ^^^X^l^/^ *Yo„rB truly. Fig, 14 Reply card Irom Ihe canvass of 1924 (coincidentally from a rcsidcnl named Marshall) 20 KFITH & SI'S W SNOW THE INSTITUTE AT HAYLING Because the activities of the Hayhng Mosquito Control expanded so rapidly and because of the importance that Jack Marshall attached to the work, the accommodation at 'Seacourt' was no longer adequate. Blanche was also a driving force behind the moving of the mosquito work from the house, as she considered that there was no longer sufficient room left for entertaining the many guests. Jack and Blanche Marshall had a wide circle of friends who visited and stayed at the house. Entertaining was a major activity, and much of Jacks considerable wealth was spent on his guests and giving free books and pamphlets to his many visitors. Among their close friends, and frequent visitors to 'Seacourt". were Sir Richard Gregory, the editor of Nature, who once presented Jack with a parrot and began his life-long interest in these birds; Sir Theodore Cook, editor of The Field; C. G. Lamb. Professor of Engineering at Cambridge, who had an interest in Psychic Research: H. G. Wells (the author of such famous works as The Time Machine. Kipps, The Invisible Man and The History of Mr Polly): and Thomas Horder, later to become Lord Horder. the Royal Physician. In contrast to his wish to entertain his friends he had little time for relatives apart from his immediate family. Joan said that her father's dislike for relatives was rivalled only by his disapproval of the Church. She recalled that while at Cambridge Charles Chamberlain was Jack's best friend and he later entered the clergy. This, to Jack, was the most terrible thing to do and as a result their friendship ended. One day. Joan said I was playing golf and met a girl and asked her back to the house for lunch. She turned out to be Charles' daughter and when Jack found nut he made her leave the house at once. In order to overcome the problems raised by Blanche, and to expand the facilities and activities of the Mosquito Control. Jack decided to erect, at his own expense, a separate building in which the various aspects of the mosquito work could be performed effectively. He hoped that the required financial assistance would be forthcoming to make the Institute self-supporting and establish the control programmes on a permanent basis. A site was selected (Fig. 15) in the extensive grounds of "Seacourt' and construction of the building was started in February 1925 and completed in August of the same year (Fig. 16). In June 1Q25 Sir Richard Gregory, who had been Chairman of the Hayling Mosquito Control from the outset, approached a number of eminent scientists with regard to the formation of a Council for a new organisation, which it was proposed to call 'The British Mosquito Control Institute'. At this stage John Staley (Fig. 17) left his employment as a gardener and was appointed as Chief Assistant to Jack Marshall, the Director of the Institute. The opening of the Institute The Institute was formally opened at 4 pni on .^1 August 1925 by Sir Ronald Ross. Director of the Ross Institute and Hospital for Tropical Diseases (Fig. 18). The ceremony was attended by over .^50 guests, among the more notable being Sir David Bruce, Chairman of the Governing Body of the Lister Institute; Sir Richard Gregory; Colonel S. P. James, Medical Officer and Advisor on Tropical Diseases to the Ministry of Health; Mr C. Tate Regan, Keeper of Zoology. Natural History Museum; and Sir JOHN FREDERICK MARSHAL! AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 21 Fig. 15 Map of Hayling Island showing the location of the Institute i i I i Fig. 16 Exterior of the British Mosquito Control Institute. Main entrance and driveway 22 KFITHA SUSAN SNOW Fig. 17 John Slaley Fig. 18 The opening ceremony. 31 August 1925. Left to right: Colonel S. P. James, Sir David Bruce. F.R S , Mr r Tate Regan. F R.S.. Sir Richard Gregory. Sir Ronald Ross. F R.S., Mr J. F. Marshall JOHN FRFDFRirK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSOUITOF.S 23 William Simpson, Director of Tropical Hygiene, Ross Institute and Hospital lor Tropical Diseases. The role of the Institute From 31 August 1925 there were therefore two organisations: the Hayling Mosquito Control, responsible for local control activities, and the British Mosquito Control Institute with responsibilities for research, advisory and educational work. The two organisations were kept entirely distinct from one another. At a meeting of the Council of the Institute, held in London on 30 March 1927, it was decided that: (i) the Hayling Mosquito Control should in future be known as the Ha\ling Ishmd Branch of the British Mosquito Control Institute (ii) in view of the fact that the work of the Hayling Island Branch was being directed, and to a large extent carried out, by the Institute staff, one-fourth of the funds locally subscribed should be allocated to the Institute, and the remaining three-fourths expended upon materials and outside labour required for the purpose of the local work. (iii) in the event of additional branches of the Institute being formed in other parts of the country, a similar apportionment of the funds subscribed for the purpose of such Branches should be made. Up to that time, the British Mosquito Control Institute had not received any financial assistance from official bodies or from local authorities, hut had to rely almost entirely upon voluntary contributions either in the form of donations or of membership subscriptions. The work of the Institute The work carried out by the British Mosquito Control Institute may be considered under the following four headings: Mosquito Control The routine of the mosquito control scheme carried out by the British Mosquito Control Institute involved the following four operations: (1 ) All collections of stagnant water were periodically inspected and any mosquito larvae found were brought to the Laboratory for examination. (2) Full details of the species and larval instars, the salinity and pH of the water, the vegetation and any other points of scientific interest were noted in the Register of Specimens. (3) The breeding place of each batch of larvae collected was treated by oiling, larviciding, draining (Figs 19-21) or other appropriate means. (4) Details of the exact location of each sample and the control measures used were marked on a large-scale map by means of discs of various colours. With its facilities and experience in mosquito control and its qualified staff, the Institute was well placed to carry out advisory, educational and research work in relation to mosquitoes and their control. Details of these activities are as follows: 24 KE-ITH & SUSAN SNOW Fig. 19 Jack Marshall and an assistant surveying a site in Hayling Island Achisory work Advice on all aspects of mosquitoes and their control was supplied by correspondence and by inspection visits made by Jack Marshall or one of his assistants, often John Staley . No charge was made for any advice given by correspondence, which included the identification of mosquitoes sent to the Institute. From each enquiry, reference was made to existing records and full information was provided to each enquirer based on all of the information at hand. By early 19.^0 the number of localities from which enquiries had been received exceeded 1100. At this time the "Register of Specimens' showed that over 4300 batches of larvae had been examined, providing life history data on a large scale. In addition, mosquito control inspections were made in numerous coastal and inland areas, advice given and. when requested, appropriate treatment of larval habitats carried out. This aspect of the work was both time consuming and financially costly, but the accumulation of data on distribution, life histories and morphology was invaluable, and without it the monograph The British Mosquitoes could never have been written. Educational work This aspect of the work was divided into the following four categories: (I) The preparation of literature (Fig. 22). illustrations and photographs on the British mosquitoes and the collection of data on control methods. Booklets, pamphlets, a JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 25 ira>,''i J r: , ;„>-' ■*: Fig. 20 Dr^iining a salt-marsh area by opening a sluice valve during low tide selection of prepared slides, sets of lantern slides and living mosquitoes were all obtainable at a cost from the Institute as were prepared items and demonstrations suitable for Health and other exhibitions. (2) The provision of a Demonstration Museum (Fig. 23) showing all aspects of mosquitoes including maps, diagrams, preserved and living specimens, lantern slides and apparatus used in control programmes. The Museum was open to the public from ?> to 4 pm on week days and at other times by appointment. The popularity of the Museum may be judged by the fact that by November 1931 it had been visited by 9164 people. (3) The provision of courses. Two-day instructional courses in laboratory and field work were run on the first Tuesday of each month. These courses were designed for 'sanitary officers, persons going abroad, and others who had no time (or no desire) to acquire more than an elementary knowledge of the principles and practice of mosquito control work'. An additional day's instruction was also available for those wishing to obtain more detailed information on any of the topics covered in the two-day course. The fee for the two-day course was two guineas and the three-day course, three guineas. (4) The establishment of a comprehensive library. This contained a large selection of books, pamphlets and other material relating to the control of mosquitoes. 26 KFITH & SUSAN SNOW Fig. 21 A surface drainage channel constructed to prevent mosquitoes from breeding in a coastal marsh Research work Facilities for research and practical instruction were furnished both by the Laboratory on the ground floor (Fig. 24). a photographic room (Fig. 25) and the two specialist research rooms on the first floor. The main laboratory contained an extensive collection of mounted specimens and microscope slides to allow study of morphological characteristics and to act as a reference collection. It was also possible for visiting research workers to use the facilities of the Institute to investigate specific problems. The main laboratorv was equipped with various pieces of apparatus for the examina- tion of larvae and adults, the testing of larvicides, the rapid determination of salinity. pH etc of water. Provision was also made for experiments to be carried out on both adult and immature stages of mosquitoes. Purpose designed apparatus With his knowledge of engineering it is not surprising that many new pieces of apparatus were designed in the Institute by Jack Marshall (Fig. 26). Among these were a rearing chamber, a microscope projection apparatus, an automatic tilrator and, perhaps the most significant of all, optical apparatus which allowed highly detailed photographs of mosquitoes to be taken. The first two of these were marketed under the trade name of 'Moscon', an abbreviation of Mosquito Control. The rearing chamber, described at the time as the 'Moscon' Incubator, was designed to rear mosquitoes and consisted of a flanged glass jar of about .S.^Oml capacity above which was attached a flanged glass cylinder of similar dimensions having a wire-gauze cover. The jar and cylinder were held together by a girdle-clip composed of a complex spring. The overall height of the apparatus was approximately 22 centimetres. Two models of the incubator were available, A and B. The former was fitted with a rotatable L-tube for JOHN FREDERICK MARSH ALl. AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 27 No. 1. How TO Recognise a Mosquito. The body of » MOSQUITO («h.ch ii a "dipierous." or ■ i»o »inBe mosquitoes of the world belonging to [he former tribe In t'ireat Bntain, ^'2 species of C['f./C/.V£S n o and 3 species of ASOPHELt\ES have up to now been discovered. The palps of all ■- female mosquitoes are 'lender or threadlike — those of a Cl'LKl SE mosquito (above illustraled) being I cry tfrorl, and tho^e of 3n ASOPHELISE mosquito about as long .li Iht proboicn. Fig. 22 A ptfstcard. Afi example t>f educational literature produced by the Institute the removal and introduction of larvae into the jar. The incubator was marketed by A. Gallenkamp & Co. Limited, model A retailing for 8s. 6d. and model B for 5s. 6d. in the late 1920s (Fig. 27). The 'Moscon' Macrograph was designed to permit an enlarged image of an object placed beneath a microscope to be projected onto a translucent horizontal screen. This was advertised as being of value in demonstrating, drawing and photography. The "Moscon Macrograph" (Fig. 2iS) consisted of a projection screen attached to a vertically adjustable rod capable of being clamped to a table. A microscope and light source were placed on the floor and the image focussed on the screen. For drawing, a sheet of tracing paper was clipped over the screen while for photography a light-tight black cloth bag was attached to the frame and to the microscope tube and a plate-carrier substituted for the screen after the image was focussed. In 1928 the macrograph cost £5, complete with carrying case (the photographic accessories were an extra £1). It was manufactured by The London Instrument Company Limited of Cambridge and marketed by W. Watson and Sons Limited of 313 High Holborn, London, W.C.I. The large number of titrations carried out in the studies of the salinity of the water colonised by Aedes detrilus led to the design and construction of an automatic titrator. It is not known whether the titrator was marketed commercially or whether It was simply used in the routine work of the Institute. Basically il consisted of a burette from which silver nitrate solution could be dispensed automatically into measured volumes of sea water to which was added dilute potassium chromate as an indicator. A photographic apparatus was first described by Jack Marshall in the Bulletin of Entomological Research, 1924. A more sophisticated form, which progressively evolved from the original, was featured in the same journal in 1930. It was with this apparatus, which is shown in Figure 25, that the photographs featured in his monograph were taken. 28 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW Fig. 23 The British Mosquito Control Institute demonstration museum One of his photographs, of a female of the notorious Aedes detritus, is reproduced as Figure 29. Papers and publications A series of papers both in scientific journals and published by the Institute recorded some aspects of Jack Marshall's work. His writings began in 1922 with his account of 'Unofficial Mosquito Control in England" and culminating with the publication in July 1938 of The British Mosquitoes. A list of the publications of Jack Marshall is given in the appendix. It must be said, however, that the supportive work of John Staley was invaluable. He assisted with the publications from the Institute and provided much of the experimental details on which Ihe scientific papers were based and most of the morphological data for the book The British Mosquitoes. Jack Marshall and John Staley were a team and complemented one another with their abilities. Jack Marshall also contributed articles and letters to many local and national newspapers and magazines including the Bournemouth Echo. The Dorset Daily Echo. The Hampshire County Times. The Hampshire Telegraph and Tost. The Morning Post. The Portsmouth Evening News, The West .Sussex Gazette. Eield. The llavant and llayling Island Monthly and Pearson's Magazine. Many of these served merely to report the activities of the Hayling Mosquito Control and the British Mosquito Control Institute, while others attempted to lobby public opinion and gain financial support for the schemes. JOHN FREDERICK MARSHAL, 1 AND THE BRITISH MOSOLHTOES 29 Fig. 24 The labor;itnry nt the Institute Contributions of Joan and Blanche Jack's daughter, Joan, acted as a laboratory assistant on many occasions, carrying out many routine duties such as counting setae, analysing water samples for salinity and pH and taking levels in order to help construct ditches to drain the sea water pools which acted as larval habitats for Aedes dclritus. It was Jacks wish for Joan to follow in his footsteps and to become the first woman to gain a First in the Mechanical Science Tripos at Cambridge. Joan was educated at home and recalled that she had a total of 27 tutors and governesses. It was apparently very difficult for them to please Blanche. Joan was very fond of one other governesses. Miss Griffiths. A row between Blanche and Miss Griffiths arose, and Joan pronounced that if Miss Griffiths went then she would never do lessons of any kind again. Miss Griffiths was indeed dismissed, a fortnight before Joan's sfxteenth birthday and her formal scholastic education ended. Joan made an observation while on honeymoon in Italy in 1927 following her marriage to Leslie Grant, the importance of which was not appreciated at the time. She sent Jack countless matchboxes full of mosquitoes, the specimens chloroformed and carefully packed in cotton wool as she had been instructed. They were accompanied with the news that they appeared to be Culex pipiens and that they were biting her. Jack was delighted to receive the tributes of affection, but refused to believe the observation. He wrote to Joan saying C. pipiens under no circumstances will bite human beings. It is presumed that they take their blood-meal from birds. You will doubtless remember, if you can spare the 30 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW Fig. 25 The photographic room ol the InMilutc time to think of such matters, that although Stalcy spent several days, stripped to the waist in a cage of C. pipiens, none of them could be persuaded to bite him. This is a scientific fact, so in future make your observations with more care. Had he taken more notice of Joan he would have realised that she was referring to a form of Citlex pipiens currently called molestus. It was not until two years later that the characteristics of this form were reported by continental workers, and not until 1*^35 in a paper entitled Exhihition of "Autogenous'" Characteristics by a British Strain of C'ulcx pipiens L." co-authored with John Staley that he recognised that this form occurred in Britain. The Institute was open to the public and, before her marriage, it was often Joans task to show people around the building. She found a few of them to be genuinely interested, but felt that the majority were attracted by curiosity and the opportunity of seeing something for nothing. She remarked that there were always more visitors when it was cold and raining and that the holidaymakers soon learnt that there was a toilet available there! She used to bet with herself that in every group that she took round someone would say 'So the female of the species is always deadlier than the male'. Blanche was a very efficient housekeeper and hostess and, with the aid of her staff. JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 31 Fig. 26 Apparatus used in mosquito control work looked after the many guests. Entertaining visitors to the Institute was a major task and this was Blanche's important contribution to the running of the Mosquito Institute. THE FATE OF THE INSTITUTE On 12 February 1927 the Institute was formally incorporated under the Companies Acts as a Limited Company, the word 'Limited' being omitted from the title by Licence of the Board of Trade. It was a 'Company limited by guarantee and not having a share capital" and having for its major aims: (a) To further experimental, educational and research work in connection with mosquitoes and other noxious insects, particularly with a view to advising upon and undertaking the practical measures required to control them. (b) To develop and carry on the experimental, educational and research work hitherto carried out at the Laboratory at 'Seacourt', under the direction of Mr John Frederick Marshall, and in the Island of Hayling generally and elsewhere. (c) To provide at the aforesaid Laboratory or elsewhere an educational establishment where the habits of mosquitoes and other noxious insects may be studied with a view to their extermination. 32 M : I H ii SUSAN SNOW THE "MOSCON" INCUBATOR. (Designed in iKe L.[.r,r.tof> .f ,U Rrunh Mc-r.^uiio C . r.,,; Ininiule .t H»yl,ng I, land ) GAUZE COVER CYLINDER - GIRDLE CLIP THE MOSCON" Incubator is now regarded as an indispensable accessory m all laboratories where work involving the hatching of wmged msectj from their larvae is carried on. The Incubator consists of a flanged glass jar of about 550 c.c. capacity, upon which ii superimposed a Ranged glass cylinder having a wire-gauie cover. The jar and cylinder are held togclhcr by a "girdle clip" composed of helical springs ; the overall height of the combination being 9 inches. Water, earth. &c.. containing the larvas is deposited in the jar and the insects which hatch out are fed by placing raisins or other suitable (cod upon the gauze cover. By slipping down the girdle clip and inserting a card between the flanges, the insects may be isolated in the cylinder and cither transferred elsewhere or killed by placing chloroformed cotton-wool upon the gauze. The "MOSCON" Incubator ii supplied in two patterns, " A ' and " B " which are illustrated above. Pattern "A" is specially adapted for experiments with water-breeding insects (luch as mosquitoes) ; (he rotatabie " L-tube" enabling larvae to be removed from (or introduced into) the Intubalor without any of the hatchcd-oul insects escaping. See overleaf for Price Liil. A. GALLENKAMP & Co., Ltd. Complete Laboratory Furnith-rt & Scientific Apparalua Manufaclureri, 19/21, SUN STREET, FINSBURY SQUARE, LONDON, E.C.2. Fig. 27 The Moscon Incubator (d) To provide an opportunity for those whose occupation entails hving in countries infested by poisonous or poison-bearing insects, of studying the habits and hfe history of such insects and perfecting the system or systems found most effectual for their destruction. (e) To collect, prepare, print, publish, issue and circulate and assist in the preparation, printing, publication, issue and circulation of lectures, books, journals, documents, pictures, prints, photographs and lantern slides relating to the work of the Institute and entomology, and to receive money in payment therefor. JOHNFREDERirKMARSHAl I ANDTHE BRITISH MOSQUITOES II. COMPONENT PARTS OF THE MACROGRAPH. 33 The component parts of the Macrograph, which .ire illustrated abo\'e, an- as fnllinvs — J S, the PROJECTION SCREEN, consisting of a wooden frame made to hold squares of ground or clear glass or photographic dark slides. This screen is attached to the upper extreinity of R. the SLIDING ROD. 27 mches long, which travels between the two rod clamps (CI. C2). These clamps form part of a light but ohsnliilelv rigid framework composed of three members, namely : — F. the FIGURE-4 PIECE, which carries the rod clamps ; D, the DIAGONAL STAY . and B, the BASE PLATE. T, the TABLE CLAMP, for fixing the base plate to any table, or other convenient support. Fig. 28 The Moscon Macrograph Management of the In.stitute The management and control of the Institute was vested in Jack Marshall as its Director, and a Council consisting of between five and twenty-five members. The members of the first Council were: Major E. E. Austen; Dr Andrew Balfour; Professor F. Balfour-Browne; Dr Patrick A. Bu.xton; Sir James Crichton-Browne; Dr H. Eltringham; Sir Richard Gregory (Chairman); Mr L. W. North Hickley; Colonel S. P. James; Dr C. G. Lamb; Dr G. A. K. Marshall; Professor E. B. Poulton; Sir Ronald Ross; Professor Sir William Simpson; Dr C. M. Wenyon. Membership and financial support The Articles of Association provided for the election of life members, who contributed one payment of £10, and annual members, who subscribed £ 1.1s. Od. yearly. The liability 34 K[:i I H & SUSAN SNOW Fig. 29 A photograph of Aedes dethtux taken by Jack Marshall of each Member was limited to £1. It was hoped that a sufficient number of members would be obtained to provide an annual income which would enable the work of the Institute to be carried on efficiently without the need to subsidise the activities. The subscriptions received to support the British Mosquito Control Institute were low from its inauguration and the Fifth Report of the Ilayling Island Branch of the British Mosquito Control Institute (1927) contained the following statement: It is hoped therefore, that sufficient funds will be forthcoming to enable the local control work not only to be continued but also to be effectively carried on JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 35 The Sixth Report, in contrast to the glossy booklets which preceded it, was a four-sided pamphlet and drew attention to the financial plight of the Hayling Island Branch. It restated that all subscriptions received were devoted to: the purpose of suppressing mosquitoes on Hayling Island only; three-fourths of all such subscriptions being dispersed in respect of materials and outside labour, and one- fourth in respect of laboratory and other indoor expenses incurred in connection with the work. The amount subscribed in 1927 was also highlighted, £66.I4s.0d compared with £84.19s.6d the previous year. This was the first year that there was a reduction in the amount received. The Report ends: It is hoped that the amount subscribed in respect of this year's work (1928) will show a very definite increase in comparison with that forthcoming last year: otherwise the Committee will be compelled to abandon the local control work of Hayling Island until adequate financial support can be obtained. Although £82.Is.0d was received in 1928, this was still insufficient and the Report for that year (Seventh Report) noted that: during the years 1927 and 1928 . . . the suppression of the mosquito nuisance of Hayling Island has entailed a financial loss of over £3().0s.0d . . . before the end of this year (1929) the Committee will therefore have to decide whether the local mosquito work shall be curtailed to an extent limited by the amount of funds that can be guaranteed or whether it shall be suspended altogether. Residents to decide A public meeting was proposed in order to consider this issue before a final decision was taken. At this time an application was made to the Havant Council for a rate rebate for the British Mosquito Control Institute, but this was rejected. Following the refusal of the Havant Council to reduce the rates. Jack Marshall felt it necessary to publish an article in the Hampshire Telegraph and Post, dated 15 November 1929, stating that all money provided by the Havant Council, and from residents and visitors is for local control, and that this needed to be subsidised. He made it clear that: the British Mosquito Control Institute neither receives nor has received a grant of any description — Government or otherwise. Its annual income (which at present falls short of the minimum annual expenditure by some hundreds of pounds) is solely derived from: (a) the sale of educational material; (b) fees received in respect of advisory and educational work; and (c) from membership subscriptions and donations. Members, who may be either individual or collective (such as scientific societies, educational bodies, local authorities etc) subscribe one guinea annually; but although we are constantly providing information, identifying specimens etc for District Councils all over the countrv, very few of these bodies make even this small contribution. In the whole of Hampshire, for instance, only one local authority (namely, the Rural District Council of Winchester) supports our work in this way. Eventually, however, on 23 January 1930 the Institute was certified by the Register of Friendly Societies as being entitled to exemption from payment of Rates under the provisions of the Scientific Societies Act, 1843. 36 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW Saved by the weather The proposed public meeting did not take place as there were long periods of drought during the summer of 1929 and the majority of places in which stagnant water was usually found had dried up, thus removing the need for treatment and constant inspection. The financial position was also improved, as in 1929 the Havant Rural District Council increased its annual contribution from £75 to £100. In 1930 and 1931 income exceeded expenditure by £42.0s.3d and £8. Is. lid respectively, although in 1931 the receipts from subscriptions were the lowest since 1923 (Table 1). Once again there were warnings in the Annual Report . . . owing to the very meagre financial support that is annually received, the work of inspecting and treating mosquito breeding places distributed over an area of more than six square miles has to be undertaken by a single inspector . . . The minimum running costs of the Institute exceed £500 a year, which is more than double the amount which has hitherto been received in any year in the form of membership subscriptions, donations, fees for advisory and experimental work, etc . . . Unless increased support can be obtained it is difficult to see how the work of the institute in general, and of the local mosquito control organization in particular can much longer be carried on. The finances of the British Mosquito Control Institute itself and not just the Local Branch were now an issue. Jack was becoming increasingly pressurised financially and his dream of a well supported control programme was fading. As the international situation began to deteriorate, people started to economise and gave up subscribing to what Jack Marshall himself described at the time as "small shows like the BMCI". Decision time once again The eleventh, and final. Annual Report appertaining to 1932 and published in early 1933. differed from those which preceded it. Reports of mosquito biology and control activities were minimal and the Report was devoted to the finances of the scheme. Referring to the figures for income (Table 1), it was pointed out that the total sum received was about £160, apportioned as £120 for the outside work and £40 for the laboratory work. The latter was noted to be especially inadequate to cover wages, chemicals and other expenditure. The report continued ... As far as can be seen, the early termination of its work is practically unavoid- able . . . the time has come for the Mavant Urban District Council (the Council name changed from Rural to Urban in 1932) and the residents of Hayling jointly to assume responsibility of deciding between two alternatives, namely: ( 1 ) whether the mosquito control work of Hayling shall be discontinued altogether, or (2) whether the said work shall be continued with adequate financial support. ... It is estimated that a minimum annual sum of £.^(MI is required for carrying on the work satisfactorily . . . This annual sum would enable the mosquito control work of Hayling to be continued independently of the British Mosquito Control Institute, in the (unfortunately likely) event of the said Institute ceasing to exist. The Report ended by saying that the balance in hand would be used until exhausted, and then the work discontinued until the Havant Council and Hayling residents made their views known. 32 II h 71 5 0 135 18 6 154 16 0 155 15 0 154 ly 6 141 14 0 157 1 0 182 3 0 181 13 0 165 12 0 173 19 6 JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 37 Table 1 Financial statement regarding the Hayling Island Branch of the British Mosquito Control Institute INCOME (a) From Residents (h) From Havant (c) TOTAL and visitors R.D. Council £ s. d, £ s. d. f s. d. 1921 32 0 6 1922 71 5 I) 1923 6(1 18 6 75 0 0 1924 79 lb U 75 0 0 1925 80 15 0 75 0 0 1926 84 19 6 75 0 0 1927 66 14 0 75 0 0 1928 82 1 0 75 0 0 1929 82 3 II 100 0 0 1930 81 13 II 100 0 0 1931 65 12 0 100 0 0 1932 73 19 6 100 0 0 The Report of the Director presented at the Sixth Annual General Meeting on 14 December 1932 contained similar messages and interestingly presented the financial picture of income for 1931 and 1932, a breakdown of expenditure for 1931 and 1932 and the relationship between expenditure and income for 1927-32. The latter is shown in Table 2. It can be seen quite clearly that the annual deficits were considerable even though the level of expenditure was reducing. This, however, was being achieved by a reduction in activities and, in 1932, by a generous donation of £100 from a Mr and Mrs Arbuthnot who were willing contributors, having donated £25 in 1931. Table 2 Financial statement regarding the British Mosquito Control Institute Relation of Expenditure to Income. 1927 to 1932 mclusive Year Expenditure Income Deticil £ s. d. £ s. d. £ s. d. 1927 1,076 19 4 204 13 6 872 5 10 1928 924 18 9 223 12 4 701 6 5 1929 817 7 10 188 4 4 629 3 6 1930 977 2 5 2.34 18 2 742 4 3 1931 768 13 5 183 9 2 585 4 3 1932 522 5 9 253 0 II 269 5 9 NOTE: The amounts due to the Trustees in respect of rent (£2110 in each year) are not included in the above statement. Jack Marshall further commented in the Report of the Director (1932): it has unfortunately become obvious that, if the work of the Institute is to be kept going, some fairly comprehensive scheme for directing attention to its difficulties will have to be devised. At the present time of Hnaneial depression, however, any attempts to obtain support for scientific work such as is carried on at the Institute would be foredoomed to failure . . . 38 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW Publicity for mosquito control He very much hoped that the publication of his book The British Mosquitoes would promote interest in mosquitoes and the Institute. In 1932 he wrote: ... In the previous Report reference was made to the fact that I had undertaken, at the invitation of the then Keeper of Entomology, in the British Museum (Natural History) Major E. E. Austen. D.S.O., the revision of Lang's 'Handbook of British Mosquitoes' . . . The work is now approaching completion and it is hoped that the new edition, when issued, will incidentally serve to direct attention to the work of the Institute . . . the exceptional facilities provided by the Institute for obtaining and examining quantities of specimens have enabled us to revise and greatly to supplement previous knowledge concerning the larval chaetotaxy and other diagnostic features of many British species ... A number of illustrations prepared in the Institute will also be included. Control activities suspended The operations of 1933 were, to some extent, facilitated by the long period of drought with the result that there was a sufficient balance in hand to keep the work going until March 1934. After that date the mosquito control work on Hayling Island was suspended. A cash injection A new factor was introduced in 1934 when the Public Health Committee of Portsmouth Council invited the Institute to carry out a mosquito survey of the City and to implement anti-mosquito measures. These operations took six weeks during which time the mosquito problems in Hayling had returned. The local Committee therefore decided to resume the mosquito control work in Hayling on a temporary basis, pending the consideration by the Urban District Council of the issues involved. The Committee decided to finance the work during this 'emergency' period by utilising a portion of the funds subscribed by Hayling residents in 1933 {amounting in all to £103. 16s. Od), which had been held in reserve. Havant and Portsmouth Councils soon became concerned at the level of the mosquito problem in their areas and asked the Institute to name a figure for recommencing the work. The suggestion was £600 per year, and the two Councils each promised £300. At the last moment, Portsmouth (where a 'lower the rates' campaign had commenced) reduced their promised contribution to £200. A sum of £500 was therefore available to finance local mosquito control and so the continuation of this aspect of the work was assured. THE CULMINATION OF HIS CAREER AND THE DECLINE OF THE INSTITUTE In 1936 Jack Marshall's work on mosquitoes and their control in Hayling Island and elsewhere in Britain was formally recognised when he was made a Commander of the Order of the British Empire (C.B.E.). The honour was announced in the London Gazelle and The Times on 1 January 1936 as follows: JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 39 The King has been graciously pleased to give orders for the following promotions in, and appointments to the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire: To be Commanders of the Civil Division of the said Most Excellent Order: . . . John Frederick Marshall, Esq., Honorary Director of the British Mosquito Control Institute, Hayling Island . . . The British mosquitoes Jack Marshall will for ever be remembered for his book The British Mosquitoes, the successor to Dr W. D. Lang's Handbook of British Mosquitoes (1920). The book was commissioned by the British Museum (Natural History) and published by them in 1938. It established Jack Marshall as the number one authority on British mosquitoes, and remains the most complete and authoritative work on the subject. In his book he described nine species not mentioned in Lang's book, and filled numerous gaps in the knowledge of the morphology, life cycles and habitats of many other species. The inclusion in this book and other publications of detailed photographs of mosquitoes Just Published Printed by Order of lite Trustees of the British Museum {Natural History), London. THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES JOHN F MARSHALL, CBE.MA.FRES. Director of the Bhti&b Mosquito Control Institute. Hayliog Islai "The British Mosquitoes," a book of 341 pages, is tUustrated by 20 full-page plates {of which 9 are coloured) and 172 text figures. It contains a chapter on Mosquito Control in Britain, and a Bibliography of over 200 references. Tins b(«ik may he nl.Iaiiied, ]kiM free, (ri.in THE HKITISH MOSQUITO CONTROL INSTITUTE, HAVLING ISLAND, HANTS Price £l 0:0 For Table of Contents — See Overleaf f^ Fig. 30 Cover ol pamphlet announLing The British Mosquiloes 40 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW demonstrated his skill at close-up photography, the apparatus for which he invented himself. That he was an extremely enthusiastic, devoted and patient man is reflected in the quality of the book. The cover page of a pamphlet which announced the publication of the book is shown in Figure 30. and emphasised that it contained a chapter on Mosquito Control in Britain, a subject which was always uppermost in Jack Marshall's mind. Only one edition of this text was produced and only 1000 copies were printed. Although it began as a straightforward revision of Lang's Handbook it ended as a greatly enlarged tome with an abundance of new information. A page from the proofs (Fig. 31) shows that the running title at the top of the page was the same as for Lang's book. It was only shortly before its publication that the final title was selected. There are many amendments on the page proofs, indicating the level of care and commitment shown bv the author. HANDBOOK OF BRITISH MOSQUITOES r^ single species geviculatus) and Oehlerotatus (of which there are no fewer than eleven British speciesj the claspettc consists of a more or less slender, dislally- tapering stem supporting a flattened, blade-like, often sickle-shaped appendage (fig. 90). The hypopygium of Ftnlaya differs from that of any British species of Oehlerotatus in having no apical lobe and only a ver>' inconspicuous basal one (fig 69). )ho4>yym»wg»Cit >iniliiioiu Table VIII. — Hypopygial Characteristics of British Culicine Genera and Subgenera. :. Inner face of coxite more or I«s divided longitudinally into a doreal and a ventral flap 2 Inner face of coxitc nol so divided .... 6 f Claspeltes absent ... Genus Tatniorkynchui [,i\%.',%). Claspelles pr«ent (Genus Aides) 3 I Style unequally bifurcate, ahsing from below the tip of the coxite Subgenus Aides (fig. 68), Style not furcate, arising from tip of coxitc ... 4 ,. Style expanding dislally. with subapical claw . S\ih%tnusAidtrnorphui{f\g-ji). Style tapering distally, with apical claw ... j Apical lobe of coxite absent and its basal lobe incon- spicuous . Subgenus Ftnlaya (fig 69). Apical and basal lobes both more or less distinct . Subgenus Oehterotaius (fig 70). , Coxite with a subapical lobe carrying spines and stout processes Genus Culex (fig. 73), Coxite wth a conical basal lobe carrying numerous spines 7 , Claw of style fingered at extremity .... Genus O/Ao/Oi/omyia (6g. 74). Claw of style simple Genus XA^oiaWtn (fig. 73). Tee nypopygial cnaractenstics (described aoove) finicb enaole tne geoera and subgenera of Britisb Culicines to be distinguisoed froE one aDotoer are suEBflrised in ibe subjoined Key (leble Vlll)."^ rooTHOTii Tbe illustratiooB referred to id tbis lade (figs, bo-75) are arranged (on pp, i*o,t*y) in toe order in kdicd tney receive consideration id Cnapter VIII. As is custosary, tbey bdow tbe oypo- pygiui as viewed froi belox, after its rotation tnrougD ioO^ ;it8*orrgrnar"dor8ar"aspect oeing tfius depicted. See p« 73.' Fig. 31 Page from the proofs of The Hrhish Mosquiloes JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 41 The Second World War The local grants amounting to £500 per year were still being provided in 1939 and just about covered the costs of the Portsmouth and Hayling operations. At this time it was decided finally to stop the non-local work and to maintain the local control work for as long as possible. Jack hoped that when the war was eventually over a well-organised appeal to the public for financial support would be organised. Meanwhile he suspended the receipt of membership subscriptions and returned any recently received subscriptions. As the Institute was incorporated by Board of Trade licence, there was a legal obligation to call at least one General Meeting in each year. The 1939 meeting, the thirteenth, was held at his solicitor's office on 29 December. Jack felt at the end of 1939 that: the affairs of the BMCI are now of such utterly trivial interest in these appalling times that I feel that it is almost indecent to refer to them. In July 1939 the Marshalls evacuated themselves to Bournemouth. In a letter dated 24 September 1939 written from their new address of 'Beechcroft', 3 Boscombe Cliff Road, Jack Marshall wrote: I have, for financial reasons been trying to sell it ('Scacourt") for over four years; but, owing to the general depression, I found it impossible to do so. At the end of the present year, an unfortunately large slice of my income automatically disappears, owing to the expiration of some London leaseholds. I therefore had to decide, some months ago, to warehouse our furniture &c . . . and to empty the house in order to save rates and various other expenses. John Staley remained in Hayling and continued to run the Institute alone. His personal research work was soon discontinued as the facilities were no longer available because the local fuel office would not issue permits for the purchase of fuel to heat the Institute. John Staley completed some of the experiments which were in progress in a paraffin- heated outhouse, but soon devoted all of his time to the practical issues of mosquito control: the maintenance of the sluices and the network of ditches established in the low lying areas, regular inspection of potential breeding sites and the destruction of any larvae and pupae found. Jack was not proposing to sell the Institute as he hoped that it might prove possible to resume all aspects of its work after the War. He felt that as long as he continued to receive £300 a year from Havant and £200 a year from Portsmouth, for the local work in those respective areas, it would not be difficult to keep that part of the Institute's work going. The joint contribution just about paid the wages of John Staley and two field workers and other expenses incurred. However, he thought that he could not recom- mence the non-local activities of the Institute until his plans were more settled. He considered it most likely that he would eventually either add a residential extension to the Institute or else build a small house on the same piece of land. He was well aware that before he could do this he must dispose of "Seacourt". Initially Jack and Blanche intended to rent the house in Bournemouth for only six months, but they kept it on until at least March 1940. Their original plan was to divide their time between Bournemouth and the small cottage at Hayling, but this proved to be impossible primarily because of the shortage of petrol. Later they moved to 'Wayside', 47 London Road, Cheltenham where they were living at the end of the War. During all this time they also had a fiat in Chelsea at 49 Meriden Court, Manor Street, SW3. 42 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW 'Seacourt" was used as a convalescence home for naval officers from about \94() onwards. Then from 7 June 1943 to 15 January 1946 it was requisitioned by the Admiralty as HMS Dragonfly. It was the Royal Naval Combined Operations Base on Hayling Island and was probably used mainly for landing craft training. MySlDE. ViV iiO, 1945. Dear Stalev, I have just opened the spril nuBiber of The Sanitarian (nhicn has been lying here unopened tor aDDut a fortnight), and as glad to note that it contains the folloning paragraph in the Section headed "niPOHTS OB' (.'ttllNCiS". Ion page 150):- SUSS&X COUSTlf. .4 mefitine ot the Branch «as held at Cnichester on March fca.d, IS^ib. Alter the meiiiDers' private meeting, Mr. J. Staley, of the British Mosquito Control Institute, addressed an open leeting, at which nembers of local authorities nere present, on "British Mosquitoes and Practical i;ethods ot Control", illustrating his address by means ot a large number ot slides and aiagrams. ifany questions sere put to nr. Stalev at the conclusion ot his paper and a lively discussion ensued, t hearty vote ot thanns iias accorded to i;r. stalev for nis inlerestiae address. iiiany thinKs tor yours ot tne l?th , enclosing the revised petty cash account. Let me Know in olenty ol tine ihen you would like a further cri3:)je tor oetty c;>s^. I rote that you are going to nr, •ianKin on lyednesdav next, the ii'ird. yours sincerely, P. 3. I should be glad it you post to me, some time, a book ot mine written by tne «arquess ot Tavistock about (of course!) parrots. 1 can't reiemter the exact title. It has coloured plates, I think. I bought it, 1 think, in Ifay. There is no hurry. Fig. 32 One of the last letters eonccrning (he !ns(itute wriden tiy Jaek Marshall Away from the Institute Jack Marshall continued his interest in mosquitoes (Fig. .'^2) and, ably assisted by John Staley and Duncan Wilson, advised the National F^irc Service on the problems of mosquito colonisation of static water tanks used for lire lighting. This activity, which was centred mainly on the Portsmouth area, continued until the end of the War and resulted in several publications and the discovery of the exotic mosquito. Cide.x modestus. During the War years a rift occurred between Jack and his daughter, Joan, that was never to be resolved. Strangely enough it was caused by a novel. It was entitled Miss Lucifer, and was written by Ronald Fraser and published by Jonathan Cape in 19.39. JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 43 Ronald Fraser was a friend of Joan, and the novel had as its main characters a Professor and Mrs Wainwright, so clearly depicting Jack and Blanche Marshall, and Auriol who was so obviously Joan. Jack took such exception to the book that he did not speak to Joan, who he saw as the instigator of the story, for the rest of his life. There were many passages in the book that portrayed Jack and Blanche, the characters being changed only slightly and certainly not sufficiently to prevent their easy recognition. An example will illustrate this quite clearly: . . . But the house that Professor and Mrs Wainwright had built for themselves among the woods was said by the mischievous, and most people arc mischievous, to be the ugliest and most inconvenient in England. This arose because Professor Wainwright always did what he so amiably thought reasonable. If he got soaked one wet day walking from the house to the squash court he decided that it would be reasonable to put up a covered way, which he did forthwith regardless of all other considerations, including cost. Not that the original nucleus of the house had any shapeliness to be ruined by fortuitous accretions . . . Joan did not like "Seacourt' and apparently always made this very clear. She said that Jack had no taste for architecture. Also, of course, he did build an extension to the house to join It to the tennis court after having suffered a cold when he got wet. Just in case there was uncertainty as to the basis of the characters they were more clearly identified many times, for example: . . . Moreover, he [Professor Wainwright] had a passion for ball games and at sixty played squash like a champion . . . (squash substituted for tennis.] . . . Mrs Wainwright . . . had been a noted beauty . . . Great men still came to see her, for she had psychic powers . . . [This is a precise description of Blanche.] . . . 'Mother', she [Auriol] said, 'if you send Miss Gainsborough away, I'm afraid I might have to decline to do any more lessons ..." [Joan ended her formal education in her teens when her governess. Miss Griffiths, was dismissed.] The post war years After the War, Jack and Blanche moved back to Hayling Island and in 1946 they sold 'Seacourt" to a builder who converted it into three houses and sold the beach to the Council. Jack Marshall was to have no more to do with the Institute as a mosquito control organisation, and indeed ended his long association with mosquitoes, his last publication which resulted from the discovery of Cule.x modestus appearing in 1945. The Institute was not to function again. At this time Jack and Blanche moved into the Institute to live and renamed it 'Somerleyton' after their first house in Croydon. After two strokes and bouts of severe depression. Jack Marshall's physical and mental health were now failing and he was soon to enter a nursing home in Portsmouth where he died on 5 December 1949, leaving Blanche to continue to live in the Institute with a companion, Mary Bird. The Council assumes responsibility In 1948 the then Havant and Waterlooville Urban District Council Health Department officially undertook the responsibility for the control and financing of the control unit. Portsmouth Council retained the services of the new unit by subscribing to the Havant 44 KEITH & SllSAN SNOW rating fund, but Gosport withdrew and introduced its own mosquito control department. The new unit had the use of the laboratory in the Institute which was now the home of the Marshalis. The headquarters of the mosquito control operation remained at the Institute until Blanche Marshall died in 1964 and the building was sold. From then on the operation was run from the Council Offices. John Staley worked in the laboratory in the employ of the Council until he was nearly 74. Then on 1 April 1958 the control activities were taken over by Ronald Francis who was John Staleys son-in-law. Mr Francis continued as the Mosquito Control Officer, assisted by two mosquito control operators for 20 years, until in 1979 the Council temporarily discontinued the service on financial grounds and replaced it by a programme of monitoring. However, following the pressure from local residents and a return of the mosquito problem, finance was once again made available in 1983, but only for insecticide treatment and not for ditching. The control measures are still carried out (now administered by the Havant Borough Council) although because of the building, infilling and drainage that has now taken place on the Island the problem is nothing like as acute as in Jack Marshall's day. John Staley remained actively interested in entomology and other aspects of natural history for the rest of his long life, which ended on 29 May 1983. Had he lived just five weeks more he would, on 2 July, have celebrated his ninety-ninth birthday. Sale of the Institute After Jack's death Blanche lived on an annuity provided by the sale of 'Seacourt'. She died in the autumn of 1964 aged 92. At the time of her death she was still residing in the Institute. On 14 May 1965 the British Mosquito Control Institute building was sold at auction. It is now a fine private house known simply as 'Somerleyton', 190 Seafront Road. Hayling Island. A plot of land adjoining the Institute was auctioned separately as a building site. Prior to this, on 3 February 1965, the contents of the building were auctioned. Among the items of interest were many pieces of antique furniture, oil paintings, silverware and jewellery, most of which were moved from Seacourt' when the large house was sold immediately after the War. Very little was auctioned which originated from the days of the Institute. The only recognisable items were a number of science reference books. However, an interesting inclusion in the auctioneer's catalogue were lots 239 to 242. These were as follows: 239 Glazed pottery cat of character, with glass eyes, 14" (green with black spots) 240 Similar lot 14" (turquoise) 241 Similar lot 14" (black) 242 Two smaller cats by Mosanic 81" (one dark green one light green with blue spots). These items were the remains of an extensive collection of over 80 china cats which were arranged on a shelf around his study. The collection started when Jack was at Cambridge and a friend gave him a pair of china cats as a present. Jack was a very polite and proper man, and although he did not really like them he thanked his friend for the present and put the ornaments on a shelf out of the way. After this everyone thought that he liked china cats and brought them as presents to add to his collection. In his later years he said 'I've had these horrible cats staring at me all of my life'. The real tennis court still remains and is part of a sports complex. It is of interest that in a letter dated February 1939, Jack Marshall wrote 'I still have some hope that when JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 45 world conditions improve (if they ever do! ) tiiis place might be turned into a club, and the tennis court thereby preserved'. So his wish was finally granted. The current situation Mr Stephen Dear, the Principal Environmental Health Officer at Havant Borough Council, and Mr Clem Ramsdale who prepared a report following a survey of the mosquitoes of Hayling in 1983, both state that the problem species are still Aedes detritus and Aedes caspius. Control is now accomplished using the microbial insecticide Bacillus thuringiensis var. israelensis (B.t.i.) at a concentration of approximately 2 litres/hectare at about fortnightly intervals. If treatment is stopped the biting problems recur after about 2-3 weeks depending on rainfall and the extent of ditching. Many of the present day breeding sites are on private land and are increasing due to the breaching of banks and the non-maintenance of ditches and sluices. ON REFLECTION John Frederick Marshall was a rich and well educated man from an upper middle class family. He was therefore not only able and confident, but also had influential friends and was in a position to finance his interests. It is against this backdrop that his work, firstly to control and later to study British mosquitoes, must be viewed. Given the education and opportunities that his upbringing provided, it was no surprise that he emerged as the leader and main organiser of the Control that began in the 1920s. His many letters to local newspapers, and his willingness and ability to give lectures provided an initial impetus to the scheme that most people could not have given. Add to this the fact that he did not have to seek employment and the financial backing that he could provide, the ingredients were there for success. Without Jack Marshall it is extremely unlikely that the control programme would ever have begun, and the scientific world would never have had the benefit of his many publications especially the monograph. The British Mosquitoes, which remains an unsurpassed work on the mosquitoes of this country. His early life had taught him to be a perfectionist. He considered that if a task was to be performed then it had to be done properly. Two prime examples of this are that he played real tennis and so he built his own court, and he studied mosquitoes and so he required a purpose-built Institute. Communication was one of Jack's strong points, and it was necessary for him to write numerous letters to gain support for the venture, to publicize the scheme, to answer queries and advise on control and to generate income. He was, in fact, a prolific letter writer and whenever possible he answered his letters the same day, usually typed, although sometimes in his most beautiful handwriting. He would constantly amend drafts and considered it unthinkable to let a text go to the printer with ink corrections. A page which had even a comma altered meant that the page required to be retyped. Although strictly an amateur. Jack Marshall was a first rate entomologist. He mixed with scientists from universities and the Ministry of Health, and was a member of many learned societies, including the Entomological Society of Hampshire and the South of England, the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, the Royal Entomological Society of London, the Linnaean Society and the Zoological Society of London. He was fortunate to have the services of John Staley, and the team of an educated. 46 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW single minded entrepreneur and a dedicated, hardworking biologist was formidable. Between them thcv made an enormous contribution to the study of mosquitoes in this country and laid the foundations for further studies in Europe and elsewhere. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We wish to express our sincere thanks to the following for their assistance in the preparation of this article: C. V. Anthony Adams; Susan Allison; Stephen Dear; Irwin Fairbanks; Ron Francis; Mary Gibson; Pamela Gilbert; Frank and Muriel Glanville; the late Joan Grant (nee Marshall); Michael Halls; John Lane; Clem Ramsdale; Alun Rees; Gillian Roberts; Ivy Staley; Norman Weedon; Gillian Wynne. Council of Legal Education; General Council of the Bar; Havant Library; Havant Museum; Hayling Islander; Hayling Library; Honourable Society of the Inner Temple; King's College Cambridge; London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine; The Natural History Museum; Portsmouth City Records Office; Portsmouth Museum of Natural Science; Royal Commission on Historical Manuscripts; Royal Naval Museum; Rugby School. Information has also been obtained from the following books and articles in addition to those listed in the Appendix: Corina, M. 1978. Fine Silks and Oak Counters: Dehenhams. I778-W7H. 2(10 pp Hutchinson, Benham. London. Fraser, R. 1939. Miss Lucifer. 316 pp Jonathan Cape. London. Grant, J. 1985. Far Memory. (First published as Tmie Out of Mimt by A. Barker. 1956.) 288 pp Ariel Press. Ohio. Noel, E. B. & Clark, J. O. M. 1924. A History of Tennis, xv + 2S1 pp Oxford University Press. Settle, A. (undated). A Familv of Shops. 36 pp Marshall and Snclgrovc. London. Shute, P. G. 1949. J. F. Marshall, C.B.E. Obituary. Sature 165: 16. Stokely, D. 1978. Britain's Mosquito Control Centre. Hampshire. March: pp 37, 40. Thomas F. G. S. 1978. King holds Hayling. Pclham. President's Remarks in Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society (C) 14: 65. Who Was Who Vol. 4 1941-1950. Adam & Charles Black. Fifth Edition, 1980. APPENDIX Major publications by John Frederick Marshall, John Staley and from the Hayling Mosquito Control and the British Mosquito Control Institute. Marshall, J. F. 1922. "Unofficiar mosquito control in England. Science Progre.is 16: 462-68. 1922. The destruction of mosquito larvae in salt or brackish water. Nature. London 109: 746-47. 1923. The coastal mosquito nuisance. British Medical Journal June 9: 997. 1924. An improved form of apparatus for 'low power" insect photomicrography. Bulletin of Entomological Research 15: 49-50. JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 47 1925. Theohaldia anintlata at South Hayling. Entomologisi 58: 65. 1925. Coastal mosquitoes and their control. English Mechanics September 4: 103—4. 1925. Larvicides in mosquito control. Lancet 20H: 1380-81. 1926. Theohaldia anniilala var. suhochrea with aberrant wing-venation. Entonwlogist 59: 276. 1926. Address on mosquito control organisation. The Sanitary Journal i2: 1\-16. 1930. The organisation of mosquito control work. Transactions of the South-Eastern Union of Scientific Societies 1930: 10-23. 1930. A new form of apparatus for photographing insects. Bulletin of Entomological Research 21: 139^0. 1931 . Artificial breeding places for arboreal mosquitoes. Entomologist 64: 283. 1932. Artificial breeding places for arboreal mosquitoes. Entomologist 65: 68. 1932. The mosquito and malaria. The Mosquito 2: 29-33. 1933. An inland record of Aedes detritus, Haliday (Diptera, Culicidae). Nature, London 132: 135. 1938. The British Mosquitoes, xi + 341 pp + XX plates. British Museum (Natural History). London. 1942. Mosquitoes in Britain. Biology 8: 21-26. 1942. Mosquito-breeding in static water supplies. Nature, London 149: 568. 1945. Records of Culex (Barraudius) modestus (Ficaibi) obtained in the south of England. Nature, London, 156: 172. MarshalL J. F. & Attwooll, A. W. 1941. The mosquito-breeding possibilities of static water supplies. Introductory notes. Duplicated document issued by The Limmer and Trinidad Lake Asphalt Co. Ltd. 7 pages. Marshall, J. F. & Staley, J. 1929. The graphical representation of instar records in a regional mosquito survey. Bulletin of Entomological Research 20: 195-98. 1929. A newly observed reaction of certain species of mosquitoes to the bites of larval hydrachnids. Preliminary contribution. Parasitology 21: 158-60. 1930. An English record of Culex (Neoculex) apicalis Adams (Diptera, Culicidae). Entomologist 63: 259. 1931. Stereoscopic photomicrographs of Oligocene fossil insects from the Isle of Wight. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of London 6: 38-40. 1932. On the distribution of air in the oesophageal diverticula and intestine of mosquitoes; its relation to emergence, feeding and hvpopvgial rotation. Parasitology 24:368-81. 1932. Influence of light on the gorging of Culex pipiens L. Nature, London 130: 506-7. 1933. Variations in the surface pattern of eggs of Anopheles maculipennis (Diptera, Culicidae) obtained in the south of England. Stylops 2: 238—40. 1933. Theohaldia (Culicella) litorea (Shute), N.Sp. (Diptera, Culicidae). Parasitology 25: 119-26. 1933. A new British record of Orthopodomyia pulchripalpis, Rondani (Diptera, Culicidae). Nature, London 131: 435. 48 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW 1935. Some adult and larval characteristics of a British Autogenous' strain of Ciilex pipiens L. Parasitology 27: 501-6. 1935. Generic and subgeneric differences in the mouth-parts of male mosquitoes. Bulletin of Entomological Research 26: 531-32. 1935. Exhibition of Autogenous' characteristics by a British strain of Ciilex pipiens L. (Diptera, Culicidae). Nature, London 135: 34. 1935. 'Autogenous' strains of 'Culex pipiens' (Diptera, Culicidae). Nature. London 136: 641. 1936. Exhibition of 'Autogenous' and 'Stenogamous' characteristics by Theohuldia subochrea, Edwards (Diptera, Culicidae). Nature. London 137: 5S0. 1937. Some notes regarding the morphological and biological differentiation of Culex pipiens Linnaeus and Culex molestus Forskal (Diptera, Culicidae). Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society of London (A) 12: 17-26. Staley, J. 1933. Larval distinctions between Anopheles algeriensis Theobald and Anopheles claviger (hifurcatus) Meigen (Dipt., Culicidae). Journal of the Entomological Society of the South of England 1 : 85-86. 1940. A species of mosquito (Diptera. Culicidae) new to Britain. Nature. London 146: 368. British Mosouito Control Institute Hayling Island, Hampshire Report of the Director. Presented at the Annual General Meeting First 1927 (March) (Not seen). Second 1928 (18 June) 10 pages. The Third A.G.M. took place on 12 September 1929 but only statutory business was transacted and no Report was produced. Fourth 1930 (9 December) 16 pages. The Fifth A.G.M. took place on 7 March 1932 but no Report was presented (by default, no meeting was held in 1931). Sixth 1932 (14 December) 28 pages duplicated. This appears to be the last Report made. Report of the Council. Presented at the Annual General Meeting Second 1928 (18 June) 3 pages. Reports of the Proceedings of the Hayling Mosouito Control Report of the proceedings of The Hayling Mosquito Control from September 1920 to June 1922 12 pages. Second Report . . . (June 1922 to May 1923) 4 pages. Third Report . . . (May 1923 to May 1924) 12 pages. Fourth Report ... (1 May 1924 to 1 May 1925) 8 pages. Interim Report, August 1926. 4 pages. Fifth Report . . . Henceforth to be known as The Hayling Island Branch of The British Mosquito Control Institute. (1 May 1925 to 1 January 1927) 16 pages. Sixth Report of the Proceedings of The Hayling Island Branch of The British Mosquito Control Institute (1 January 1927 to 1 January 1928) 4 pages. Seventh Report ... (1 January 1928 to 1 January 1929) 12 pages. Eighth Report . . . ( 1 January 1929 to 1 January 19.30) 8 pages. Ninth Report ... (1 January 1930 to 1 January 1931) 4 pages. Tenth Report ... (1 January 1931 to 1 January 1932) 8 pages. JOHN FREDERICK MARSHALL AND THE BRITISH MOSQUITOES 49 Eleventh Report ... (1 January 1932 to 1 January 1933) 8 pages. (There were only eleven Reports) Circulars No. 1 The Mosquito Nuisance (poster) (undated but 1921). No. la and lb Letter to accompany Circular No. 1. 1 page, la and lb appear to be identical (undated but 1921). No. 3 The common mosquitoes of Hayling. In verse and in prose. 1 page (duplicated) (undated but 1921 or 1922). No. 4 The destruction of mosquito larvae in salt or brackish water. 4 pages ( 1922). No. 7 The facts about the salt-water mosquito Ochlerotatus detritus. 1 page (undated but 1922 or 1923). No. 8 Entomological section. 1 page (information regarding a new section of Hayling Mosquito Control) (undated but presumably 1923). No. 10 Letter. To people who had promised to collaborate in a mosquito survey in area with corners Salisbury, Crawley. Bournemouth and Brighton, with instructions on collection and preservation. 1 page (1923). No. 11 Classification of the known British mosquitoes. 1 page (1924). No. 12? The organization and operation of a mosquito control. 6 pages (undated). No. 13 Letter. Similar to No. 10 but printed and with photographs on reverse. 2 pages (1924). No. 14 Hayling Mosquito Control. Letter to seek opinions of effectiveness of control programme. 2 pages (1924). No. 14a Supplement to 14; summary of replies regarding Circular No. 14. 1 page (1925). No. 15? Coastal mosquitoes and their control. 19 pages (1925). No. 16. Some practical notes on mosquito control. 4 pages. (1925). No. 17? Principles and practice of mosquito control, viii + 39 pages (1927). No. 18 Short courses of instruction in mosquito control work. 1 page (undated but 1928). No. 19? Short courses of instruction in mosquito control work. 16 pages (approx. 6" X 4") (1928). No. 21 The British Mosquito Control Institute. 4 pages (1928). No. 21a. As Circular 21 but with statement about BMCI and membership. 4 pages (1930). No. 22 Mosquitoes and their larvae. How to recognise and collect them. 12 pages (undated but 1930). No. 22a Notes regarding methods of 'controlling" mosquitoes. 1 page (undated but most likely 1930). No. 23? The organization of mosquito control work. 10 pages (1930). No. 24 A mosquito summary. 8 pages (undated but 1932). No. 24a Supplement to 'A mosquito summary". A list of the mosquitoes of Great Britain. 1 page (undated but most likely 1932). No, 25? A list of the mosquitoes of Great Britain (revised November 1933). I page (undated but most likely 1933). No. 26 A short illustrated description of The British Mosquito Control Institute (Hayling Island). 8 pages + photographs approx. 3" x 4" (1934), No. 30 A revi.scd list of the British mosquitoes, with some notes regarding those discovered in England since the year 1918. 4 pages. (1938). No. 32 Mosquitoes in Britain. Reprinted from Biology 8 (1942) with 7 additional illustrations. 10 pages ( 1942). No. 33 The control of tank-breeding mosquitoes in the city of Portsmouth. 4 pages (1943). 50 KEITH & SUSAN SNOW No. 34 The morphology and biology of Ciilex molesnis: observational notes for investigators, iv + 15 pages (1944). Reports A report on the anti-mosquito operations carried out by the Hayling Mosquito Control during the period October 1922 to February 1924 inclusive. 19 pages. Mosquito control report concerning an inspection carried out at Weymouth and Melcombe Regis (Dorset) on 17 & 18 April 1928. 6 pages. An account of the mosquito control operations carried out by The British Mosquito Control Institute (Hayling Island) in the Drayton Marshes and Farlington Marshes during the period 26 March to 8 May 1934. 15 pages. West Sussex mosquito survey. July and August 1936. 1 1 pages. Report of a Radio Broadcast Fighting the mosquito. The Sanitary Journal 35, 224—25 (1930). liidl. Br Mux. mil- llisl (Hist. Scr.) 1<»(1): 51-160 Issued 27 June 1941 A short history of the Museum of the Geological Society of London, 1807-1911, with a catalogue of the British and Irish accessions, and notes on surviving collections D. T. MOORE' J. C. THACKRAY^ & D. L. MORGAN' ' Formerly Deparlment of Minertiloi^v. The Nutiiral Hislorv Museum, London SW7 5 BD ' Archivist. Department oj Library Services. The Natural History Museum. London SW7 5 BD CONTENTS Introduction 52 History of the Museum of the Geological Society 52 The first few years 52 The Webster era 54 William Lonsdale. Curator 56 From Lonsdale to I {orncr 57 Decay and dispersal 59 The fate of the collections 59 At the Geological Survey and Museum 60 At the British Museum (Natural History) 60 Editorial conventions 61 Notes 62 Catalogue of donors to the Museum 64 Acknowledgements 150 References 150 Synopsis The founders of the Geological Society emphasised the im- portance of gathering facts, in order to build up a mineral history of Britain and, in due course, to serve as a foundation for theory. Many early members sent specimens with their letters and descriptive papers, and these were gathered together to form a museum. The museum was seen as a research tool for experienced geologists, and an educational resource for the rest. It grew in size as donations poured in from all corners of the world. A series of curators, helped or more often hindered by members of the Society's Museum Committees, attempted to impose order on the resulting chaos. But by the end of the nineteenth century, the Museum was a nuisance, taking time, money and space away from the Library, which had become, after the Quarterly Journal, the Society's priority. In 1911 the Museum was divided between the Geological Survey Museum and British Museum (Natural History). Recent curatorial work in the Department of Mineralogy of the latter institution has led to the re- identification of many of the surviving British specimens. 52 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & O. L. MORGAN INTRODUCTION The impetus which led to this paper was the transfer, in April 1985, of a collection of several thousand British and Irish rock specimens from the British Geological Survey, then in the process of moving out of London, to the British Museum (Natural History), now known as The Natural History Museum. This collection had been presented to the Geological Survey by the Geological Society of London in 1911, along with the large collection of British and Irish fossils which are still in their care at the Survey's headquarters in Keyworth, Nottinghamshire. While the fossils had been a focus of palaeontological research and curation for over seventy years, the rocks and minerals had received little attention. Curatorial work by one of us (DTM) led to an appreciation of the size and significance of the Geological Society's Museum, while JCT, as Honorary Archivist to the Society, was able to augment the specimens with a range of documentary evidence. The decision to compile a list of British and Irish donations, indicating the existence of surviving specimens, grew out of the research involved in curating the collection. It is hoped that the list will be useful both to historians and geologists, in biographical, taxonomic and other researches, and that someone will be encouraged to produce a catalogue of the equally important foreign donations. JCT wrote the history and provided the references to manuscripts in the catalogue; DTM and DLM compiled the catalogue, and DTM provided the notes on the surviving specimens. HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY The First Few Years The Geological Society was founded as 'a little talking geological dinner club' on 13 November 1807, at a meeting of eleven enthusiasts for mineralogy and geology at the Freemason's Tavern, Great Queen Street, London (Woodward, 1907: 1)'. Much the same group had been meeting for several years previously to examine mineral specimens, first at the house of Dr William Babington (1756-1833) in Aldermanbury, and later at William Phillips' (1773-1828) off Lombard Street. Several of them had been members of the short-lived British Mineralogical Society of 1799-1806 (Watts, 1926: 108), as well as having been involved with the Hon. Charles F. Greville (1749-1809) in a scheme for a national mineral survey (Weindling, 1979). It appears to have been due to a suggestion by Humphrey Davy (1778-1829) that they should meet in the evening for roast beef and wine, rather than in the morning for coffee and buttered buns, that led to the change from an informal group of friends to the Geological Society. The first aim of the new society was to make "geologists acquainted with each other' and to stimulate their zeal. The second, which was to have far-reaching consequences, was to induce them to accept one nomenclature, to facilitate the collection of new facts, and to ascertain what was known in their science and what yet remained to be discovered. As Rudwick (1963) has pointed out, it was this second group of aims which made necessary the enlargement of the Society by the enrolment of collaborators all over the country and overseas. At the second meeting, on 4 December 1807, forty members from outside London were elected, and were charged by letter with communicating their discoveries and opinions on geological subjects relevant to the areas in which they lived. They were not expected to address themselves to the more complex areas of the science. A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1807-191 1 53 but were encouraged to send mineral specimens and reports of phenomena up to London. The following year, to further stimulate their zeal, these 'Honorary Members', as they were called, were sent a pamphlet entitled Geological Inquiries. This laid down the sorts of thing they were to look out for, so that the Society might build up 'a fund of practical information . . . applicable to purposes of public improvement and utility'. With a network of collectors and observers scattered over the country, the Society, in the person of George Bellas Greenough (1778-1855), became the central repository for geological facts. It was intended that these facts would be arranged with Baconian simplicity to illustrate the mineral history of the British Isles and would lead to the development of Britain's native riches and internal resources'. Although Geological Inquiries did not mention the acquisition of specimens, many members, both in and out of London, responded to the appeal by sending rocks and minerals up to London. The earliest recorded donation came from Sir Joseph Banks (1743-1820) who, on 5 February 1808. gave plans, a section and specimens from St Anthon's Coal Mine near Newcastle. With Dr Babington's offer of some cabinets for the receipt of specimens, the Museum of the Geological Society was in being". The Geological Society's Museum was by no means the only such collection in London. Foremost among the museums of the day was the British Museum, founded 1753, which already housed the Brander Collection of fossils and the Greville and Hatchett mineral collections. However the combination of unsympathetic Trustees and unmotivated Keepers meant that science remained at a low ebb at the museum until the reforms initiated by the Select Committee enquiry of 1835-1836 (Gunther, 1480). Of the colleges and learned societies in London at the time, the Royal Society had given its one- time museum to the British Museum in 1781 and the Linnean Society was starting to accumulate a very miscellaneous collection which did include a number of fossils. The Royal College of Surgeons had a fine collection of fossils based on that of John Hunter (1728-1793), which was looked after by its conservator William Clift ( 1775-1849) and the Royal Institution was building up a mineral collection under the curatorship of Humphrey Davy (Brande, 1816). Among the museums dedicated to public display rather than to scientific research were Edward Donovan's London Museum and Institute of Natural History (sold at auction in 1818), and William Bullock's London Museum of Natural History (sold at auction in 1819) (Murray, 1904). The founders of the Geological Society presumably believed that none of these museums would serve the needs of their members, and that a museum of their own was the only answer. Its distinctive features were that it would be for members and their guests only, that specimens would be available for loan by members, and that it should be useful both to beginners and accomplished geologists. A further feature was that the Society set out to gather together a comprehensive collection. The museum was not simply intended to represent the activities of members, but was to display the entire range of geological phenomena. With such ambitious plans, it is not surprising that early in 1809 the Society found it necessary to take a lease on part of a house in the Garden Court, Temple, where the still small Museum was laid out for the first time. Collections, large and small, poured in. Of the founders, Greenough, Babington and James Franck (ob 1843) were early donors, while Thomas Meade of Chatley, Joseph Herbert of Bristol and Alexander Jaffray of Newcastle were among the first of the Honorary Members to respond to their letter of appeal. Council set up a Committee of Arrangement in 1810 to take charge of the growing mineral collection. Leonard Horner ( 1785-1854). one of the secretaries, seems to have been the most enthusiastic member, and the catalogue that they drew up is partly in his hand"*. The Committee had definite ideas about the sort of specimens they were prepared to accept. They cut Colonel Ninian Imrie's Grampian rocks down to size, and then left Council to face his outraged protests^. They followed the arrangement that 54 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY& D. L. MORGAN Davy used at the Royal Institution, subdividing the British specimens by counties and the foreign ones by country. The only collection retained as a separate entity was the suite of rocks from Freyberg illustrating the Wernerian system, which had been presented by J. H. Vivian (1785-1855) in 1808^. Both security and conservation were addressed by Council in the first few years of the Museum, with the provision of locked cabinets for special specimens and the regulation that specimens should be touched as little as possible, and then only by their edges, 'in order that the external characters of the specimens may be preserved from injury"''. The Webster Era The Society had moved to a slightly larger house, in Lincoln's Inn Fields, in 1810 (Woodward. 1907: .'^2), but still there was not enough space. New acquisitions piled up on the floor while the e.xisting collection was still being catalogued, throwing everything into confusion. Great gaps were left in the catalogue to be filled in later when there was more time, but disorder always seemed to increase. Clearly there was too much work for the honorary officers, and a paid member of staff was the only solution. So it was that in June 1812 Horner, supported by Greenough, proposed that Thomas Webster (1773- 1844) should be appointed to the new post of Keeper of the Museum'. Webster had studied architecture as a young man, and had been Clerk of Works to the Royal Institution from 1799 to 1802 (Edwards, 1971). He had joined the Society in 1809 and was Secretary to the Committee of Maps, as well as a contributor to meetings and the Transactions. He was appointed to superintend the Library and Museum, to act as secretary to the committees, to draw illustrations for meetings, to make fair copies of the minutes and abstracts of papers, and to assist the honorary secretaries as required. All these multifarious duties were to be carried out in just three days a week, for an annual salary of £100^ Webster was Keeper of the Museum for fifteen years (Woodward, 1907: 47). His achievements can be .seen in the great Waste Book in which he recorded the steady influx of specimens'', and in the beginnings of his British catalogue'". On the whole, however, his keepership was an unhappy one, both for himself and the Society. He arrived at a time when the early emphasis on mineralogy and utility, favoured by men such as William Babington, Count de Bournon (1751-1825) and William Phillips, was giving way to the much more academic interest in the structure and composition of the Earth favoured by Greenough, Horner and others. At the same time there were signs of a split between those who believed that the identification of strata using fossils was the most important task for a geologist, and those who thought that the succession and structure of rock layers were of more fundamental interest (Miller, 1986). Webster found himself in between warring factions, and he was unable to cope. He felt he was being attacked on every side, with Greenough being particularly dangerous. He was overwhelmed with the work load and also with what he perceived as an atmosphere of bitterness and dishonesty, and was severely ill for at least two long spells. He summed up the Society's officers as 'a bad lot' (Challinor 1961-4, letters 2, 9, 17). Certainly Webster got a bad press from the officers. The annual reports of Council continued to emphasise the imperfections of the collection, without giving the Keeper any words of praise. In 1817 he was elected a member of Council which, as Lyell recalled years later, was awkward, seeing that he was also a paid employee". In 1819 he was elected one of the Honorary Secretaries and, as Greenough noted, 'from this period Webster gave little heed to the collections''". In 1826 Lyell described him as taking a 'passive lethargic part' in the Society's affairs". Although styled 'Keeper', Webster's position was in fact a lowly one. at least on paper. A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OK LONDON, 1807-191 1 55 Regulations kiid down in 1813 stipulated that, while the Keeper was to unpack, number and label specimens with donor and locality details, it was the responsibility of the Committee of Arrangement to name, describe, and catalogue them. Once this was completed the donation would be announced at a meeting and displayed, before being handed back to the Keeper to be put away'"'. It is no wonder that his work was described as being more fitted for a clerk than one of his superior merits (Challinor 1961-4. letter 36). In 1813 the 'academic' faction moved a resolution in Council to have the British collection arranged into stratigraphic order. The previous geographical arrangement now seemed static and unadventurous. By attempting to arrange specimens in their natural order, it was hoped that the Museum would be at the forefront of geological research and endeavour. Although many parts of Britain were imperfectly known, mistakes in the arrangement were thought likely to attract criticism and discussion, and thus make the collection more interesting and useful. The announcement of this change emphasised that the arrangement would be independent of hypothetical views of origin and time of formation, but the fact was that, by the arrangement of its Museum, the society found itself forced to take sides in many disputes' . A start was made on reorganising the British collection along these very Smithian lines, although it was to be many years before it was anything like complete. A catalogue survives for the uppermost subdivisions"*. By 1819 the Museum contained about 16,000 registered specimens arranged in five separate collections: simple minerals and rocks arranged systematically; British rocks and fossils, the English mostly arranged stratigraphically and the Scottish and Irish by county; foreign rocks and fossils arranged by country; volcanic productions; and organic remains arranged systematically, together with some recent shells. In his address to Council towards the end of the year, Greenough expressed pride that a useful start had been made on this, one of the society's most important objectives. He stressed the importance of the collection both to help the researches of the proficient and to help educate the beginners. In spite of the new arrangement, he saw the Society's Museum as a source of unbiased facts which could be called on to illustrate the disputed areas of geology. However he had harsh words for the state of the collection behind the scenes, where 80 casks of unregistered foreign specimens lay in a damp basement, their labels rotting and their pyrite decayed''. In a manuscript note he was even more forthright: This habit of exposing to destruction objects which have been given to us to preserve & of rendering inaccessible what wc have received ... is unfair to the donors & discreditable to the Society. If to form a collection be one of the main aims of our association the specimens should be at least in the dry & not in casks but cabinets. Specimens that arc useless arc worse than useless, they arc a care, an incumbrance & a disgrace"*. By this date, Greenough was the only one of the leaders of the Society who still believed in the existence of unbiased facts. The original Baconian empiricism had been largely discredited, and replaced by a somewhat more sophisticated understanding of the relations between observation, preconception and theory. This had led to a reassessment of the role of the Honorary members, as it was realised that their observations would be of little use unless informed by a sound understanding of geology (Laudan, 1977). In 1827 a Committee of Council considered the domestic establishment of the Society and recommended that a married couple should live in as housekeepers, aided by a manservant, and that there should be a Curator responsible for the Museum. No mention was made of the need for a librarian or for an editor. The Committee suggested that Webster be offered this remodelled post. It was unfortunate for Webster that, just 56 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. 1 . MORGAN before the next Council meeting, the Clerk absconded with the sum of £63. Council held Webster partly to blame for the incident, and required him to pay half the money from his own resources. Whether or not this influenced them. Council did not appoint Webster as Curator, and he left on I July 1827'''. William Lonsdale, Curator The man eventually appointed to fill the post was William Lonsdale (1794-1871) (Woodward, 1907: 125). who was a survivor of the battles of Salamanca and Waterloo and who had been Curator to the Royal Literary and Scientific Institution in Bath from 1825 to 1829 (Torrens, 1975). Lonsdale had mapped the Jurassic rocks around Bath during his residence in the city, and had read a Smithian paper to the Society in February 1829 (Lonsdale 1829). William Fitton ( 1780-1861 ) lobbied hard on his behalf, and he was appointed Curator and Librarian in 1829. Lyell gave his reactions to Lonsdale's arrival to Mantell: Lonsdale is installed & a glorious reform will be made by him. Webster of course will throw himself into the Thames when he understands thai £20(1 a year are to be given to an alter Webster out of which however L is to find his clerk. He has that humility of character about him that 1 fear not him being above the plan, lie is not to be like Webster a member of Council. . }° Like Webster, Lonsdale had to deal with the Library, prepare illustrations for the meeting room, write abstracts of papers for the Proceedings, and keep the accounts, as well as take charge of the Museum. He was. however, employed for a full five days a week, at a salary of £200 a year"'. Lonsdale was a great success. He put in long hours at the museum, often working far into the night and right through his holidays, cleaning and labelling specimens in his characteristically neat hand. He was able to identify most invertebrate groups, and was an acknowledged expert on corals. He was given much more scientific responsibility than Webster ever had, and. through his voluminous correspondence, turned the society into a centre for geological information of all kinds^^. As far as can be told from the surviving documents, he was of one mind with the officers. With the coming of Lonsdale, a standing Museum Committee was established for the first time. This was a group of three or four prominent members who inspected the Museum each year and reported on its state to the Annual General Meeting. These reports frequently included recommendations for the better management of the Museum, which were normally accepted without question at the Annual Meeting. As membership of the committee changed each year, and as few members took the trouble to read back far into the minutes, it is not surprising that over the years all sorts of contradictory decisions on both policy and method were made. While in many endeavours a regular supply of 'new blood' is an advantage, for the Museum it meant that many jobs were started, but few were finished before the Museum Committee changed tack. By 1828 the house in Bedford Street was too small, and the Society was able to move into rooms in Somerset House, granted to them by the government. Greenough did a lot of the preliminary tidying and packing, but Lonsdale was responsible for the new arrangement. Five years later he had to move the whole Museum again, when new rooms were provided, and a more spacious display was possible. Lonsdale's routine work would have been to deal with the fiftv or so collections donated each year. Ihe specimens would be unwrapped and compared with any list provided by the donor. The collection would be entered into the donations book and ASHORTHISTORYOF THBMUSEUMOFTHEGEOLOGICALSOCIETYOFLONDON. 1807-191 1 57 displayed at an appropriate evening meeting.^' Specimens would next be labelled with locality and donor and the donation would further be recorded in the minutes of the evening meeting and, eventually, in the Tninsactions. The specimens would then be placed on the shelves, where they would wait, perhaps for years, before being identified and catalogued in detail. The waste book bears few if any entries in Lonsdale's hand, so it appears that he did not have any general registering or numbering system in operation. On top of this came the projects decided on by the Museum Committee. These included the reordering of the mineral collection according to Phillips" Introduction to mineralogy (1823), the reordering of the Scottish collection into a stratigraphic arrange- ment, and the stratigraphic arrangement of the newly-described Silurian rocks of Britain. Whatever demands were put upon him, Lonsdale fulhlled. At the same time he was cataloguing the library, editing the Transactions, and carrying out his voluminous correspondence with fellows all over the world. Although they recognised imperfections, the Museum Committee reported on the 'excellent state of preservation of the whole museum', and commented on the 'unwearied zeal and discriminating skill displayed by the Curator' (Museum Committee, 1836). From Lonsdale to Horner This happy situation did not last. In 1836 Lonsdale's health broke down from overwork, and the Museum did not recover for some thirty years. He was relieved of the curatorship and allowed to devote his remaining energy to the Society's Library and publications. Between 1839 and 1848 no fewer than five curators had a hand in running the Museum. First came Searles V. Wood (1798-1880), who made a great effort with the British Tertiary collection; next came Samuel P. Woodward (1821-1865) as sub-curator, with Lonsdale back in nominal charge (Woodward, 1907: 126). When Lonsdale finally retired in 1842, six candidates applied for the post. One, Edward Charlesworth (1813- 1893), was declared ineligible by the Council, reputedly on account of his ill-temper (Burkhardt & Smith, 1986: 345). This led to an acrimonious flurry of pamphlets and petitions, a Special General Meeting, and the near-resignation of Greenough. In the end Edward Forbes (1815-1854) was selected, and devoted his energies to the Lower Cretaceous (Forbes, 1845). He in his turn resigned in 1844 on being appointed to the Geological Survey, and David T. Ansted ( 1814-1880) was appointed Vice-Secretary with responsibility for the Museum. The next Curator was James de C. Sowerby (1787-1871), who rearranged part of the British Upper Palaeozoic, before resigning himself in 1848. All of these five were able geologists who came in with energy and determination, but their short lengths of service, together with the regular turnover of Officers and Museum Committee meant that there was no continuity of purpose. Schemes of arrangement and cataloguing were started, but long before they were completed some new initiative was under way. There were so many conflicting resolutions scattered through the Council minutes that it was hard for anyone to discover just what was really intended for the Museum. Towards the end of 1845 the suggestion was made that the Society could no longer cope with its Museum, and that some radical action was needed. A Special Committee was appointed to consider the future of the Museum, 'bearing in mind the Geological Society's limited resources'. The Committee found a Museum of perhaps 40,000 specimens in 1700 drawers and a large number of packing cases, divided into six collections, which was each year slipping a little further into confusion and disuse. The question they faced was: can the Society cope with both the British and Foreign collections, and if not then which one should go? One viewpoint was put to the Committee by Lonsdale, who supported the British Collection on the grounds of its great 58 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN scientific value, its potential for completeness, and its appeal for visiting foreigners. Forbes, on the other hand, pointed out that the British Collection merely duplicated the one then being formed at the Museum of Economic Geology in Craig's Court, and recommended that the Society should concentrate its efforts on the Foreign Collection. The Committee produced a long report, full of interesting historical material, but short on firm recommendations. They did suggest that rock and mineral specimens could be reduced in number, and that large fossil bones might be transferred somewhere else, but they had no radical solution to the problems the Society faced in caring for its Museum (Museum Committee. 1848)""". Through the 185()s a succession of small but useful jobs were taken on by T. Rupert Jones, who was Curator from 1850 to 1862, with the assistance of Fellows such as S. P. Pratt, J. W. Salter, W. W. Whitaker and H. D. Rodgers. Accessions were incorporated and some naming was done. A large and extra-illustrated copy of Morris" Catalogue of British Fossils ( 1843) was prepared by Leonard Horner for use in the Lower Museum in 1855-'. In 1859 yet another Special Museum Committee was set up with the task of bringing the Museum into order. Leonard Horner was the convener and most active member, and over the following five years he was to bring the Museum back to the sort of state it had been in under William Lonsdale"''. During their first year of activity Horner organised and catalogued the collection of typical rocks-'', and examined the collection of simple minerals and arranged them according to Phillips' Introduction to Mineralogy (1837)"'"; Joseph Prestwich produced a scheme for dealing with the foreign Tertiaries" ; and S. P. Woodward named and catalogued the collection of recent shells'^". This was only a start. In their report for 1859. the Committee sent out a call to action, restating the belief that the success of the Society 'in promoting and extending geological knowledge' depended on the Museum and its availability (Museum Committee. 1860). A thorough examination the following year revealed that, although the smaller collections were now adequately curated. and the British Collection was not getting any worse, the Foreign Collection was in a terrible state. The consensus of opinion by this date was that this neglected Foreign Collection was clearly the most important element in the Society's Museum, and that the British one was indeed largely duplicated in Jermyn Street. Leonard Horner, who became President in 1860, was indefatigable, returning to the task that he had started so ably more than fifty years before. He worked long hours in the Museum, working his way right through the huge Foreign Collection, checking its geographical subdivision, and setting each national collection into stratigraphic order. As he went through he removed and discarded large numbers of rock specimens and weeded out duplicate fossils. He produced a catalogue of the European Collection", a stratigraphical index to the whole Foreign Collection'-, and a list of the papers published by the Society with references to relevant specimens in the Museum. Never before had the Society had anyone with the knowledge and single-mindedness to complete a reorganisation of this sort. Small wonder that the Report of the Museum Committee for 1863 referred to "the unremitting zeal and continuous labour bestowed upon the re-arrangement of the Societv's collections by Mr Horner' (Museum Comniiltce. 1864). The late 186()s mark the second high point in the Museum's history. The collection was clean, orderly and reasonably accessible. There was a continuous programme of identification of fossils by Fellows such as P. Martin Duncan (1821-1891) and Ralph Tate (I84(KI901) proceeding at a rate of about 50 drawers a year. Gaps in the Foreign Collection were brought to the notice of fellows in the hope that they would be filled, but over much of its range the collections were thought to be thoroughly representative. ASHORTHISTORYOl- THKMUSEUMOFTHEGEOLOGICALSOCIETYOFLONDON, 1807-191 1 59 Decay and Dispersal This happy state of affairs did not survive long after Horner's death. In 1869 the Council, under the presidency of T. H. Huxley (1825-1895), Palaeontologist at the Museum of Practical Geology, decided to abandon attempts to build a comprehensive collection. It decided that in future only specimens directly related to papers read to the Society would be accepted, and the suggestion was made that the whole museum might be reorganised yet again, to bring donated collections back together'^. This was a complete reversal of the society's 60 year-long attempt to build a collection rather than just accept donations. In fact the edict had the result of more or less halting donations of any kind, and from this date papers read at ordinary meetings were often accompanied by the loan of specimens for display, but rarely by their gift. The move to Burlington House in 1874 (Woodward, 1907: 248) was the spur for a thorough weed out of duplicates and the production of a new shelf list of the British Collection'^. Bernard B. Woodward ( 1853- 1930) was employed to oversee the move, and to cope with the arrangement of the Museum in its new home (Anon, 1876). After Woodward's resignation in 1876 the collection received only minimal care and maintenance until 1891. In this year C. D. Sherborn (1861-1942) started to clean, label and register type and other important specimens. He had worked through the 1000 or so drawers of the British Collection by 1894, and the 750 drawers of the foreign Collection by 1900, producing a new register of nearly 15,000 important specimens'''. There was by now a strong faction in the Society who believed that the Museum should go. On 20 November 1895 Council accepted that a large proportion of the Museum should go to the National Collection, and the offer was accepted in principle by the Trustees of the British Museum, but the decision was postponed indehnilely after a Special General Meeting the following year"". In 1901 a group of palaeontologists, including F. A. Bather (1863-1936) of the British Museum (Natural History) and F. L. Kitchin (1870-1934) of the Geological Survey, called a Special General Meeting to try to force Council to take better care of the Museum (Anon, 1901). Their plan backfired when an amendment, moved by H. H. Howorth, that the collection should be disposed of, was carried by a sizeable majority'^. Still nothing was done. Instead, in an extraordinary move, John F. Blake (1839-1906) prepared a shelf list for the whole Museum'**, and published, at his own expense, a catalogue of all the type and figured fossils in the Museum, based on Sherborn's register (Blake, 1902). This publication led to a last flurry of interest in the collection, as visitors and requests for loans trebled in number"*. The final act in the drama came at special general meetings held on 25 January and 14 June 191 1. when it was resolved that the Museum should be given away and the space used by the Library'*". THE FATE OF THE COLLECTIONS Specimens were disposed of in large numbers throughout the history of the Museum. The Report of the Museum Committee for 1848 documents the sale, donation, exchange and destruction of specimens through the preceding 40 years, as well as the unsuccessful measures taken to avoid the accumulation of masses of worthless material. Only three years later the Committee's report lists 11 institutions that had been given specimens during the year (Museum Committee, 1851). There is no doubt that some, at any rate, of this material must survive in museum collections up and down the country and overseas. 60 I). T. MOORE, J. C. THA('KRAY& D. I . MORGAN but no attempt has been made to trace it. On a few occasions valuable material was given away, usually because it took up a lot of space. Thus a large collection of fossils in matrix from Cape of Good Hope sent by A. G. Bain (1797-1864) was given to the British Museum in 1852'". In spite of these depredations, there were still tens of thousands of specimens in the Museum when it was hnally disposed of in 1911. The Museum was divided into three parts: the British specimens, with a few exceptions, went to the Geological Survey and Museum; the foreign collection, recent shells and some British minerals went to the British Museum (Natural History) (also with a few exceptions, see below); and certain large and decorative specimens remained in Burlington House. The specimens which were retained in Burlington House were listed in 1911, but at the time of writing have now mostly gone. A number were cleared out of a basement room in the early 197()s, and only a large ichthyosaur skull from Lyme Regis given to the Museum in two parts in 1827 and 1846, and a Pleistocene rhinoceros skull given bv Buckland in 1820, remain today. The collections at the Geological Survey and Museum In 1911 the Geological Survey and Museum faced the Geological Society across Piccadilly. There were close ties between the two organisations, and all the directors of the Survey had had at least one term as President of the Society. F. L. Kitchin was Chief Palaeontologist, assisted by H. A. Allen (1854-1934) (Flett, 1937). On arrival at the Survey, the rocks were separated from the fossils. The best of the fossils were re- registered over the years in a series of registers, with the prefixes Geol. Soc. Coll.. GSa, GSb, GSc and GSd. The register entries totalled nearly 30, ()()(). These specimens were incorporated into the "type, and stratigraphic' and 'Survey' collections when the Survey moved to the Geological Museum in South Kensington in 1935 (Rushton, 1979). They formed a most important addition to the Survey's collection, and have been used as the basis of taxonomic and stratigraphic research ever since. Many were, and at the time of writing (1990) a few still are, displayed in the regional and fossil exhibitions in the Geological Museum. A typescript list of donors represented in the Geological Society fossil collection was prepared by Adrian Morter in 1972, and is the basis for statements concerning fossils at the British Geological Survey (BGS) in the catalogue that follows. A small number of minerals, including a series from the Isle of Man, were registered in the Mineral Inventory in 1912. By contrast, the rock collection received no attention. The specimens in it were mostly too small to exhibit and not sufficiently well localised to be useful for research. A register was prepared, but no entries were ever made in it, and the collection remained largely untouched. The collections at the British Museum (Natural History) In 1911 the British Museum (Natural History) was situated on Cromwell Road, South Kensington, occupying its present (Waterhousc) building. The BM(NH), too, had close links with the Geological Society, chielly through Henry Woodward (1832-1921), a former Keeper of Cjeology, who had been President of the Geological Society from 1894 to 1896. In addition B. B. Woodward (1853-19.30), the Museum's Librarian, had been Assistant in the Society's Museum at the time of the move to Burlington House in 1874. The offer of the collections was accepted by the Trustees on the basis of favourable reports by G. T. Prior (1863-1936) and A. Smith Woodward (1864-1944), the Keepers of A SHOkl HISTORY OKTHE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-191 1 fll Mineralogy and Geology respectively""-. By the end of October Prior reported that 17,000 rocks and minerals had been brought over from Piccadilly and were housed in the basement^'. Dr W. Campbell Smith ( I887-19>S8) subsequently cleared out the unlabelled or otherwise worthless specimens and arranged for the registering of the remainder; the registers were tinally completed by 1926 (Smith 1982: 63; Moore, 1982a: 145). A number of British and Irish mineral specimens from the Geological Society were registered (BM1911, 378-743) at this time, even though, on the face of it, these specimens should have gone to the Survey and Museum. The fossils meanwhile had been transferred from the Society by July 1911, and occupied 750 drawers in the Geology Department. As the palaeontological collection of the BM(NH) were, and indeed still are, taxonomically arranged they were then distributed among the various sections, each of which was responsible for particular fossil groups. Here the best of the specimens were added to the sectional collections. The collection of recent shells was considered and rejected by the Zoology Depart- ment of the BM(NH), and was given to the National Museum of Wales, Cardiff*"*. As mentioned in the introduction, the move of the Geological Survey to Keyworth led, in 1985, to the surviving Geological Society rock and mineral collections, both foreign and British, being reunited in the British Museum (Natural History). It was the largest single donation of British rocks that the museum has obtained and in the history of the rock collections at the BM(NH) there have only been two previous larger acquisitions. These were the India Museum collections in 1879 (Moore, \982b) and the foreign specimens of the Geological Society of London in 1911 (Moore, 1982rt)- In the alphabetical catalogue which follows it was intended to give the BM numbers for the rock collections listed, but from the collection of R. T. W. L. Brickenden onwards the collections are unregistered, and only the existence of the specimens in the Mineralogy Department can be recorded. Many of the documents relating to the Museum were passed to the British Museum (Natural History) along with the specimens. These comprise 22 volumes of registers, shelf lists, accession books, loan books, and collectors" catalogues that are now in the Palaeontology Library of the Natural History Museum, as well as a number of letters from collectors that are distributed through the Mineral Library manuscripts. Details of the most important manuscripts are given in the numbered notes. Other manuscripts, in particular two letterbooks concerning British and Irish acquisitions 1808-1845, remain at the Society. EDITORIAL CONVENTIONS The alphabetical index presented in this paper used the printed lists of donations which appeared in the Society's Transactions as the primary record for the period 1807 to 1845. Each entry gives the donor's full name and dates, the date of acquisition as it appears in print, except where misprints in the year have been silently corrected (Thackray, 1989). The series and volume number of the Transactions are cited, together with a descriptive entry which is transcribed from the printed version with the following alterations: the words 'specimen of, 'a collection of and 'a series of are often omitted, and capitalisa- tion has been modernised. All mispellings and inconsistencies should be understood as being 'sic\ Incorrect or incomplete locality names may be followed by an editorial insertion in square brackets. Where further information about the donations has been gleaned from another source, such as the manuscript minute books, catalogues or correspondence, this will appear within <>. Where the specimens were presented in 62 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN conjunction with the reading of a paper, this is referred to at this point. Notes on the survival of specimens or relevant letters and catalogues appear in italic. Where the Transactions entry has been repeated in the Proceedings this is noted. For the period 1846 to 1911 the Quarterly Journal is used as the primary source. The same conventions are used as above, but it should be noted that, as with the Proceedings. the date quoted is that of the Annual General Meeting, and will be up to a year later than the date of the donation. Catalogue entries are also given for items which are noted in the Society's manuscript minute books, the Waste Book, donations books or in Society correspondence, but which do not appear in the printed donation lists. These are given the reference MS only". Catalogue entries are also given based on a number of rocks in the BM(NH) collections, and fossils in Adrian Morter's list for the Geological Survey, which cannot be related to anv recorded donation. NOTES Abbreviations used for manuscript repositories are as follows: ATL - Alexander Turnbull Library, Wellington, New Zealand. CUL - Department of Manuscripts, Cambridge University Library. GSL - Archives of the Geological Society. London. NHMA - Archives of the British Museum (Natural History). NHMP - Palaeontology/Mineralogy Library of the British Museum (Natural History). UCL - Department of Manuscripts, University College, London. ' Factual statements not otherwise supported by a reference are based on a study of the Council Minutes and Minutes of Ordinary Meetings in the archives of the Geological Society. Most of the events are referred to in the standard history of the Society (Woodward, 1907) - Minutes of Ordinary Meeting, 1 January 1808, GSL OMl/1 p. 13 ^ Museum Catalogue - minerals. I808-[\8\1]. A register of specimens 222-1068, giving register number, description, donor and location. Nos. 222^84 are in the hand of Leonard Horner; Nos. 485-1068 are bv an unidentified writer, possibly Henry Warburton. NHMP Mss GEO. ^ Minutes of Council Meeting, 1 1 March 1812, GSL CMl/1 p. 34. ^ This collection was transferred to the then BM(NH) from the Geological Society with the foreign specimens in 1911. It is now BM1911,1167 (Bishop et al 1971: 64, and Moore, 1982a). " Minutes of Council Meetings 14 June 1810 and 13 May 1812. GSL CMl/L pp. 3, 37. ^ Report of Council to the General Meeting, 5 February 1813, GSL CM6/1, p. 49. ** Minutes of Council Meeting, 24 June 1812. GSL CMl/1 p. 40. '' Wa.ste hook [1813-1826, 1845-1847]. A register of specimens. 2757-2887 and hOOO- 25,588, giving register number, description and location of individual specimens in some places, verv brief summaries for whole collections in others. Most of nos. 2757-2887 and 6000-23,476 are in the hand of Thomas Webster: 23.600 to 25,588 are in the hand of J. de C. Sowerby. NHMP Mss GEO. '" Museum Catalogue Alluvium - Lias [after 1815-C.1825]. A list of part of the British collection arranged in stratigraphic order. This catalogue was presumably compiled by Webster but does not appear to be in his hand. NHMP Mss GEO. ASHORTHISTORYOFTHE MUSEUM OFTHEGEOLOGICALSOCIETYOFLONDON, 1807-191 1 63 " C. Lyell to G. A. Mantell, 20 April 1829, Mantel! Papers, ATL. '■" Documents relating to the Museum of the Geological Society, p. 30, Greenough papers, UCL, 5/2. " C. Lyell to G. A. Mantell, 22 June 1826, Mantell papers, ATL. '■' Minutes of Council Meeting, 21 May 1813, GSL CMl/1 p. 58. '•'' Report of Council to the General Meeting. 4 February 1814, GSL CM6/1 , p. 73. "* Catalogue cited in note 9. '^ President's address to Council, 3 December 1819, GSL CM 1/1 p. 355. '** Documents relating to the Museum of the Geological Societv, p. 25, Greenough papers, UCL 5/2. '" Minutes of Council Meetings 19 March and 9 June 1827. GSL CMl/2, pp. 140, 150. -" C. Lyell to G. A. Mantell, 20 April 1829, Mantell Papers, ATL. ^^ Minutes of Council 18 April 1829, GSL GMl/2, p. 304. -- Lonsdale's correspondence is contained in the Secretaries' Letterbooks, 1834-1842, GSL LRl/1-7. -^ Museum donations books for 1836-1838 and for 1847-1911 are preserved. NHMP MssGEO. "'' Two versions of the report were printed for the use of Council in 1848, one of 24pp, and the other, later version of 28pp. There are copies of these in the Greenough papers, UCL, box 13. A much abbreviated version was printed in the Proceedings (Museum Committee 1848). See also Remarks on Report of the Committee on Foreign Museum as presented to Council 3 Jan 1849, Greenough Papers, UCL, 5/5. "' This copy, expanded to fill three folio volumes is at GSL, LDGSL 26. ''' Museum Committee Minute Book, 1859-1862. GSL COM/Mul "' Typical collection of rocks - catalogue, 1859. A catalogue of specimens 1-1214 giving catalogue number, name, location, locality and donor, with full notes on facing pages. The catalogue was compiled and written by Leonard Horner; the preface is signed November 1859. NHMP Mss GEO. ""^ An interleaved and annotated copy of the book is at GSL, LDGSL 23. '"^ A brief report regarding the arrangement of the foreign Tertiary collection, by J. Prestwich, 1859, GSL COM/'Mu6. ■'" Recent shells - bivalves, 1859 and Recent shells - univalves. 1859. A catalogue by S. P. Woodward, arranged on the same plan as his Manual of the Mollusca (1851-1856). NHMP Mss GEO. "" Foreign collections - North and South America, West Indies, Australasia, Islands of the Pacific, c.1862 and Register of foreign collections, Europe, Asia etc. c.1862. Lists of collections in the Museum are given for each of the main geographical subdivisions, together with a reference to the cabinet and drawers in which they may be found. The European register has shelf lists of identified fossils tipped in at the back. The lists were compiled and written by Leonard Horner, who also wrote an introduction giving his scheme for arranging the collections. NHMP Mss GEO. "^' Register of Foreign Collection, Stratigraphic arrangement, c.1862. This catalogue divides the foreign collections into 23 stratigraphic subdivisions, and lists locality, number of specimens, and location within the museum for each one. It is mostly in Horner's hand. NHMP Mss GEO. " Minutes of Council Meeting. 9 December 1868, GSL CMl/9, p. 392 ■*■' Museum catalogue - English, 1873-1874. A detailed shelf list of the British collection compiled by T. R. Jones and B. B. Woodward in preparation for the move of the Museum to Burlington House. It gives location, description, references and comments. NHMP Mss GEO. ''' Museum catalogue - British collection in Tert- Trias, 1890- 1900; Collection register of Sharp collection and missing types, 1890-1900; Collection register Vol III foreign. 64 D. T. MOORL, J. C. THACKRAY & 1). L. MORGAN 1890-1900: and Collection register Vol IV foreign, 1890-1900. This is the register of type and historic specimens prepared by C. D. Sherborn between 1890 and 1900. The four volumes contain, respectively, nos. 1-4056. 4957-78S6, 7S87-12249 and 12250-14489. NHMPMssGEO. '^ Minutes of Council Meeting 20 November 1895, GSL CM 1/14. p. 86; Minutes of Trusteees Meetings, 25 January and 26 June 1896, NHMA DF900. "'^ Proceedings of Special Meeting. 27 March 1901, were published in Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, 57, xcii. '* Blake - ms catalogue of types etc. c.1905. This volume comprises a complete shelf list of all the cabinets in the Museum with a rough indication of their contents, and lists of authors whose papers are illustrated by specimens in the Museum. It was compiled bv J. F. Blake, NHMP Mss GEO. ■''' List of specimens borrowed from the Museum, 1843-191 1 . This loans register covers both library books and museum specimens, NHMP Mss GEO. ■'" Minutes of Special General Meetings, 25 Januarv and 14 June 1911, GSL COM/ Mu3. "" Minutes of Trustees Meeting, 14 August 1852, British Museum Archives CE3. NHMA DFlOOO/94/1454, 14 May 1911 and /1409, 22 Mav 1911. NHMA DF 1000/95/2843, 21 October 1911. 42 43 ■" NHMA DFlOOO/94/1974, 19 Julv 1911 AN ALPHABETICAL CATALOGUE OF BRITISH AND IRISH ACCESSIONS TO THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY'S MUSEUM, WITH A NOTE OF THE SURVIVING SPECIMENS Adam, John, [M.D. Later of Calcutta] 18 April 1817 TGS(l) 4 Specimens found on the Strathmore Estate, Parish of Eassie, Forfarshire (Letter extant of 21 April 1817. GSL Musi 1200} Acton, Mrs Stackhouse There are believed to be Silurian fossils at BGS Aikin, Arthur (1773-1854) 1 March 1811 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Shropshire in illustration of Mr Aikin's account of the great coal-field of that county (Aikin, 181 1). 5 April 1811 "MS only' Specimens from the coal district of Shropshire 6 December 1811 TGS(l) 2 Witherite from Shropshire in Moorfields [London] 15 March 1816 TGS( 1 ) 3 Specimens from Litchfield [Staffordshire, to illustrate a paper by Aikin (1817)| 2 April 1816 TGS( 1) 3 Fossil shells from Blackdown [Dorset[* 6 October 1817. A specimen of selenite from Ely, Cambridgeshire* 5 February 1819 TGS(l) 5 Fossils from the Highgate tunnel [London] A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-1911 65 26 January 1822 TGS(2) 1 Chert from Halkin Hill, Flintshire 21 January 1824 TGS(2) 2 Impression of a leaf in coal shale from Welbach Colliery, near Shrewsbury 29 June 1824 TGS(2) 2 Magnesian Limestone from Mansfield, Nottinghamshire 12 June 1826 TGS{2) 2 and 16 February 1827 PGS 1 p. 15 Specimens from Cader Idris, north Wales (Aikin, 1827) 25 January 1832 TGS(2) 3 Specimens of coal from south Wales and Staffordshire {Undaied letter extant. GSL Miisl/J91j * The one-time Geological Societv Museum specimen o} garnet is now in the Department of Mineralogy, British Museum (Natural History) numbered BMI'^I 1 ,602: and the Shropshire witherite specimen {from Minsterley, Shropshire) is BMI9I 1 ,590. The selenite specimen is now BMI9I 1 ,617. A specimen of chalcopyrite from the Parys Mine, Anglesey, attributable to A. Aikin (now BMI9I 1,622) is recorded as having been given to the Geological Societv 'before 1818'. The fossdiferous sandstone from Blackdown is ttow BMI985, P48. There are believed to be Tertiary fossils at BGS. Alexander, Captain Henry, Royal Staff Corps [FGS] 15 February 1839 PGS 3 p. 46 Fossils from the Crag near Southwold [Suffolk] 26 February 1839 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 3 p. 194 Bones from the Crag of Easton and Bulchamp pit, Suffolk (Letter of li. Alexander to W. Lonsdale. 5 Januarv 1839, GSL LR4/105) 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 195 Shells from the Coralline Crag at Gedgrove and a slab of Coralline Crag from Sudbourne; cast of a mastodon's tooth dredged up off Easton in June 1839 (all in Suffolk] (Letters, H. Alexander to W. Lonsdale, 24 February and 17 September 1839, GSL Mus2l49.50) 21 February 1855 QJGS 1 1 Flints with lish-remains from Norfolk (Alexander, 1854) Tertiary and Quaternary fossils at BGS. Allan, Thomas (1777-1833) 7 June 1811 TGS(l) 1 Specimen from the neighbourhood of Harrogate [Yorkshire] 5 November 1813 TGS(l) 2 Specimens of zeolitic amygdaloid from Ferroe [Faeroe] 2 June 1815 TGS(l) 3 Concretions found in a clay pit at Erilh, Kent 16 January 1818 TGS(1 ) 5 Siliceous casts of perforations in a bclcmnite 13 July 1821 TGS(2) 1 Siliceous casts of perforations in belemnites 23 February 1822 TGS(2) 1 Coal, showing a fibrous structure, from the neighbourhood of Dunfermling [Dunfermline, Scotland] Allen, Elliston (1780-1838) 23 May 1836 TGS(2) 5 Remains of the elephant, &c, from Bollingdon [Ballingdon] Hill, Essex (Letter. 13 June 1836, GSL LR2/44.) Allen, T. White Limestone from County Antrim at BGS Allies, Jabez(d. 1856) 1837 "MS only" Fossil plants from Bickmarsh, [Warwickshire] (Letter. J. Lindlev to W. Lonsdale. 11837], GSL Mus 2114) Liassic fossils at BGS. Ansted, David Thomas (1814-1880) 15 February 1850 QJGS 6 Two specimens of Gorgonia keuperi from the Keuper Sandstone of Leicester Triassic and Cretaceous fossils at BGS. 66 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN Anstice, Robert (1757-1845) 1 Sept 1816 TGS(l) 4 Specimens accompanying a paper by Anstice [(1821)] . Somerset* 17 April 1818 TGS(l) 5 Grauwacke rock in which the cavern in the Ouantock hills containing the arragonite is found (Letter, R. Anstice to C. Stokes. 2 April ISIS. GSL Muslll04) 4 December 1818 TGS(l) 5 Arragonite from <01d Cleeve Hill>, Somersetshire* {Letter, R. Anstice to C.Stokes. 9 November 1818. GSL LDGSL28) 28 May 1820 TGS(l) 5 Black rock from Dublin, with an Entomilithus [a trilobite) * The Geological Society Museum specimen of aragonite' is now BMI9I l.SS.^. According to a register annotation in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(Nll). the specimen is. in fact, calcite Anstice, William (1781-1850) 20 February 1846 QJGS 2 Shells &c from Coalbrook Dale [Shropshire] illustrating Mr Prestwich paper (Prestwich. 1840) [listed in Wastebook 23600-23727] Carboniferous fossils at BGS Anstie, James Overbury (d.l842) 19 February 1830 PGS 1 p. 177 Specimens illustrative of the neighbourhood of Devizes, Wiltshire 16 March 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 261 Ammonite from Calcareous Grit of Seend. Wiltshire Apsley, Captain Alexander (d.c.l826) 9 July 1827 TGS(2) 2 & PGS 1 p. 47 Recent shells, fossils and minerals Carboniferous and Jurassic fo.tsils at BGS. Ashe, T. [?could be J.] 21 February 1868 QJGS 24 Fossils from the Lingula Flags and the Tremadoc Series [north Wales]. Cambrian fossils at BGS. Atkinson. William 1 June 1810 TGS(l) 1 Specimens obtained in sinking a well at Twyford. near Acton. Middlesex (Letter, 31 May 1810, GSL Musi 146) Austen, R. A. C, see Godwin-Austen. R. A. C. Austin. Major Thomas (1795-1881) 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 195 Specimens of the rocks from Waterford Haven [Ireland] (Austin. 1839) (Letter, 26 October 1839, GSL Mu.s2/85) Babbage, Charles (1792-1871) 18 December 1833 TGS(2) 4 & PGS 2 p. 29 Hastings sandstone 15 February 1861 QJGS 17 Skull of a cat in stalagmite from a bone-cave in south Devon Pleistocene fo.ssils at BGS Babington, William (1756-1833) 3 November 1809 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from a clay-pit near Swanage. Dorsetshire 3 November 1809 'rGS(l) 1 Copper and lead ores from Ross Island, in the lake of Killarncy [Ireland] 9 November 1820 rGS(l) 5 Rocks from Scilly Island and Ireland 31 July 1822 TGS(l) 5 Portion of a septarium from the Lxindon Clay ASHORTHISTORYOFTHEMUSEUMOFTHEGEOLOGICALSOCIETYOFLONDON, 1807-191 1 67 Babington, W., and G. B. Greenough 4 November 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Ireland, Scotland and Wales Bailey, Thomas F. January 1841 'MS only" gravel from Basford (Letters to W. Biakland, 25 <& 30 Jan 1841. GSL Mus2l56-57) (Bailey, 1841) Baillie, John S. [of New Kilpatrick] 26 September 1840 TGS(2) 6 & 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 Crinoidal and other remains from the neighbourhood of New Kilpatrick [Scotland) (Letters, J. S. Baillie to W. Lonsdale. 11 August. 30 September and 2H October 1840. GSL Mus2l87-89) Baker, John (fl. 1814-1850) Fossils from the Warminster Greensand exist at BGS Bakewell, Robert (1768-1843) 6 November 1812 TGS( I ) 2 Specimens from Leicestershire Bald. Robert 4 May 1810 TGS( 1 ) I Specimens from Clackmananshire illustrative of the stratification of the coal district of that county Ball, Henry 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Spongeous flint from the Chalk Jurassic fossils at BGS. Ball, W June 1843 'MS only' Casts of the remains of a fossil elephant from Kent Banks, Sir Joseph (1743-1820) 5 February 1808TGS(1) 1 Specimens of strata from St. Anthon's Colliery, Newcastle upon Tyne [Tyne and Wear] 6 May 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from the sinking of a well at Lord Spencer's, Wimbledon [London] 2 December 1808 TGS( 1 ) 1 Fossil wood from Bedfordshire (Letter. 20 November 1818. GSL Musi 130} 1 April 1809TGS(1) 1 Fossil shells from the coast of Sussex (Letters. J. Hollowav to J. Banks. 26 November 1808, J. Banks to G. B. Greenough, 4 Aprd 1809, GSL Musi/ 151. 185) Barnes, Rev. J. Fossils from the flint gravel of Dorchester, Dorset, exist at BGS Barrett. M. ]of Steeple Ashton] There are Corallian fossils from Steeple Ashton, Wiltshire, at BGS Barrett. Lucas (1837-1862) Fossils from the Gault and Greensand of Cambridge exist at BGS Bathurst, Charles 25 January 1826 TGS(2) 2 Specimens of part of the Oolite Series 5 January 1827 TGS(2) 2 Cast of an ammonite from the Oolitic Series 6 January 1827 TGS(2) 2 Fossils from the rock above the Fuller's-earth at Nuttield JSurrey] Bayfield, Thomas Gabriel (1817-1893) 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 50 Caryophyillia centralis and Terebratula plicatilis from the Norwich Chalk Cretaceous fossils at BGS. 68 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY&D. L. MORGAN Beaufort. Captain Francis (1774-1857) I June 1838 TGS(2) 5 and 3 p. 45 Minerals from Cornwall 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Mass of London Clay with shells from the West Rocks", S.E. of Harwich [Essex] Beche. H. T. De la, see De la Beche. H. T. Beckett, Henry (d. 1876) 16 February 1866 OJGS 22 Two fossil plants from the Coal Measures of Dudley Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Beckles. Samuel Husband (1814-1890) 20 February 1852 OJGS 8 Specimens of Ornithoidichnite from the Wealden. and two casts of the same, with a cast and bones of a turkey's foot 20 February 1875 OJGS 31 Footprints of Iguanodon from the Hastings sands Wealden fossils at BGS. Belcher, Admiral Sir Edward (1799-1877) 30 September 1833 TGS(2) 2 Wood perforated by a Pholas Benett, Miss Etheldred (1776-1845) 19 February 1813 TGS(l) 2 Siliceous petrifactions from Tisbury, Wiltshire 19 March 1813 TGS(l) 2 Organic remains from Hordwell Cliff, Hampshire (Letter, G.B. Greenough to L. Horner. 11 March 1813, GSL Musi 189) 5 November 1813 TGS(I) 2 Organic remains from Wiltshire, Hampshire and Dorsetshire 18 March 1814 TGS( 1 ) 2 Fossils from English Strata < According to the Waste Book this donation consisted of palaeontological material from (a) Portland, (b) the Chalk Marl, (c) the Chalk and (d) Greensand> 21 March 1815 TGS(l) 3 Specimen of the Elephant Bed, Brentford 21 March 1815 TGS(l) 3 Fossil organic remains from Weymouth 21 March 1815 TGS(l) 3 Fossil shells from Stifford, Essex 7 April 1815 TGS(r) 3 Recent shells 5 May 1815 TGS(l) 3 Organic remains and sulphat [sic| of strontian 19 March 1819 TGS(l) 5 Fossils from the Chalk and Greensand in the Vale of Wardour [Wiltshire] 10 June 1835 TGS(2) 4 and PGS 2 p. 341 Specimens from the Mountain Limestone near Frome [Somerset] 14 October 1835 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p.341 Fossils from Blackdown [Devon] and Wiltshire 27 November 18.35 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. ,341 Fossils from Blackdown [Devon] and Bognor [W.Sussex] 21 October 1837 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 608 Fossil from the Mountain Limestone, the Oolitic and Cretaceous Systems of England (Letter, 4 August 1837, GSL Mus2ll2) 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 195 Tiles from the Forest Marble and Purbeck slate of Ladydown JWiltshire] (Letter, 18 October 1839, GSL Mus2/3I) 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 Bones of Recent mammalia from Portland, and Crinoidal remains from the Mountain Limestone near Frome [Somerset| April 1842 TGS(2) 6 and PGS 4 p. 49 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone of Whatley, Somerset, the Oolite of Tisbury [Wiltshire], &c. 1 June 1842 TGS(2) 6 and PGS 4 p. 49 Fossils from the Greensand of Farringdon, and the Great Oolite of Cain's Cross, Gloucestershire; and specimens of Apiocrinites rotundus (Letter, 16 April 1842, GSL LDGSL30.) 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 49 Fossils from the Chalk, Upper Greensand and Oxford Clay of Wiltshire [BGS] * Twenty five of Miss Bennet's rock specimens, at one-time part of the Geological Society of London Museum, are now in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH) numbered BM1985, P50 and illustrate a manuscript section of Chicksgrove Quarry. The Waste Book notes that palaeontological specimens from this locality were given to the Society in March 1814, September 1815 and March 1816. A large collection of fossils is held by BGS. Bennet, the Rt. Hon, Henry Grey (1777-1836) 21 February 1812 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Northumberland (Bennet, 1817) 19 February 1813 TGS(l) 2 Organic remains from Shropshire 19 March 1813 TGS(l) 2 Specimen of calcareous incrustation found in the pipe of a steam engine 70 n. 1. MOORli, J. r. THArKRAV & d. l. morcjan 31 January 1814 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Northumberland and Roxboroughshirc 10 May 1820TGS(1) 5 Specimen of Dudley limestone with an Entomolite |a trilobitc] 16 November 1821 'MS only' Specmens from Jersey Carboniferous, Jurassic. Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils exist at BGS. Bennet, H. G., Lord Compton & G. B. Greenough 3 June 1814 TGS(l) 2 Specimens and organic remains from Stonesfieid. Oxfordshire Bensted. William Harding (1802-1873) September 1838 'MS onlv' Lower Greensand sponges from Maidstone, Kent (Letter W.H. Bensted to W.H. Fitton, 23 September 1838. GSL Mus 2175) 17 November 1838 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 3 p. 46 Gryphaea sinuata, from the Lower Greensand 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Fossils from the Kentish Rag, Maidstone [Kent] Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Bentham, Captain J. [52nd Regiment] 23 June 1837 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 608 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone in the Isle of Man (Letter J. Bentham to W. Buckland. 24 May 1837, GSL Mus2/90) Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Berger, Jean Francois (1779-1833) 2 December 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Leicestershire, Derbyshire, Westmoreland, Cumberland and Scotland (Catalogue of various minerals. BMNHP Mss Geo 'Miscellaneous'} 6 April 1810TGS(1) I Specimens from the counties of Cornwall and Devon* (Letter, J. Berger to J. Laird 18 March 1810. GSL LDGSL28. See also under Necker, and Berger (1811a)) 1 June 1810 TGS(I) 1 Rocks of the island of Guernsey (List of minerals, n.d.. GSL LDGSL27/15) 5 April 181 1 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from the Isle of Wight, (Berger, 181 \b) 19 April 1811 TGS(l) 1 Specimen from Isle of Purbeck and the Isle of Portland (Berger. 1811/)) 1 November 1811 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from the Isle of Man (Berger, 1814) (Catalogue of specimens /from Ireland/ BMNHP Mss Geo 'Miscellaneous') * Some twenty rock specimens from the Geological Society Musetmx. said to have been collected in the company of L. A. Necker. and illustrating a paper by Berger (1811a). are in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(Nll) numbered BM1985.P58. Mineral specimens also e.xist corresponding to this donation. They are pyrohmte (BM 191 1 .619-20) from Upton Pyne. Devon, and gilbertite (BM 191 1.621) from Stenna Gwynn. St Stephens, near St Austel, Cornwall. Berry, George [of Edinburgh] 2 May 1821 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from Scotland Bevan, Benjamin 3 December 1813 TGS(l) 2 Strata and organic remains 3 June 1814 TCiS(l) 2 Fossil beiemnitcs from Bosworth, Leicestershire There are Jurassic and Cretaceous fossils at BGS. A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-1911 71 Bigsby, John Jeremiah (1792-1881) Fossils from Dorset. Devon and near Malvern, Hereford and Worcester exist at BGS Billon, Rev. William (1798-1883) There are fossil plants from north Devon at BGS Binfield.W. R. [of London] 20 February 1852 OJGS 8 Specimens of corals. Nautilus, ammonites etc., from the Silurian, Lias and Chalk 18 February 1853 OJGS 9 Specimens of Lias rocks from Gloucestershire 17 February 1854 OJGS 10 Fossil plants from the Cotswolds, fossil insects from Lyme Regis and fossils from Cheltenham, &c. Jurassic fossils at BGS. Messrs W. R., and H. Binfield 17 February 1854 OJGS 10 Fossil insects, plants and shells from the Wealden of Hastings (Bintield & Binfield, 1854) Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Binney, Edward William (1812-1881) January 1839 "MS only' Columnar-jointed mudstone from near Manchester (Letter, E. W. Binnev to L. Horner. 15 February 1839. GSL Miis I/I97) 20 February 1863 QJGS 19 Carboniferous rocks from Ayrshire (Binney, 1862)* * Eight rock specimens of the Ayrshire material survive in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). Also, eleven rock specimens of Permo-Triassic rocks from the Manchester area. attributable to Binnev on the basis of.mrvivtng labels, are extant. These are now numbered BM1985. P49 and 1985. P53 respectively. Permian and Jurassic fossils are at BGS. Birkett, Rev. T. 17 January 1838 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 608 Vertebra of a Plesiosaurus from Terry's Pit, Hasely Mill, Oxfordshire; with a fragment of a stag's horn from the same locality The Birmingham Institution December 1840 rGS(2) 6 Cast of the head of Ichthyosaurus communis, in the Birmingham Institution Black, Dr James (1788-1867) Triassic and Coal Measures fossils from Lancashire at BGS Black, W. T. [Staff-surgeon, London] 28 February 1866 'MS only' Fourteen miscellaneous rock specimens from various localities Blackburn, Edward Berens (cl788-1839) 31 October 1817 TGS( 1) 5 Fossils from the Breadon Hills Blake, William (1773/4-1852) 4 March 1814 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Petworth [West Sussex] and Mt. Sorrell [Leicestershire] Bland, Michael (1776/7-1851) 2 April 1819 TGS(l) 5 Calcareous stalactites (Letter. 2 April I8I9, GSL Musl/90) Bland, Thomas (d. 1889) 18 February 1853 OJGS 9 2 Specimens of Phillipsia from Derbyshire Carboniferous fo.isils at BGS. 72 D.T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAYA; D. L. MORGAN Bland. William (178&-1869) 6 May 1841 TGS(2) 6 and PGS 3 p. 62(1 Remains of the mammoth found in a gravel-pit in the parish of Newington, near Sittingbourne [Kent] Blandford, William Thomas (1832-1905) Recent shells at BGS Blizard. Sir William (1743-1835) 30 April 1833 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 2 p. 28 Part of a basaltic column from the Giant's Causeway (Antrim) Bogg, Edward (1743-1835) 12 January 1816 TGS(l) 3 Specimens in illustration of Mr Bogg's paper on the strata of Lincolnshire (Bogg, 1816) Jurassic fossils at BGS. Bonney. F. 15 June 1837 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 608 Ammonites lewesiensis, from Shakespeare's Cliff. Dover [Kent] Bostock. Dr John (1773-1846) 16 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Pebbles from the bed of clay which covers the New Red Sandstone in the South-West of Lancashire (Bostock. 1826) 6 March 1825 TGS(2) 2 Specimens from the vitrified fort, Craig Phadric, near Inverness, and a specimen from the basaltic columns at LUva in the Hebrides 16 March 1832 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 427 A slab of Dudley Limestone Botfield. Sir Thomas (1762-1843) 23 January 1815 TGS(l) 2 Slag from a furnace 5 May 1824 TGS(2) 2 Fossil bones found in the fissures of a sandstone rock at the Hinck's Hay near the Old Park Iron Works. Dawley, Shropshire < They were 150' from the original face of the rock and 22' from the surface* 6 May 1841 TGS(2) 6 & 18 February 1842 PGS 3 p. 620 Specimens from the Clee Hill Coalwork. Shropshire Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Bowerbank. James Scott (1797-1877) 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 195 Specimens of Venericardia planicosta and of Nummulites from the London Clay (Bowerbank. 1839) 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 Fossils from Bracklesham Bay [W. Sussex] 15 February 1867 QJGS 23 Slab of Kelloway rock with belemnites; specimen of Crioceras bowerbanki Tertiary fossils at BGS. Bowman. John Eddowes (1785-1841) Coal Measure fossils from Bradford at BGS Braddick, John (cl765-1828) 1 June 1827 rGS(2) 2 and PGS 1 p. 47 Fossil bones of the Hyaena and other animals. found in a cave near Maidstone [Kent] Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Brady, Henry Bowman (1835-1891) 16 February 1866 OJGS 22 Siliceous casts of corals from the Carboniferous Limestone near Dublin Bravendcr, John (d.l877) 17 February 1860 OJGS 16 Echinidae from the Upper Oolite of Ciloucestershirc A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OFLONDON, 1807-191 1 73 Breton, Lieut. William Henry (1798/9-1887) 18 February 1860 OJGS 15 Acrodus teeth from the Lias Jurassic fossils at BGS. Brickenden, Captain Richard Thomas William Lambart (1809-1900) 21 February 1855 OJGS 1 1 Slab of stone with footprints, from the Old Red Sandstone of Elgin* [Scotland] * Six specimens of boulder clay from Elgin, at one-time part of the Geological Society's Museum and attributable to L. Brickendon on the basis of secondary labels, are now numbered BM1985.P54. There is also a boulder clay and some twenty rock specimens from Linksfield, Elgin, illustrating a paper by Brickenden (1851) Bright, Benjamin Heywood (1787-1843) February 1841 TGS(2) 6 & 18 February 1842 PCS 3 p. 620 Specimens of Meiomite from the Magnesian Limestone Conglomerate of Ham Green [Bristol] (Letter, 17 February 1841, GSL Mus2/68) Bright, E. A. 6 January 1846 "MS only' Calamites pachyderma and other coal plants from Gladwick Colliery, Oldham 21 March 1815 TGS(l) 3 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Dufton [Cumbria] (Buckland. 18I7«) 3 November 1815 TGS(l) 3 Slab of marble from Chudleigh. Devonshire 5 January 1816 TGS(1 ) 3 Plastic Clay from Reading* (Buckland, 1817/)) 1 May 1816 TGS(I) 3 A scarce variety of Lyas. near Lyme [Regis, Dorset] 31 October 1817 TGS(l) 5 Part of a deer's horn found in gravel 3 April 1818 TGS( 1 ) 5 Fossils from Gibraltar Quarries. Woodstock [Oxfordshire] 1 May 1818 TGS( 1 ) 5 Horns of deer found at Mundesley on the coast of Norfolk 5 June 1818 TGS(I) 5 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Bristol 19 June I818TGS(1) 5 Simple minerals 4 December 1818 TGS( I ) 5 Specimens of English Strata 14 December 1818 TGS(l) 5 Tufa formed on moss. Lyme Regis 7 August 1822 TGS(l) 2 Specimen from Lyme, with stems of Pentacrinites 2 March 1824 TGS(2) 2 Specimens from the diluvial gravel at Abingdon JOxfordshire] 24 April 1824 TGS(2) 2 Fossil shell from the Oxford clay, and a pebble from the diluvial gravel, Oxford 16 December 1824 TGS(2) 2 English rocks (List of specimens presented by Prof. Buckland. GSL Musl/123) 18 February 1825 TGS(2) 2 Specimen of a breccia resembling that of Gibraltar, found in a fissure in the limestone rock at Chudleigh [Devon] 20 February 1825 TGS(2) 2 Specimens of Transition Limestone from Nether Stowey [Somerset] 20 March 1828 TGS(2) 2 & 20 February 1829 PGS 1 p. 106 A pair of antlers of the Irish Stag (given as Irish Elk in the PGS. see below) 5 December 1828 TGS(2) 2 A pair of antlers of the Irish Stag 76 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THAC KRAY & U. L. MORCJAN 29 April 1829 'MS only' Slab containing nigrum graecum 16 June 1829 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 177 Cast of the toe of the Iguanodon from Sandown Bay, Isle of Wight 15 January 1830 TGS(2) 3 A crystal of selenite from Shotover [Oxfordshire] 19 February 1830 PGS 1 p. 177 A slate containing coprolites from the Lias 25 May 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 351 Casts of coprolites from the Chalk, and cast of the jaw of Megalosaurus 1 August 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 351 Coprolites from Lyme Regis 28 November 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 351 Six specimens of Mantellia rocks fr(mi the Reading area (BMI9S5.P60), (ii) rocks from Addleston/Cherlsey (Surrey, now BMI9H5.IW). (Hi) material from Cardiff and other localities in Glamorgan (BMI985.P64). (iv) specimens fr(mi Blackheath (London, now BMI985.P65). (v) a pohshed slab frcmt Lyme Regis. Dorset (BM1985.P6I}. (vi) twettty specimens of agates from the Mendip Hills (Buckland. IH35: now BM19H5.P59), and (vii) rocks illustrating a paper on a fossil fish locality (Buckland. 1838). These specimens are now in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(NH). A large collection of fossils is held at BGS. The rhinoceros skull from King Newnam is still held by the Society in Burlington House. Rev W. Buckland and J. J. Conybeare. See Conybeare, J. J. Rev W. Buckland and Rev W. D. Conybeare 7 June 1816 rGS( 1 ) 3 A series of specimens from the neighbourhood of Oxford Rev. W. Buckland and H. T. De La Beche 30 April 1833 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from the neighbourhood of Wcymoulh (Buckland & De La Beche. 1835) [Large collection at BGS] Rev W. Buckland and R. I. Murchison 16 February 1844 PGS 4 pp. 341-2 Fossils from the Lower Greensand and Weald C'lay at their junction. Redhill, near Reigate [Surrey] A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON , 1 807-19 1 1 77 Rev. W. Buckland and J. Yates 14 December 1836 TGS(2) 5 and 17 February 1837 PCS 2 p. 464 Specimen of a fossil tree at Allesley. Warwickshire, and of the New Red Sandstone in which it was found (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 464, 17 February 1837) (Buckland, 1837) Buckman, James (1814-1884) Fossils from the Jurassic of Dumblelon, Gloucestershire, at BGS Bullock, William (d.l849) 29 November 1824 TGS(2) 2 Specimens of the rock of the Isle of St Kilda, Hebrides 1 May 1825 TGS(2) 2 Fossil wood and rocks bored by Pholas Bunbury, Charles James Fox (1809-1886) Jurassic fossil plants from Gristhorpe, N.Yorkshire, at BGS (Bunbury, 1851) Bunbury, Edward Herbert (1811-1895) 6 May 1841 TGS(2) 6 Specimens from the Inferior Oolite, Burton, near Bridport (Also reported on 2 February 1842 TGS(2) 6 and PGS 3 p. 620) April 1842 TGS(2) 6 A vertebra of an Ichthyolite .Ptychodus. from the Lower Chalk, Maidstone [Kent] 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 49 Fossils from the Kelloway Rock of Wiltshire, and Inferior Oolite of Burton, near Bridport 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Hippurite and specimens of Beryx radians from the Chalk of Kent 16 February 1849 OJGS 5 Specimen of Pentacrinite Jurassic, Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils at BGS> Bunbury, Sir Henry Edward (1778-1860) 8 July 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Miiden Hall, Suffolk (Bunbury, 1824) Burton, Decimus (1800-1881) 30 August 1837 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 608 A stag's horn from the Preston and Wyre railway, Lancashire Caldcleugh, Alexander (d.l858) 26 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Equiaxe carbonate of lime and magnesian carbonate of lime 29 January 1831 TGS(2) 3 A plate of brown mica Callaway. Dr Charles (1838-1915) 21 February 1879 QJGS 35 A series of rock specimens to illustrate a paper on the Precambrian rocks of Shropshire (Callaway, 1878) Card, George 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 343 Plagiostoma? spinosum from the Chalk and teeth of the Rhinoceros and Equus from a brickfield near Salisbury (Letter, 20 September 1843. GSL LR8/37) Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Cawdor, John Frederick Campbell, 1st Earl of (1790-1860) 5 December 1835 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 342 of 19 February 1836 Fossils from the Limestone Shale of Pembrokeshire (Letter, 4 December 1835, GSL LR2/25) 20 January 1836 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the Lower Limestone Shale and the Upper Silurian beds of Pembroke (Letter, Lord Cawdor to W. Lonsdale. 2 January 1836. GSL Musi 1 129} Carboniferous fossils at BGS. 78 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORCJAN Cazalet, Mrs 17 February 1826 TGS(2) 2 and PGS 1 p. 15 Bones from Kent's Hole. Torquay [Devonl 6 April 1827 TGS(2) 2 Recent and fossil corals from Torquay*; Bovey coal* 6 April 1827 MS only Breccia and bones from Kent's Hole, Torquay [Devon] * A specimen of Bovey Coal is now in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). Pleistocene fossils are at BGS. Chambers, Robert (1802-1871 ) 17 February 1854 QJGS 10 Boulders from Scotland &c. Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Champernowne, Arthur (1767-181'^) 3 April 1812 TGS(l) 2 Specimens of slickenside 19 February 1813 TGS(l) 2 Crystallized feldspar and ■nn impression of a fish in> bituminous Marie Slate 1 December 1815 TGS(l) 3 Oxide of uranium on pech blende [pitchblende] 5 April 1816TGS(1) 3 Pech blende [pitchblende] Champernowne. Arthur junr. (1839-1887) 15 February 1878 OJGS 34 Twenty four specimens of Stromatopora etc., from the Great Devon[ian] Limestone, Dartington (Champernowne. 1879) Devonian fossils at BGS. Chantrey, Sir Francis Legatt (1781-1842) 6 December 1822 TGS(2) 1 Cast of the underjaw of the Plesiosaurus in the possession of H. T. De La Beche Esq. 19 March 1824 TGS(2) 2 Impressions of plants from the Coal Measures near Sheffield 1 April 1824 TGS(2) 2 Fossil plants from the Sheffield coalfield 16 March 1832 TGS(2) 3 and 15 February 1833 PGS 1 p. 427 Cast of the Duke of Buckingham's Plesiosaurus -Plesiosaurus dolicodeirus- Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Chapman, Thomas [FGS of London] 3 May 1841 TCiS(2) 6 and PGS 3 p. 620 Chalk flints from Great Hollingbury, Essex Charlesworth, Edward (1813-1893) 21 January 1835 TGS(2) 4 and 20 February 1835 PGS 2 p. 131 Shells and bones of Mammalia from in the Limestone Quarries at Oreston near Plymouth Pleistocene fo.ssils at BGS. Clissold, F. 16 June 1820 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from the top of Snowdon with fossil shells Colby, Captain Thomas Frederick (1784^1852) 19 December 1817 TGS(l) 5 Nodules of clay iron-stone found at the bottom of the London Clay Cole. Robert [?FGS] 9 May 1838 rGS(2) 5 Specimens from Guernsey Cole, William Willoughby, Lord, see Enniskillen, Earl of Colebrooke, Henry Thomas ( 1765-1837) 4 December 1818 TGS( 1) 5 Greywacke slate with Terebratulae from north Wales 26 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Fossils from Scarborough [N.Yorkshire] Colling, J. W. 7 January 1832 TGS(2) 3 A fossil fish from the Magnesian Limestone 3 June 1834 TGS(2) 4 and PGS 2 p. 130 A fossil fish from the Magnesian Limestone Collins, Joseph Henry (1841-1916) 3 December 1884 'MS only' Specimens illustrating the paper on the serpentine of Porthalla Cove [Porthallow, Cornwall] (Collins, 1884) Compton, Spencer Joshua Alwync (Earl Compton) see Northampton, 2nd Marquis of Lord Compton, H. G. Bennet and G. B. Greenough, see under Bennet 80 »■ T. MOORE. J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN Condamine, H. M. De la, see De la Condamine, H. M. Conybeare, Rev. John Josiah (1779-1824) April 1812 'MS" only Silieified fossils from Dunraven. Glamorgan (Letter. .? April 1812, GSL Musi 143 & 102) 23 April 1813 TGS(l) 2 Slate with organic remains, from Tintagel. Cornwall (Conybeare. 1817b) 17 December 1813 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Cornwall* (Conybeare 1817a) 6 June 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens of various rocks fused by a Furnace 13 June 1822TGS(2) 1 Wood undergoing the process of petrification, from an old Wall <"this is only a stalactite* 9 September 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens of recent petrified wood * Former Geological Society Museum specimens of siderite (BMl^ll.578) ami goetlute fBMI911,579) are connected with this donation. They are noted in the BM(NH) registers as being from Wheal Prince. Camelford. Cornwall Conybeare, Rev. J. J. and Rev. W. Buckland 4 December 1812 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Cornwall (Convbeare, 1817a) (Letter. J. J. Conybeare to G. B. Greenough. July 1812. GSL LDGSL28) 15 January 1813 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Cornwall (Conybeare 1817a) 19 February 1813 TGS (1) 2 Specimens from Cornwall (Conybeare. 1817a) Conybeare, Rev. William Daniel (1787-1857) 1 May 1828 "MS onlv' Casts of bones of fossil crocodiles (Also reported in TGS(2) 2 on 13 March 1829 and PGS 1 p. 106, 20 February 1829) (Conybeare, 1822) Jurassic fossils at BGS. Conybeare, W. D. and Buckland, W. See Buckland & Conybeare Cook, Rev. James (?d.l872) 12 August 1831 TGS(2) 3 An orthoceratite from the limestone at Newton-on-the- Moor, near Felton [Northumberland] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. .'^52, 17 February 1832) Cook. Dr Fossils from the Crag, Suffok, at BGS. Cooke. Rev. Robert Bryan (1800/1-after 1865) 29 June 1824 TGS(2) 2 Impressions of vegetables (Cumberland, 1817fc) 7 June 1816 TGS(l) 3 Fossil organic remains from the Hotwells. Bristol 19 December 1817 TGS(l) 5 Calcareous spar and sulphate of strontian Cornwall, in the name of the Ordnance Geological Survey (Letter. H. T. De la Beche to W. Lonsdale. 18 December 1835. GSL Musi 1 105) 20 February 1852 QJGS 8 Specimens of Beyrichia complicata in Llandcilo Flagstone * Twenty six former Geological Society Museum rock specimens from Devon, and attributable to De La Beche on the basis of secondary labels, survive in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(Nll). One specimen exi.<:ls from Lyme Regis. Dorset. Large collection of fossils at BGS. The portion of Ichthyosaurus Skull, now joined to the piece given in 1846 by Warhurton and others, is still held bv the Society in Burlington House. A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1 807-19 1 1 85 De la Beche, H. T. & Rev. Prof. Buckland. See Buckland De la Condamine, Rev. Henry Malcolm (1823-1854) 21 February 1851 QJGS 7 Mollusca and fossil wood from the plastic clay series of Woolwich [London] Tertiarv fossils at BGS. Dcnham, Sir Henry Mangles (1800-1887) February 1841 TGS(2) 6 Boulders from Walney and the mouth of the Wyre. Morecombe Bay (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 373, 19 February 1841) Dennys, Rev. Nicholas Belfield (1812/3-1899) 4 May 1830 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 260 Fossils from Lias and oolitic Coal Measures of Yorkshire 27 September 1836 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the Chalk of Gogmagog Hill, near Cambridge (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 464, 17 February 1837) 1 June 1838 TGS(2) 5 Shells from the Crag of Felixstow [Suffolk] (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 45, 15 February 1839) Jurassic fossils at BGS. Devonshire, William Spencer Cavendish. 6lh Duke of, (1790-1858) 4 March 1820 TGS(l) 5 Calcareous spar and yellow copper ore from Ecton Mine [Derbyshire] Dick, Allan B. (1833-1926) 20 February 1857 QJGS 13 Cleveland Iron-ore (Dick, 1856) Dickinson, John (1782-1869) 4 December 1834 TGS(2) 4 Palatal Tooth of a Fish from the Chalk Dillwyn, Lewis Weston (1778-1855) 4 April 1824 rGS(2) 2 Titanium in slag from the Cyfartha Iron Works at Merthyr Tydvill [south Wales] 20 May 1824 'MS only" Specimens from the bottom of an iron furnace in Shropshire which has assumed a columnar form 24 March 1826 TGS(2) 2 Coal from south Wales Donovan, Edward (1768-1837), see Warburton, H., 15 May 1818 Ducane, Peter junr. (1778-1841) 19 June 1818 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from the Tumuli on the edge of the marshes regained from the sea in the parish of Tollesby, Essex Duff, Patrick (1791-1861) Fossils from the Old Red Sandstone of Morayshire at BGS Dudley, John William Ward, 1st Earl of, (I78I-I833) 25 January 1826 'MS only" Fossil encrinus found at Dudley 30 March 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 351 A slab of Dudley Limestone Dugard. Dr Thomas (1777-1840) 6 November 1812 TGS(l) 2 Carbonate of lead from Shropshire 5 November 1813 TGS(l) 2 Calcareous spar from Shropshire* 3 January 1815 TGS(l) 3 Fossil organic remains from Clungunford, Shropshire 30 December 1818 TGS( I ) 5 Carbonate of barytes * The specimen of calcite from Snailhcach. Minslerlv, Salop, is now numbered BMI9II,568 86 D. T. MOORE. J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN Duncan, Peter Martin (182-4-1891) 19 February 1886 QJGS 42 Specimen of Astrocoenia gibbosa, from the Sutton Stone; in illustration of paper read on November 4, 1885 (Duncan, 1886) Jurassic fossils at BGS. Dundas. Thomas, Lord (1794/5-1873) 19 February 1813 TGS(l) 2 Jet from Whitby and Agate from Scotland 4 November 1814 TGS(l) 3 Two septaria from Whitby [North Yorkshire] 4 November 1814 TGS(l) 3 Two calcareous incrustations Du Noyer, George Victor (1817-1869) December 1868 'MS only" Flint flakes from Antrim (Du Noyer, 1868) Duppa. [Mr] Silurian fossils from Shropshire at BGS Dury, Rev. Theodore (1788/9-1850) 10 June 1835 TGS(2) 4 Fossils from the coal strata near Keighley, in Yorkshire (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 341, 19 February 1836 as being given by 'Rev Thomas Drury") Edgeworth, Dr Henry 2 December 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Ireland 5 May 1809 'MS only', sulphate of barytes from Malvern Egerton, Sir Philip de Malpas Grey (1806-1881) Undated Fragments of the erratic boulders of Delamere Forest, Cheshire* 11 March 1833 'MS only", fossils from the Mountain Limestone and Lias 8 May 1833 TGS(2) 3 Specimens from the Isle of Man; of ripple-marks in the New Red Sandtone of Cheshire; and geodes from the Magnesian Limestone of Yorkshire 12 June 1833 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone and Lower Coalshale, county of Fermanagh 1 March 1835 TGS(2) 4 Specimens from the Silverdale Mines, Staffordshire (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 341, 19 February 1836) 23 February 1836 TGS(2) 5 Cast of the united atlas and axis of an Ichthyosaurus (Egerton, 1837) 22 May 1839 TGS(2) 5 A slab of New Red Sandstone from Eaton, Cheshire, with ripple marks and impressions of Cheirotherium footsteps (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 195, 21 February 1840) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. .342 Productae from the Magnesian Limestone, Humbleton Hill [Northumberland) 20 February 1852 QJGS 8 19 Specimens of fossil Ophiurae 16 February 1877 QJGS 33 Casts of Coelodus ellipticus Egerton, and Pycnodus bowerbanki Egerton * Ten specimens of this donation are now in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). A large collection of fossils is held at BGS. Egerton, Sir Philip de Malpas Grey and Earl of Enniskillen 21 February 1834 PGS 2 p. 28 Geological specimens from the Isle of Man; Specimens of ripple marks in the New Red Sandstone of Cheshire. Geodes from the Magnesian Limestone, Yorkshire and coal shale of Kulkeagh, county of Fermanagh (the same donation of specimens from the Mountain Limestone is perhaps given below) 4 June 1834 TGS(2) 4 Corals from the shale beds of the Mountain Limestone, County of Fermanagh (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 130, 20 February 1835) 4 December 1834 TGS(2) 4 Fossils from the Greensand near Lyme [Regis, Dorset] 3 February 1835 TGS(2) 4 Fossils from the Greensand, Blackdown [Dorset] (Also A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, I 807- 19 1 I 87 reported in PCS 2 p. 130, 20 February 1835, and in PGS 2 p. 341, 19 February 1836 as 'Fossils from Blackdown) 25 April 1836 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the Marlstone near Lyme Regis [Dorset] (Also reported PGS 2 p. 463, 17 February 1837) 5 April 1837 TGS(2) 5 Pentacrinites briareus, from the Lias. Lyme Regis (Also reported PGS 2 p. 607, 16 February 1838) Egerton, Sir P., Earl of Enniskillen, H. Warburton, R. \. Murchison, C. Stokes and W. J. Broderip. See Warburton Emmett, General Anthony (cl790-1872) 17 February 1860 OJGS 16 Specimens from the Speeton Clay England, Rev. Thomas (1807-1881) 5 February 1834 TGS(2) 4 Specimens from the Coal Field of the Wyre Forest [Shropshire] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 29, 21 February 1834. Leller. 2 Janiiarv IHJ4. GSL LRI/2) (England, 1834) Carboniferous fossils at BCS. Englefield, Sir Henry Charles (1752-1822) 20 March 1812 TGS(l) 2 Undescribed Alcyonium from Brighton [E.Sussex] 19 March 1813 TGS(1 ) 2 Specimens from Dorsetshire and the Isle of Wight (Webster, 1814: p. 161) November 1816 "MS only' A mass of iron nails which has been fused by the fire of a house that was burnt 6 December 1816 TGS( 1 ) 4 Fossil Pentacrinus Jurassic fossil al BGS. Engleheart, Rev. Henry [7A.M.] (1801-1885) 1 1 May 1831 TGS(2) 3 A collection of chalk flints, containing organic remains (Letter. 17 Max 1831. GSL Musi 1 181) 8 June 1831 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from Sheppey [Kent] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 352, 17 February 1832) 10 April 1832 TGS(2) 3 A specimen of a recent freshwater sponge and fossils from the Chalk (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833. Letter, n.d.. GSL Musl/119) ( rctaceous and Tertiary fossils al BGS. Enniskillen, William Willoughby Cole, 3rd Earl of (1807-1886); known as Lord Cole until 1840 1 1 February 1832 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 426 Corals from the Mountain Limestone of Ireland 9 March 1832 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 426 Fossil wood from the Isle of Sheppey [Kent] 16 March 1832 TGS(2) 3 and PGS I p. 426 Cast of the Plesiosaurus macrocephalus, and of a tooth of the Deinotherium 14 May 1832 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 426 Crystallized magnesian carbonate of lime 25 April 1836TGS(2) 5 and 17 February 1837 PGS 2 p. 463 Specimens from the Lias at Lyme Regis [BGS] 5 April 1837 rGS(2) 5 and Id February 1838 PGS 2 p. 607 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone of Ireland 26 February 1839 TGS(2) 5 Corals from the Mountain Limestone of Lough Erne 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 194 Remains of mammalia found in the Black Bog of Dunshaughlin, County of Meath; and cast of the femur of a saurian from Shotover Hill [Oxfordshire[ 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone of the North of Ireland 88 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & I). 1 . MORGAN 6 May 1841 TGS(2) 6 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone, Countv of Kildare (Also reported PGS 3 p. 620. and listed in PGS ?■ p. 436) 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 49 Remains of Crustaeeans from the Lias of Lyme Regis, and a Lithodendron from the Carboniferous Limestone on the shores of Lough Gill, County Siigo (Also reported, in part, with the donation of the Earl on Enniskillen and Sir Philip Egerton, see below) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Ammonite from the Calcareous Grit; and a series of fossils from the Carboniferous Limestone of Hook Point, Co. Wexford [Ireland) 16 February 1877 OJGS 33 Model of tish teeth from the Carboniferous Limestone of Armagh, Ireland. Large collection of fossils at BGS. Enniskillen, Earl of, and Sir P. de M. G. Egerton. See also under Egerton. Sir P. de M. G. 23 February 1842 TGS(2) 6 Remains of Crustacea from Lyme Regis (Also reported in PGS 4 p. 49) 1 June 1842 TGS(2) 6 Specimen of Lithodendron from Lough Gill. County Sligo (Also partly reported in PGS 4 p. 49. See above under the Earl of Enniskillen) 19 February 1847 OJGS 3 Specimens of crinoidal remains Earl of Enniskillen. H. Warburton. R. I. Murchison, C. Stokes and W. J. Broderip. See Warburton Evans, Caleb (1831-1886) 19 February 1887 OJGS 43 Two specimens of Elytra of beetles from the London Clay of Peckham [London]. One specimen of Palaeocorystes glabra. (Woodward, 1871), and one specimen of Litoricola glabra (Woodward, 1871) both from the Lower Eocene of Portsmouth Tertiary fossils at BGS. Evans, James Coal Measures fossil plants from Lancashire at BGS Evans, John [FGS] 15 February 1861 OJGS 17 Specimens of fossil-wood from Woburn [Bedfordshire] 21 February 1862 OJGS 18 Cast of flint implement from Icklington [Bedfordshire] Evans, Norman Coralline Crag fossils at BGS Evans. William Rowland (1810/11-1842) 15 April 1839 1"GS(2) 5 Fossils from the Ludlow Formation, near Ludlow (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 195 on 21 February 1840. Letter. 18 December 1838. GSL Mit.^21 72) Silurian and Quaternary fossils at BGS. Falconer. Hugh (1808-1865) Crag fossils from Suffolk and Essex at BGS Falconer. Thomas (180.5-1882) 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Bones of Palaeotherium and Chelonia from Hordle and Barton [Hampshire] Farey, John (1766-1826) 5 January 1810 TGS(l) 1 Worm-eaten wood petrified, found in the sand under the Fuller's Earth, near Woburn, Bedfordshire Carboniferous fossils at BGS. A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-19 1 1 89 Faulkner. Charles (1797/8-1871) 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Fossils from the Lias of Deddington, Oxfordshire 15 February 1850 QJGS 6 Ammonites, from the Marlstones, Deddington [Oxfordshire] Jurassic fossils at BGS. Faulkner, Rev. Edwyn ( 1 797/8-cl 880) 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 Specimen of fossil wood from Adderbury West [Oxfordshire] Fayle, Benjamin [of London] 2 December 1819 TGS(l) 5 Specimens of plastic clay from Norden clay pits, near Corfe Castle [Dorset] {Seclion of the clay pits. n.d. GSL Musll3H) Ferguson, Robert (d.l841) 1 February 1811 TGS(l) 1 Amygdaloid containing agates from the coast of Ayrshire 5 April 1811 TGS(l) 1 Actinolite TGS(2) 4 Specimens from the Isle of Portland* (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 341. See Fitton, 18.3.S) 25 August 1835 TGS(2) 5 Additional specimens from the strata between the Chalk and the Oxford Oolite, in the south-east of Enaland* (Fitton, 1836. Lisi of fossils, 25 Jul v 1835. GSL LDGSL3I) 6 January 1836 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the strata below the Chalk in Buckinghamshire and Oxfordshire* (Also reported, in part, in PGS 2 p. 341. 19 February 1836. Catalogue of specimens, 1835, BMNHP Mss Geo.) 31 August 1841 TGS(2) 6 Fossils from the Silurian Series of Shropshire &c. (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, and listed at pp. 559) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 341 Series of Lower Greensand fossils from Atherfield, Isle of Wight* (see Fitton, 1824/), 18.36, lS4.3fl, 184.3/), 1845, 1846, 1847), * Surviving Geological Society Museum rock specimens from these areas, and connected with these important papers by Fitton. survive in the Deparinwnt of Mineralogy, BM(NH). A large collection of fossils is held at BGS. Fitton, Dr and R.A.C. Austen 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Fossils from the Lower Greensand. Rcdhill. near Reigate [Surrey] Fletcher, Thomas William (1808-1893) 21 February 1851 OJGS 7 Specimens of Lichas bucklandi, on Wenlock Limestone from Dudley [W. Midlands] (Fletcher, 1850). Silurian fossils at BGS. Flower, John Wickham (1807-1873) Fossils from the Chalk at Croydon, Surrey fnow London I at BGS Forbes, Professor Edward (1815-1854) and L. L. B. Ibbetson. See Ibbetson & Forbes Forbes Young, Dr J., see Young, J. Foster, Westgarth (1772-1835), see Monck, Sir Charles Foster, Clement Le Neve (1841-1904) 19 February 1875 QJGS 31 Specimen of Chalkosiderite from Cornwall (Foster, 1875) 16 February 1883 QJGS 39 Waterworn pebbles of Galena from an alluvial deposit of lead-ore, Minera, Wrexham [Clwyd] Fox, George Townshend (1782-1848) 6 June 1832TGS(2) 3 Fossil from the Lias of Rugby (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833) Fox, Rev. William Darwin (18(L5-1880) 17 November 1838 TCiS(2) 5 Cast of the jaw of a Choeroplamus (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 46, 15 February 18.39) Francis, Charles Larkin April 1831 'MS only' Nautilus from Sheppey, Kent (.Letter, C. L. Francis to R. 1. Murchison, 27 April 183 L GSL Musi 1 141) 25 February 1832 rGS(2) 3 Tusk of a Mammoth found in the gravel near Nine Elms, ASHORTHISTORYOFTHEMUSEUMOFTHEGEOLOGICALSOCIETYOFLONDON, 1807-191 1 91 Surrey (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 426, February 25 1832) (Letter. C. L. Francis to E. Turner, 23 February 1832, GSL Muslll95) Francis. While J. and Francis, Messrs 27 November 1835 TGS(2) 5 Remains of a recent sheep imbedded in indurated clay (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 342, 19 February 1836) {Letter. C. L. Francis to J. Mitchell. 20 November IS35 andJ. M. Mitchell to W. Lonsdale, 23 November 1835, GSL Musi I 117-8.) Fulton, Dr 1 January 1844 "MS only" Specimens from the Greensand, Atherfield [Isle of Wight] Gale, Miss 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 Specimen of a Clypeaster from the Cornbrash near Bedford Jurassic fossils at BGS. Garden, Major Robert Jones ( 1820/1-1870) 21 February 1862 OJGS 18 Specimens of Ventriculites, Serpulae. etc.. Upper Greensand, Compton Bay, Isle of Wight Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Gavey, George Edward (1818/9-1903) 18 February 1853 QJGS 9 Series of specimens from the Lias and Drift of Gloucestershire* (Gavey, 1853) * Two specimens of coprolites from Mickelton Tunnel are now in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). Jurassic ami Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Gawen, Joseph 24 September 1816 TGS(l) 4 Ammonites in Portland Stone Geikie, Sir Archibald (1835-1924) 15 February 1861 QJGS 17 A series of thirty-six specimens of trappean rocks from Arthur's Seat, Edinburgh Gibson, John (d. 1840) 26 January 1822TGS(2) I Septarium from Booforth, near Kirby Moorside, Yorkshire 15 August 1822 TGS(2) 1 Fossil bones found in Kirkdale Cave, Yorkshire 8 May 1824TGS(2) Specimen of a Mya from diluvial clay at Ilford in Essex, containing bones of the Elephant, Rhinoceros, &c. Quaternary fo.ssils at BGS. Gibson, Samuel (1790-1894) 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 50 Goniatites gibsoni from the Carboniferous Shales of the Vale of Todmorden [W. Yorkshire] Carboniferous fo.t.tils at BGS. Gilbert, Mr [of Matlock] 3 August 1820 TGS (1)5 Cupreous silicate of zinc from Matlock [Derbyshire] Gilbert, Davies (1789-1839) see Mitchell, T. Gilbertson, William (1789-1845) 15 December 1826 TGS(2) 2 and PGS 1 p. 15 Heads, stems, and various parts of Crinoidea, from Lancashire (List of crinoids from Lancashire. GSL Mus2II13) December 1841 TGS(2) 6 Crinoidal remains from the Mountain Limestone, near 92 n. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY& 15. L. MORGAN Preston [Lancashire) (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 622, 18 February 1842. Letter, W. Gilbertson to W. Lonsdale. 184L GSL Mus2/I07) Carboniferous fossils at RGS. Gill. Thomas. [MP.] January 1842 TGS(2) 6 Remains of the bear and other mammalia, from the raised beach, Plymouth [Devon] (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 622, 18 February 1842) Gladdish William (1792/3-1871), and Earl of Darnley. See Darnley & Gladdish Glasspoole, Mr February 1841 TGS(2) 6 Specimen of Leptaena distorta (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 620, 18 February 1842) Carboniferous fossil at BGS. Godwin- Austen, Robert Alfred Cloyne (1808-1884); used the surname Austen intil 1853 13 November 1834 TGS(2) 4 Specimens from ancient beach* at Hope's Nose, Babbacombe, and from the Watcomb Fault, Devonshire (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 1.^0) (Austen, 18.34) 15 March 1836 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the Greensand and the Transition Limestone of Devonshire (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 463. See Sedgwick and Murchison, 1840. Letter, R.A.C. Austen to W. Lonsdale, 12 January 1836, GSL MusI/86) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Fossils from the Lower Greensand at Peasmarsh, Surrey; Cardium crassum (Austen MS) and Hinnites from the Upper Greensand, Blackdown [Devon] (Austen. 1842 & 1843) 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Fossils from the Lower Greensand at Peasmarsh, Guildford, Surrey 17 December 1845 'MS only' Plaster cast of Cardium concentricum. Lower Greensand, Haldon, Devon 18 February 1859 QJGS 15 Coral from the Lower Greensand at Chilworth [Surrey] 17 February 1865 QJGS 21 Specimens of coal from the Chalk of Kent (Godwin- Austen, 1860) * Four specimens from a Shingle Bed, and corresponding to this donatum, are extant in the Department of Mineralogy. BMINH). There are also three igneous rocks from the Chalk at Croydon described by Godwin-Austen (1858). Large collection of fossils held at BGS. Godwin-Austen R. A. C. and W. H. Fitton. See Fitton & Godwin-Austen Goodhall, Henry Humphrey (1764/5-1835) 5 February 1830 TGS(2) 3 Hamites gigas and other fossils from Sandgate [Kent| 19 February 1830 PGS 1 p. 178 Marsupites from the Chalk at Brighton [E.Susse.\| and a cast of Hamites gigas with other fossils from Sandgate [Kent| 3 March 1830 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from the Greensand. Lias and Carboniferous Limestone of England (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 260. 18 February 1831) 11 May 1831 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from the Lower Greensand in the neighbourhood of Calne, Wilts (Letters, H. H. Goodhall to R. I. Murchison, ^ Max 18M and II. //. Goodhall to W. Lonsdale. 9 May 1831. GSL Musl/142. 157. Also 'List of fossils'. December 1831 GSL. Musl/156, and Mus2l82) 13 December 1831 TCiS(2) 3 Fossils from Weymouth [Dorset] and Brighton [E. Sussex) 12 January 1832 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from Dundry Hill (Bristol| 17 February 1832 PGS 1 p. 351 Fossils from the Chalk, Lower Greensand, Coral-Rag, Inferior Oolite, and Lias Cretaceous fossils at BGS. A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON , 1 807-1 9 1 1 93 Gordon, D. [of Abergeldie) I April 1824TGS(2) 2 Wood from the moss, Auldgursack, Aberdeenshire Gordon, Rev. George (1801-1894)* and W. Staples 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 Specimens of Fishes from the Old Red Sandstone of Morayshire * Three one-lime Geological Society Museum rock specimens from Cutley Hill, Elgin, Scotland, attributable to G. Gordon and illustrating a letter from G. Gordon to Sir Roderick I. Murchison (Murchison, 1832b}, arc ncnv in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH>. Triassic fossils are at BGS. Gordon, Rev. G., W. Staples & J. G. Maicolmson. See Malcolmson Gordon Cuming, Lady Eliza Maria (cl798-1842) 30 November 1840 TGS(2) 6 A collection of Fossil Fish from the Old Red [Sandstone] of Scotland (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 373, 19 February 1841) Old Red Sandstone fossils at BGS. Gorham, Rev. George Cornelius (1787-1857) 20 July 1816 TGS(l) 4 Fossil wood from the ferruginous sand near Sandy, Beds (Letter, 26 June 1816, GSL Musi 148} Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Gorst, Gilpin (fl. 1837-1848) 1 June 1838TGS(2) 5 [Fossil] Specimens from Under Barrow, near Kendal [Cumbria] (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 45, 15 February 1839) 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 50 Specimens of Producta gigantea from the Carboniferous Limestone near Hexham [Northumberland] Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Gould, Rev. Joseph (1834-1908) 17 February 1860 QJGS 16 Specimens of fossil ferns from Burwash and Brightling [E.Sussex] Cretaceous fossils at BGS. (iourlie. W. J. 22 July 1854 'MS only", model of Volkmannia morrisii, a fossil plant from Carluke [Scotland] Model of a fossil at BGS Gower, Abel Lewis (d.l849) 1 February 1833 rGS(2) 3 Cast of a fossil plant from the Coal Measures (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833) Grantham, Richard Boxhall (1805/6-1891) 1 June 18.38 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the Chalk of Berkshire (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 45, 15 February 1839. Letter, 20 September 1838, GSL Mus2l40,4]} 27 March 1839 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the Lias near Cheltenham (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 194, 21 February 1849. Letters, 7 January, JO and II March 1839, GSL Mus2l42^) 17 November 1841 TGS(2) 6 Ammonites from the Lias Clay, near Cheltenham (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842. Letter, R. B. Grantham to W. Lonsdale, 10 December 1841, GSL LR6I425) 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 50 Fossils from the Inferior Oolite near Gloucester Jurassic and Cretaceous fossils at BGS. 94 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN Granville. Dr Augustus Bozzi (1739-1872) 4 June 1822 TGS (2) 1 Specimens of printing on amianthus paper* * The Mineralogy Depi.. BM(NHj. register indicates a specimen of tremalite asbestos 'paper', now BM191 1 .596, was given to the Geological Society of London by a Dr Granville in January 1829. Graives, W. Coal Measures fossils from Tonge Moor, near Bolton. Lancashire at BGS Grav. John (fl. 1839-1869) 23 February 1842 TGS(2) 6 and 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 49 Casts of Crinoidea and Trilobites from Dudley [W. Midlands] (Letter, 27 January 1842, GSL Mus2/58: li.sted at PGS 3 p. 561) Casts of fossils at BGS. Green, James 18 December 1867 'MS only", an oyster from the gravel at Logshill. Chislehurst [London] Tertiary fossils at BGS. Greenock, Lieut-General Charles Murray Cathcart, Lord (1783-1858) 24 November 1835 TGS(2) 5 Fossil fishes from the Coal Measures at Wardie near Newhaven. Stonev Hill near Musselburgh, and the Edmonstone Colliery near Stoney Hill (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 342. 19 February 1836) 30 May 1842 TGS(2) 6 Crystals of Greenockite from near Bishopton. Renfrewshire (Also reported in PGS 4 p.'49, 17 February 1843) Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Greenough. George Bellas (1778-1855)* 6 May 1808 TGS(l) 1 Rocks from Scotland 4 November 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Cornwall, Sussex &c. 1 December 1809TGS(1) 1 Specimens from Northamptonshire &c. 2 November 1810TGS(1) 1 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Oxford &c. 5 April 181 1 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from various parts of England and Wales 1 November 181 1 TGS(l) 2 Slab of limestone with organic remains from Charmouth [Dorset] 21 Februarv 1812 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Ireland (List and description of specimens, n.d. GSL LDGSL27I3) 6 December 1812 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Yorkshire & Cumberland 5 November 1813 TGS(l) 2 A supposed Fossil Crocodile from Charmouth [Dorset] 3 December 1813 TGS(l) 2 Granite and gneiss from north Wales. Westmoreland and Leicesterhire (Letter, G.B. Greenough to T. Webster, 26 November 1813, GSL Musi I 192)* 31 January 1814TGS(1) 2 Pitchstone from the Hebrides and Strata from the Coalfield of Fifeshire 18 February 1814 TGS(l) 2 Specimens of English, Scottish and Irish rocks 4 March 1814 TGS(l) 2 Magnesian Limestone from Cumberland 1 April 1814TGS(1) 2 Vein-stones from English strata 6 April 1814 "MS only" Primitive rocks from the Snowdon district. Cumberland and Anglesea; specimens from Scotland 15 April 1814TGS(1) 2 English and Scottish rocks 27 April 1815 rGS(l) 3 Specimens of English and Scottish strata A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON , 1 807-1 91 1 95 1 May 1815 TGS(l) 3 English strata 9 September 1815 TGS(l) 3 English strata 3 November 1815 TGS(l) 3 Specimens from south Wales 5 January 1816 TGS(l) 3 Plastic Clay 17 January 1817 TGS(l) 4 Arsenical cobalt and native silver from Wilsworthy [Cornwall) 18 April 1817 TGS(l) 4 Ferruginous sandstone impregnated with bitumen, from Chilly, Sussex 18 April 1817 TGS(l) 4 Fossils from the ferruginous sand. Parham Park. Sussex 9 July 1817 TGS( I ) 5 Simple minerals* 21 November 1817 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Babbacombe [Devon] 19 December 1817 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from Devonshire and Cornwall 16 January 1818 TGS(l) 5 Rocks from Cornwall 14 February 1820 TGS(1 ) 5 Recent shells 18 December 1818 'MS only' Specimens from Chobham [Surrey] and boulders on Bagshot Heath 1 March 1820 TGS( I ) 5 Various British geological specimens 26 June 1823 TGS(2) I Specimens of the bed immediately below the Chalk at Compton near Guildford [Surrey], usually called in that country black-land 8 February 1825 TGS(2) 2 Fossil bones of the crocodile from the London Clay 8 December 1826 TGS(2) 2 Three specimens of rocks, and recent shells 21 February 1834 PGS 2 p. 25 A collection illustrative of some important phaenomena in geology, such as the alteration of rocks in contact with granitic and other mineral veins 4 June 1834 TGS(2) 4 Minerals from the Trap of Scotland (Also reported PGS 2 p. 130, 20 February 1835) 14 December 1836 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 464 A specimen of New Red Sandstone found in the fenland of Lancashire, at the depth of 512 feet 1 February 1837 TGS(2) 5 Polished agates 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 343 Specimen of Pinna affinis from the London Clay, Bognor [Regis, W.Sussex] * Acconling to the records of the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). specimens of tremohle asbestos from Cornwall {now BM1911.59S) and Argyll (BMI9ll,599) were originally donated to the Geological Society Museum in December 1813. Also, specimens of calcite survive which are related to the donation of 'simple minerals' of July 1817. Calcite from Crediton, Devon, is now BM191 1,569, the same mineral from Dolphins Bay, Dublin. Ireland, is BM1911 ,570. calcite from Carlin^ford is now BM19I 1,572 and from Halkin, Flint, is BM191 1,575. Surviving rock specimens attributable to G. B. Greenough include eight specimens from the Kimmeridge area, Dorset: two specimens from Lackington Hill; one specimen from a clay pit on the Isle of Purbeck and a specimen from Shaftshury. Dorset. All these specimens are now in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(NH), and will be registered in due course. A large collection of fossils is held at BGS. Greenough, G. B., H. G. Bennet and Lord Compton. See Bennet Greer, Thomas [of Dungannon] 14 October, 1835 TGS(2) 5 A slab of New Red Sandstone with impressions of fish, from Rhone Hill, near Dungannon (Reported in PGS 2. p. 342, 19 February 1836 as being from 'Rhonchill'. Letters, W. Green to W. Lonsdale, 30 September 1835 and 24 October 1835, GSL Musl/107-8) 96 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRA'l & D. L. MORGAN Gregor. Rev. William (1761-1817) 18 June 1813 TGS(l) 2 Tremoliie from Clicker Tor, Cornwall (Gregor, 1816)(Lrt;('r, H'. Gregor to L. Horner. I June 1813. GSL LDGSL28)* * A specmen of tremolite from Clicker Tor. Liskeard. given to the Geological Society Museum by Gregor 'before 1816', is now BMI9I 1,600 Gregory, Henry 27 September 1836 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the Chalk of various parts of England Griffith. Richard John (1784-1878) 6 January 1836 TGS(2) S Specimens of syenite from veins traversing mica-slate and chalk near Goodland Cliff and Torr Eskert. to the south of Fair Head, Antrim (Also reported in PCS 2 p. 342. 19 February 1836, see Griffith, 1837) 22 May 1839 TGS(2) 5 A collection of fossils from the south of Ireland* (Griffith, 1839). (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 195, 21 February 1840* Catalogue of specimens, n.d.. GSL Mus2/26) January 1840 'MS only' Fossils from Portrane, Ireland (Letter, R. J. Griffith to W. Lonsdale. 1 January 1840. GSL Mus2l27) * Fossiliferous Geological Society Museum rock specimens connected with R. J. Griffith are extant in the Department of Mineralogy. British Museum (Natural History}. There are twenty three from Co Kerry, nineteen from Co Cork, twelve from Walerford. five from Tipperary and five from various localities in Northern Ireland. There are Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Guest. Sir Josias John (1785-1852) 12 March 1821 TGS(l) 5 Specimen of fibrous coal, south Wales Guilding, Rev. Lansdown (71797-1831) 26 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Fin of a Balista Cambridgeshire* 17 March 1815 TGS(l) 3 Geode from Oakhampton [Devon] (Letter, J. Hailstone to H. Warburton. 14 March 1815. GSL Musi 1 175} I April 1815 TGS(l) 3 Organic remains from Reach, the Isle of Ely and Wilham [Cambridgeshire] (Hailstone, 1816) * Twenty four rock specimens from Cambridgeshire, corresponding to this donation to the Geological Society Museum, are now in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). There are Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Hakewill, Henry (1771-1830) 20 March 1822 TGS(2) 1 Fossil bones from Stonesfield [Oxfordshire] I I May 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from the Quarries of Stonesfield [Oxfordshire] Halifax. Rev. Robert ( 1760-1838) 19 December 1817 TGS(l) 5 Fossil Pentacrinus from the Lias of Frethern Cliff, on the Severn; fossil chain coral from Ledbury [Hereford and Worcester] Jurassic fossils at BGS. Hall, Captain Basil R. N. (1788-1844) 30 April 1830 TGS(2) 3 A mahogany cabinet containing the results of Sir James Hall's experiments on the fusibility of lime, basalt and other rocks [According to the ms record this donation was made in 1833] Hali.T. M. 18 December 1867 'MS only", argentiferous galena from Crags Down, Combmartin, north Devon Hambrough, Albert John (1820/1-1861) and L. L. B. Ibbetson 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Specimens from Atherfield, Isle of Wight Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Hamilton, William John (1805-1867) 17 February 1860 OJGS 16 Fossil fish from the London Clay, and a suite of Recent shells 15 February 1861 QJGS 17 Specimens of Wealden Unios from Tunbridge Wells [Kent] Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Hanmer, Edward [M.G.S.] 25 July 1819 TGS(l) 5 Tottenhoe stone Harding, Colonel William (1792-1886) 22 December 1834 TGS(2) 4 Fossils from the neighbourhood of Ilfracombe (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 131, 20 February 1835. Letter, W. Harding to W. Lonsdale, 18 December 1834, GSL Musl/140) Devonian fossils at BGS. Harkness, Professor Robert (1816-1878) 19 February 1864 QJGS 20 Specimen of cone-in-cone structure in slate, from Troutbeck, Keswick [Cumbria] Ordovician fossils at BGS. Hardwicke, Major-General Thomas (1756-1835) 16 June 1830 TGS(2) 3 Spongia patera Harris, William (1797-1877) 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 195 Fossils from the Chalk near Charing [Kent] (Letters, 13 and 17 January 1840, GSL Mus2/51-2) 98 D. T. MOORE. J. C. THACKRAY & D. I . MORGAN 26 September 1840 TGS(2) 6 Chalk fossils from the neighbourhood of Charing, Kent (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 373 19 February 1841 Letters. 19 June and 26 September 1840. GSL MiLs2l53-4) 6 May 1841 TGS(2) 6 Fossils from the Chalk near Charing [Kent] (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842 {Letter, 19 May 1841. GSL Mus2/55) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Tooth of an undescribed species of Lamna from the Chalk. Charing, Kent 20 February 1846 QJGS 2 Slab of Paiudinae from the Weald at Pluckley [Kent], and corals, shells and foraminifera from the Chalk of Charing. Kent 19 February 1858 QJGS 14 Fossiliferous Ironstone from the North Downs* 18 February 1859 QJGS 15 Specimens of fossiliferous ironstone from Lenham. Kent * Five Geological Society Museum rock specimens from a trench at Charing Hill. Kent, are now in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(NH). They illustrate a section on p. 332 of a paper by Prestwich and Wood (1858). There are Cretaceous, Tertiary and Quaternary fossils at BGS. . Harvey, Charles (1756/7-1843) [changed name to Charles Savill-Onley] 20 December 1811 TGS(l) 2 Fossil wood from the tunnel at Blisworth. in Northamptonshire Harvey, Captain [RE] 17 February KS60 QJGS 16 Ammonite from near Ventnor [Isle of Wight] Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Harvey, George (d. 1838) 27 September 1836 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 464 Fossils from the limestone of Teignmouth [Devon. Noted in TGS(2) 5 as from a J. K. Harvey] Devonian fossils at BGS. Hastie, James (fl. 1841-1855) 18 February 1848 QJGS 4 Vertebrae of Otodus appendiculatus in chalk, from Dorking [Surrey] Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Haughton, Rev. Professor Samuel (1821-1897) 15 February 1856 QJGS 12 Specimens of ferns, &c. in the yellow sandstones of Ireland Devonian fossils at BGS. Hawkes, W. 18 February 1859 QJGS 15 A series of molten specimens of the Rowley Basalt (Hawkes, 1859) Hawkshaw, Sir John (181 1-1891) Coal Measures plants from near Manchester at BGS Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Head. Sir Edmund Walker (1805-1868) 3 September 1826 TGS(2) 2 Specimens of grauwacke with fossil shells from the summit of Snowdon Heathlield, Richard A. jun. (d.l849) 6 April 1827 TGS(2) 2 Echini from the Chalk Heer, Oswald (1809-1883) Recent plants from Ulverston, Cumbria, at BGS. Henderson, Dr Alexander (1780-1863) 27 November 1821 TGS(2) 1 Granite from Aberdeenshire A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-1911 99 Hennah, Rev. Richard (1765-1846) 12 November 1815 TGS(1 ) 3 Plymouth Limestone with organic remains (See Hennah, 1817. teller. R. Hennah lo //. Warbiirlon, 25 March 1815, GSL Musl/61) 14 April 1820 TGS(l) 5 Fossils from the Plymouth Limestone (Hennah, 1821) 11 October 1821 TGS(2) 1 Impressions of Encrini in schist, from Plymouth [Devon] 17 November 1826TGS(2) 2 Fossils from the Plymouth Limestone (Hennah, 1827) October 1829 'MS only' Specimens from Plymouth, Devon (Lisl of specimens sent In the Geol. Soc. from Plymouth, October 1829, GSL Miisl/138) December 1840 TGS(2) 6 Fossils from the Plymouth Limestone (Also reported PGS 3 p. 373, 19 February 1841) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Corals from the Devonian Limestone, Plymouth [Devon] (Letter, R. Hennah to R. I. Murchison, 7 February 1843, GSL LR7/329) Devonian fossils at BGS. Hennah, Rev. William V. 25 October 1814 TGS(l) 3 Limestone with fossil shells from Plymouth 7 June 1816 TGS(l) 3 Plymouth Limestone with organic remains 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 195 Portions of a tortoise from the freshwater strata of East Cowes, Isle of Wight (Letter, W. Hennah. 19 August 1839, GSL Mus2/29) 8 June 1846 'MS only' Crinoidea and quartz from Cork; fossils in slate from Ireland; specimens from Torquay* 19 February 1847 QJGS 3 Collection of Devonian shells and crinoidal remains, made by the late Rev. Richard Hennah and the Rev. W. V. Hennah (Letter, 6 Mav 1846, GSL LR9/242) * Four former Geological Society Museum rock specimens attibutable to the Rev. W. V. Hennah, including one from Torquay, are extant in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). There are Devonian and Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Henslow, Rev. John Stephens (1796-1861) 18 September 1819TGS(1) 5 Specimens from Isle of Man (Henslow, 1821) April 1820 'MS only' Fossils from the Greensand near Maidstone, Kent 5 June 1821 TGS(l) 5 Specimens of Paludina Ventricosa (Leach) 19 April 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from Anglesea* 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 343 Casts of the tympanic bones of Cetacea from the Red Crag of Felixstow [Suffolk] (Henslow, 1845) 21 February 1862 OJGS 18 Two specimens of Hint with mammillated surface from church-tower, in illustration of Mr Rose's observations, published in the Proc. Geol. Assoc, No5, p. 624. * Ten rock specimens corresponding to this donation to the Geological Society of London Museum, from Plas Newydd, Anglesey, are e.xtant in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(NH). Carboniferous and casts of Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Henwood, William Jory (1805-1875) 8 June 1831 TGS(2) 3 Specimens collected in the mines in the parishes of St. Just, Paul and Gulvall, Cornwall (Letter. W. J. Henwood lo W. Lonsdale. 6 May 1831. GSL Musi /1 13) 28 November 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 351 Additional specimens illustrative of the mines of Cornwall Letters. W. J. Henwood to W. Lonsdale, 18 June and 14 November 1831. GSL Musi 1 114-5} 21 February 1834 PGS 2 p. 25 Mineral veinstone from Cornwall 4 May 1842 TGS(2) 6 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone, Ireland. (Also reported in PGS 4 p. 49, 17 February 1843) 100 D. r. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. 1 . MORGAN Herbert. Joseph 4 November 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Sussex 5 January 1810 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from the vicinitv of Bristol &c. (List of Coalfield specimens, 5 January 1810. GSL LDGSL27I10) 2 February 1810 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from the Isle of Shepey &c. 6 April 1810 'MS only", specimens from the neighbourhood of Bristol (Letter. G. Hewett to H. J. Brooke, 28 December 1818. GSL Miisl/2) Carboniferous fix^sils at BGS. Hicks. Dr Henry (1837-1899) 15 February 1878 QJGS 34 Specimens of Paradoxides davidis, Conocoryphe lyellii. &c. and a series of rock-specimens of the Pebidian and Dimentian Formations of St David's, South Wales (Hicks, 1877) Cambrian fossils at BGS. Higgins. Godfrey (1773-1833) 16 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from Stonehenge Hill, C. [of Cirencester] 17 February 1860 QJGS 16 Two specimens of Hyboclypus from the Cornbrash Hill, H. Ordovician rocks from Carmarthenshire at BGS Hills Mr [of Chichester] 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Specimen of Pholadomya gigantea from the Lower Greensand Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Hincks. Rev. Thomas (1818-1899) 6 November 1812 TGS(l) 2 Asbestos and black chalk from Ireland Hobbins, Joseph (d. 1894) 17 February 1854 QJGS 10 Stigmaria. from Wedncsbury [W.Midlands| Carboniferous fo.t.fils at BGS. A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MLISEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1 807- 1911 101 Hobson, William (11.1808-1831) 8 December 1830 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 261 Remains of the elephant, rhinoceros, horse, ox &c. from Kingsland, Middlesex (Letter. 15 December 1830, GSL Muslll48} Hodgson, Miss E. [of Ulverston] 20 February 1863 QJGS 19 Specimens of rocks from near Ulverston, Lancashire (Hodgson, 1863)* * Nine specimens of rock and earth illustrating this paper are extant in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). There is also a letter to Miss Hodgson from E. Wadnam which was found with the collection. Recent plants are at BGS. Holden, John Sinclair (fl. 1869-1879 Tertiary fo.^.iils from Ireland at BGS Holdsworth, Thomas Hodgson (d.l840) 29 January 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 261 Coal from Bovey Tracey, and minerals from Haytor Mine [Devon] (Letter, 29 January I83L GSL Musl/179) 13 December 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 352 Specimens found in the clay-iron-stone of the New Hadley-Iron-Works near Wilmington, Shropshire 17 February 1832 PGS 1 p. 352 Childrenite from Cornwall 25 February 1832 TGS(2) 3 Minerals from Devonshire and Cornwall (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 426, 15 Februarv 1833. Letter, T. H. Holdsworth to W. Lonsdale, n.d. GSL Miisl/183) 10 April 1832 TGS(2) 3 Specimens from Charnwood Forest [Leicestershire] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 426, 15 February 1833. Letter, T. IL Holdsworth to W. Lonsdale, n.d. GSL Musi 1 176} 29 April 1835 TGS(2) 4 Specimens of British Minerals (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 341 , 19 February 1836)* * These minerals, at one time in the Geological Society Museum, include ftiiorite from Beer Alston, Devon, now BM1911,554, and 'Jews House Tin' (BM1911 ,545} from Bedelva Moor, LuxuUian, Cornwall. Also chalcopyrite (BM191 1 ,544} from Dolcoath Mine, Camborne, and cassiterite (BMI91 1,560} from Beam Mine (Carclaze Mine), Cornwall. Cuprite from Lanescort Mine, Lostwithel, Cornwall, is now BM1911 ,563. There is also azurite (BM191 1592} from the Quantuck Hills, Somerset, and malachite (BM1911,594) from the same locality. Childrenite from Old Crimms Mine, St Austell, Cornwall, is now BM1911 ,609. Specimen of cassiterite (BM191 1,562) from Wheal Malken, and of cuprite (BM191 1,563) from Lanescot Mine, Cornwall, also survive in the BM(NH). Carboniferous fossils exist at BGS. Holland, Henry (1788-1873) 5 May 1809 TGS(l) 1 Specimens of the strata from a rock-salt mine at Northwich, Cheshire (Holland, 1811)* * Six rock specimens from Witton, near Northwich, which correspond to this donation, are extant in the BM(NH). Holland, Samuel, junr. [of Plas yr Penrhyn, Portmadoc] 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Specimen of Asaphus Powisii from Phwllheli, Caernarvonshire Ordovician fossils at BGS. Holloway, Jno junr. 1 June 1810 TGS(l) 1 Specimens of fossil shells from the chast of Sussex (Letter, J. Holloway to J. Laird, 3 May 1810, GSL Musi 123) 102 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THArKRAY & 11. I,. MORGAN Holme. Rev. John (1759/60-1829) 22 February 1815 TGS(l) 3 Specimens from a chalk-pit at Reach, near Cambridge 17 May 1816 TGS(l) 3 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Cambridge. 6 June 1816 "MS only' Section of a chalk pit at Sudbury, near Cambridge 7 June 1816 TGS(l) 3 Harmotome from Stronlian. Argyleshirc. and of Lepidolite in primitive limestone from Scotland 20 February 1818 TGS(l) 5 Manganese in chalk . (Notes on specimens, n.d. GSL MiisI/85) 20 January 1819 TGS(l) 5 Chalk and mulatto stone altered by whin dykes from Belfast, in Ireland; specimens from Cumberland . 26 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Carbonate of zinc disseminated through clay from Red Marl. Salturn Bay [Cumbria| 3 February 1824 TGS(2) 2 Stone from Godstone. with an analysis 20 May 1825 TGS(2) 2 Grey cobalt containing 11 per cent of Zaffre. from Black Combe. Cumberland * A specimen of calcile from Strontian. Argyll, corresponding to this donation of March 1820, is now BM19n,573. Carboniferous and Tertiary fossils are at BGS. Homfray, David (1822-1893) Cambrian fossils from north Wales at BGS Hony. Rev. William Edward (1788-1875) 18 April 1817 TGS(l) 4 Grauwakke with impressions of shells from Devonshire Devonian fossils at BGS. Hope. Rev. Frederick William (1797-1862) Fossils from the London Clay of Sheppey, Kent, and Bognor Regis at BGS. Hore, Rev. William Strong (1807-1882) 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 50 Devonian fossils from Whitesand Bay near Plymouth [Devon] Devonian fossils at BGS. Horner. Francis (1778-1817) 21 December 1810 TGS(l) 1 Specimens of Alum Slate in different stages of decomposition from the Campsie Hills in Stirlingshire Horner, I.eornard (1785-1864) 6 May 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from the tunnel at Rotherhithe, and from the neighbourhood of Greenwich 4 November 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Kent and Surrev 15 March 1811 TGS(l) 1 Specimens illustrative of the Malvern Hills (Horner, 1811)* (Descriptive catalogue, BMNHP P Mss. Geol. Soc. List of specimens) 20 December 181 1 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Warwickshire 17 April 1812 TGS(l) 2 Specimens in illustration of Mr Horner's paper on Droitwich (Horner, 1814) A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON , 1 807-1 9 1 1 1 03 21 May 1813 TGS(2) 1 Zeolites from Ferroe [Faeroes] and Perthshire (List of Minerals. 13 May 1813. GSL Mm 1/198) 2 December 1814 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Dudley, from Kinnoul, and from the Pentland Hills and Salisbury Crags; and recent shells 23 December 1814 TGS(l) 3 Specimens of Zeolite from Ferroe, of Derbyshire spar and of slate from Ingleton [N. Yorkshire] 28 December 1814 TGS(l) 3 Miscellaneous specimens from the Giant's Causeway, Carlisle &c. Early 1815 'MS only' Siliceous puddingstone 3 March 1815 TGS (1)3 Specimens from Somersetshire (Horner, 1816)* 21 February 1840 PCS 3 p. 195 Slates 21 February 1862 OJGS 18 313 specimens of British rocks and fossils * Over one hundred rock specimens corresponding lo Horner's Somerset donation to the Geological Society Museum, survive in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). In addition some twenty specimen labelled Malvern' are extant. Rock specimens from Devon, Illustrating a paper hv Horner (1854), also exist. A mineral specimen of 'calamine' (smilhsonite). now BM191 1,595, from Holywell, Flint, is recorded in the BMfNH) records as having been given lo the Geological Society in 1808. Silurian and Recent fo.ssils at BGS. Howse, Richard (1821-1901) 19 February 1858 QJGS 14 Specimen of Marl Slate with Lingula Credneri Permian fossils at BGS. Hudson. ?Robert (ob.l883) .Ammonite from Chalk and fossils from the Bracklesham Beds at BGS Hume, Sir Abraham (1749-1838) 16 November 1810 TGS(l) 1 A mass of Puddingstone from Hertfordshire 20 March 1812 TGS(2) 1 Septarium from Hertfordshire 15 Mav 1812 'rGS( 1 ) 2 Specimens of Magnesian Limestone from Sunderland 18 December 1812 'MS only", specimens from Hambeck stone pit at Wilsford in Lincoln (Letter, G. B. Greenough to [T. Webster], 17 December 1812, GSL Musi 137) Hunter, Rev. John (1788-1866) 15 February 1861 QJGS 17 Slab of Old Red Sandstone from Mill of Ash Hunter. Robert (d. 1866/7) 18 December 1832 TGS(2) 3 Portion of a metacarpal bone of an Ox. from the peat of Woolhampton, between Reading and Newbury (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427. 15 February 1833. Letter, 14 December 1832, GSL Musl/174) Hunter. William Percival (b.l812) 5 April 1837 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 608 Polished specimens of the limestone of Kilkenny, and a boulder of the Hertfordshire pudding-stone; and granite from Newry. on the road to Belfast (Letter, 11 March 1837, GSL LR3/54) 19 April 1837 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 608 Specimens from the Coal Measure of Burdie House, and limestone from Glen Tilt 1 May 1837 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 608 Specimens of granite, and of garnets in mica slate, from between Dunkeld and Blair Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Hutton. William (1797-1860) 4 January 1828TGS(2) 2 Specimens of fossil vegetables from the Northumberland and Durham Coal Field (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 47, 15 February 1828. See also Remarks on the collection, 1827, GSL Mus 1119} 104 D. r. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & 13. L. MORGAN 12 June 1829 TGS(2) 3 Fossil plants from the Northumberland and Durham Coalfield (Also reported in PCS 1 p. 177, 19 February 1830. Notes on fossil plants, I June 1829. GSl. Musi 1 153) 7 September 1830 TGS(2) 3 Fossil tree specimens from Wideopen [Tyne and Wear] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 260, 18 February 1831. Description of a fossil tree, February 1830, GSL Mus2l20) Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Ibbetson, Levett Landon Boscawen (d.l869) 21 March 1838 TGS(2) 5 Stratigraphical model of the Under Cliff, Isle of Wight Ibbetson, L. L. B. and A. J. Hambrough. See Hambrough & Ibbetson Ibbetson, L. L. B. and Professor Forbes 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Fossils from the Lower Greensand at Atherfield, Isle of Wight (Ibbetson & Forbes, 1845) Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Ick, William (1800-1844) Carboniferous crustaceans at BGS (Ick, 1845) Image, Rev. Thomas (1772-1856) 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Terebratulae from the Chalk and Gault of Cambridgeshire Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Imrie, Lieut Colonel Ninian 1 June 1810 TGS(l) 1 Specimens illustrative of his section of the Grampian Hills [Scotland] Indermaur, Mr 10 June 1841 TGS (2) 6 Fossils from the Lower Greensand, Maidstone (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842) Irton, Edward L. 19 June 1812 TGS(l) 2 Tubes found in the sand at Drigg, in Cumberland (Irton. 1821) 6 November 1812 TGS(l) 2 Sand tubes from Drigg [Cumbria] (Irton, 1821) Jackson, E. Ward 20 February 1857 QJGS 3 Specimens of Kimmeridge coal Jackson, G. 21 February 1862 QJGS 18 Specimens of Mountain-limestones (rocks and fossils) from cuttings at Casterton, near Kirkby Lonsdale, on the line of the Lune Valley Railway [Cumbria] Jaffray, Alexander 2 June 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens of the strata found in sinking a coal mine in the neighbourhood of Newcastle-under-Line [Newcastle-under-Lyme, Staffordshire] (Li.st of specimens. May 1808. GSL Musl/59) 3 November 1809 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Malvern Hills [Hereford and Worcester] 19 April 1811 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Mowcap, Staffordshire, 3 May 181 1 rGS(l) 1 Coal-blende and black Chalk, from the County of Tipperary James, William 2 June 1808TGS(1) 1 Vegetable remains on coal slate from Somersetshire ASHORTHISTORYOFTHEMUSEUMOFTHEGEOLOGICALSOCIETYOFLONDON, 1807-191 1 105 Jameson, Mr J. [of Islington] 21 February 1855 QJGS 1 1 Specimen of slate from Westmoreland, and a specimen of coked straw Janson, Edmund William (fl. 1895-1905) Liassic fossils fnmi near Bath, Avon, at BGS Jenner, Dr Edward (1749-1823) 4 November 1814 'MS only", amygdaloid and calcedony from Gloucestershire and Lias fossils from the same (Note on specimens from Westhurv on Severn, n.d., GSL Musll 71) Johnson, Thomas (d.cl833) 25 March 1830 TGS(2) 3 Native platina and native iridium with native alloy of iridium and osmium Jones, J. R. 21 February 1812 TGS(l) Supposed native lead from Holywell, N. Wales Jones, Captain Theobald (1790-1868) 6 May 1841 TGS(2) 6 and PGS 3 p. 620 Specimen of Chaetetes radiatus from the Mountain Limestone of Castle Espie Quarry, County Down 31 August 1841 TGS(2) 6 and PGS 3 p. 620 Palatal teeth of fishes from Armagh 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Palatal remains, teeth and spines of 42 species of fish from the Carboniferous Limestone of Armagh 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 A collection of palatal and other remains of fish from the Carboniferous Limestone of Armagh 20 February 1846 QJGS 2 Palates, teeth and spines of fish from the Carboniferous Limestone of Armagh 15 February 1850 QJGS 6 Specimens of fossil fishes from the Mountain Limestone of Armagh 20 February 1852 QJGS 8 32 Specimens of fish-remains, from the Carboniferous Limestone of Armagh Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Jones, Professor Thomas Rupert (1819-1911) 15 February 1861 QJGS 17 Specimens of pseudomorphs of salt in Keuper sandstone, from Deerhurst [Gloucestershire] 19 February 1875 QJGS 31 Specimens of Woolwich and Reading Beds near Reading, Berks (Jones & King, 1875) A large collection of fossils at BGS. Jones, William [of Ludlow] 1 February 1833 TGS(2) 3 Specimens of Ludlow rock (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833) Jones, William Rupert (1855-1915) Fossils from the Gault and Lower Greensand of Kent at BGS Jordan, Henry Keyes (1838-1923) 16 February 1877 QJGS 33 Coal pebbles (Jordan, 1877) Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Jukes-Browne, Alfred John (1851-1914) 19 February 1875 QJGS 31 Some Cretaceous fossils from Cambridgeshire (Jukes- Browne, 1875) Cretaceous fossils at BGS. 106 D. T. MOORh, J. C. rHArKRAV& n. I . MORGAN Kaler, Captain Henry (1777-1835) 1 December 1826 TGS(2) 2 Impression of a vegetable stem on sandstone from the gritstone quarries at Wickersley. near Rotherham [S. Yorkshire) Keir. James (1735-1820) 18 January 1811 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from a shaft sunk in Tividale colliery, near Dudley [W. Midlands] (Description of specimens, 1810, GSL MuslHO; Letter, 10 December 1810, GSL Musl/106) Kent, Samuel Luck (d.l845) 3 November 1815 TGS(l) 3 Calcareous incrustations from Coton, near Cambridge Kenyon. John (1784-1856) (in the name of the late Mrs Kenyon) 6 October 1835 TGS(2) 5 Ammonites perarmatus and fossils from the Chalk. Upper Greensand, &c. (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 342. 19 February 1836) Jurassic and Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Kerry. Mr Carboniferous Limestone fossils from Norlhumherland at BGS Killaly. Richard Griffith (d.l860) 1 February 1833 TGS(2) 3 Specimens of fossil fishes from Mansfield. [Nottinghamshire] Kirshaw, John William (fl. 1847-1873) [FGS] 16 February 1849 OJGS 5 Plagiostoma hermanni. from the Lower Lias, Warwickshire 19 February 1864 QJGS 20 Specimens of corals from the lower beds of the Middle Lias, from near Cherrington. Warwickshire Jurassic fossils at BGS. Knight. Richard (1768-1844) 18 December 1833 TGS(2) 4 Asbestus 3 February 1835 TGS(2) 4 Porcelain Jasper from the Junction of the Sandstone and Trap Rock of Stirling Castle [Scotland] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 131, 20 February 1835) Knipe, J. A. 15 February 1856 QJGS 12 Iron ore from Walthani on the Wolds [Leicestershire] Koche. Dr Devonian gastropods at BGS. Knox, Rt. Hon. George (d.l827) 16 May 1823 TGS(2) 1 Newry Pitchstone, Andalusite from the County of Dublin and killinite from the County of Dublin 8 April 1824 TGS(2) 2 Fossils from the Dublin Limestone Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Krantz, Dr August (1809-1872) 15 February 1856 QJGS 12 Specimens of allophane from the Charlton Chalk Pit [Kent] Laine, M. 1 June 1810 TGS (1)1 Specimens from the Isle of Shepey [Kenll Laird, James (d. 1840) 5 May 1809 TGS(l) 1 Rock salt from Northwich, [Cheshire], in illustration of Mr Holland's account of that district (Holland, 181 1 ) 21 June 1811 'rGS(l) 1 Sulphate of strontian. found in the neighbourhood of Bristol, and limestone from St Vincents Cliffs &c. [Bristc)l[ A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1807-1911 107 1 November 181 1 TGS( 1 ) 2 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Weymouth [Dorset] 5 May 1815 TGS(l) 3 Rasay* (List of rocks, n.d. GSL Miisl/204) 11 May 1817 TGS(l) 4 Specimens of arenaceo-calcareous stalactite from Delvine, Perthshire 5 December 1817TGS(1) 5 Primary Limestone from Perthshire 1 May 1818 TGS( 1 ) 5 Rocks from Scotland * 28 March 1819 TGS(l) 5 Rocks from Scotland <287 specimens, listed in Waste Book 14967-15287.* 19 December 1820TGS(1) 5 Serpentine and diallage rock from Shetland * On the basis of the original labels we believe that some of these MacCulloch rock specimens are now in the Mineralogy Dept.. BM(NH). They include eleven specimens from Raasay. twelve from Skye. eight from the Shiant Isles, nine from Arran, two from Morven. three from Glarnich. one from Gighu, two from Mare Isle, two from Scalpa. four from Rhum. two from Torsa. one from Luing and six from Skath. There are Jurassic fossils at BGS. McEnery, Rev. John (1796-1841) 12 October 1826 TGS(2) 2 Plaster cast of the tooth of the Ursus cultridens from Kent's Hole [Torquay, Devon) Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Mackay, R. Wenlock fossils from Ledbury, Hereford and Worcester, at BGS Mackay, R. W. Gault fossils from Folkestone. Kent, and Tertiary from Barton and Bracklesham. W. Sussex, at BGS 112 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN Mackenzie, A. C. 19 February 1864 QJGS 20 Specimens of albertite from Mountgerald, Scotland (Mackenzie, 1863) Mackeson, Henry Bean (1811-1894) November 1841 PGS 3 p. 563 Fossils from the Gault of Copt Point, near Folkstone [Kent] 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Fossils from the Lower Greensand, Hythe, Kent, and from the Gault at Copt Point, near Folkstone [Kent] 18 February 1848 QJGS 4 Shells, bones and teeth, from alluvia! beds and raised beach near Hythe [Kent] Cretaceous and Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Mackintosh, Angus Friend (fl. 1839-1848) [FGS] 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 195 Beekite from Devonshire 6 May 1841 TGS(2) 6 Specimen of Pecten lamellosus from the Portland Oolite. (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842) Jurassic fossil at BGS. Mackintosh, C. 1 May 1812 TGS(l) 2 Specimens of the Aluminous strata from Campsie [Scotland] (Mackintosh. 1817). (Description of the specimens . . . 1812, GSL Musl/201) Mackintosh, Daniel (1815-1891) Undated donation of drift-boulders (Mackintosh, 1869)* * Five rock specimens are still extant in the Department of Mineralogy, BM{NH). Limestone specimens at BGS. Maclauchlan, Henry (1791-1881) 6 August 1832 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 427 A portion of the fossil tree found at Craigleith quarry [near Edinburgh, Scotland] 15 February 1833 PGS 1 p. 427 Fossils from the Oolite of Buckinghamshire and Oxfordshire; {Letter, H. McLauchlan to W. Lonsdale. 7 May 1832. GSL Musi 139) 31 January 1838 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the slate of Devonshire (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 608. 16 February 1838. Letter. McLauchlan to W. Lonsdale, 29 January 1838. GSL Mus2l8) 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 195 Specimens from Abereiddy Bay and from a Peat Bog near Fishguard (Letter, H. McLauchlan to W. Lonsdale, 12 AugiLtt 1839, GSL Mus2l60} 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 A mass of metamorphic rock from Fishguard [Dyfed] (Letters, H. McLauchlan to W. Lonsdale, 10 & 18 May 1840, GSL Mus2l61-2} 10 June 1841 TGS(2) 6 Specimens from Pembrokeshire (Maclauchlan. 1842) (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842. Letter, H. McLauchlan to W. Lonsdale, 30 April 1841, GSL LR5I303) 18 February 1848 QJGS 4 Specimens of Spirifer gigantea and other shells in slate, from Tregatta quarries near Tintagel [Cornwall] Silurian, Devonian and Jurassic fossils at BGS. Maclauchlan H. and J. R. Wright. See Wright and Maclauchlan Macmichael, William (1784-1839) 3 November 1809 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Staffa &c. Majendie, Ashhurst (1784-1867) 29 June 1815 'rGS(l) 3 Recent Sandstone, New Quay. Lower St.Columb. north coast of Cornwall 4 May 1816 TGS(l) 3 Wood tin in the matrix, from Trethurgy Moor, near St Austle. Cornwall A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-1911 113 7 June 1816 TGS( 1 ) 3 Specimens from Cornwall 5 June 1818 TGS( 1 ) 5 Vein of granite in slate Cornwall 6 June 1819 'MS only" Rocks and minerals from Cornwall* 2 April 1821 TGS(l) 5 Sulphate of Barytes and a fragment of a septarium 12 June 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from a gravel-pit near Castle Hedingham, Essex 6 December 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens of Flints with organic remains from Headingham Castle, Essex 20 March 1823 TGS(2) 1 Specimens of flints with organic remains, from a gravel pit near Headingham Castle, Essex 16 January 1824 TGS(2) 2 Fossil palate of a fish from a gravel pit near Hedingham Castle, Essex 10 February 1824 TGS(2) 2 Prehnite with part of the matrix from Bottallack, Cornwall 15 March 1824 TGS(2) 2 Fossils from a gravel pit. Castle Hedingham, Essex 7 December 1825 TGS(2) 2 Various rocks and minerals 20 December 1827 TGS(2) 2 Specimens from Anglesea and the neighbourhood of Snowdon 26 January 1828 TGS(2) 2 Porphyry from Symond's Bath, Exmoor Forest 25 February 1832 TGS(2) 3 An agate from the trap of Edinburgh (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 426, 15 February 1833) 26 March 1832 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from the neighbourhood of Bath [Avon] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 426, 15 February 1833) 18 December 1833 TGS(2) 4 Specimens from Jersey 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Cellular limestone from Sampson's Bay, Ilfracombe [Devon] 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Silurian fossils from the Western flank of the Malverns [Hereford and Worcester] 20 February 1852 QJGS 8 Specimens of Pinnae, Panopoea, Pyrula, Venericardiae, Voluta, Pectunculi, &c., from the Bognor Rock 21 February 1862 QJGS 18 Specimen of conglomerate with tin-stone, from Relistian Mine, Cornwall* * Extant is a specimen of epidote (BM 1911 .601} from Botallock Mine. Si Just, and one of apatite (BM191 1,601 j Hiiel Bay. Zennor, Si Ives, Cornwall corresponding to the MS donation to the Geological Society Museum of 6 June 1819. These are now in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(NH). Also surviving is an unregistered tinstone- conglomerate from Relistian Mine (Came. 1807). Silurian, Carboniferous. Tertiary and Quaternary fossils at BGS. Malcolmson, John Grant (1802-1844) and Rev, M.R. Coulston. See Coulston and Malcolmson Malcolmson, J. G., Rev. G. Gordon, and William Staples 5 June 1839 TGS(2) 5 Fishes from the Old Red Sandstone of the counties of Murray, Nairn, Inverness, and Banff [Scotland] (Malcomson, 1838) Old Red Sandstone fo.s'sils at BGS. Mandell, Rev. William (c. 1779-1843) 19 July 1817 TGS(l) 5 Molybdena and manganese Mantell, Gideon Algernon (1790-1852) 17 July 1817 "MS only' Alcyonium conoides from the Chalk near Lewes 17 July 1817 TGS(l) 5 Specimens and fossils from the Chalk <95 specimens. Waste Book 123I5-12410> 114 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & O. L. MORGAN 17 November 1817 'MS only' Iron pyrites. Chalk near Lewes 20 February 1818 TGS(l) 5 Scales of fish in chalk, and a polished slab of Petworth Marble 19 June 1818 TGS(l) 5 Fossils from the Chalk and Blue Marl 19 June 1818 TGS( 1 ) 5 Flints from Upper Chalk, Lewes 8 November 1818 "MS only" Fossils from the Chalk and Blue Marl of Lewes 12 September 1819 TGS(l) 5 Fossils from the Chalk and ferruginous sand in Sussex (Mantell. 1826) ('.'List of fossils, n.d.. GSL Musl/16) 29 October 1819 TGS(l) 5 Specimens of the tortoise encrinite [Marsupites) 14 March 1822 TGS(2) 1 Fossil wood from the Weald of Sussex 13 June 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from the Weald of Sussex (including bones, teeth and plant material from Tilgate Forest, listed in Waste Book, 18546-18598> (Mantell 1824b) 17 January 1823 TGS(2) 1 Fossils from the Blue Marie of Bletchinglev [Surrev] (Mantell, 1824fl) 26 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Astacus from the Lower Chalk, Sussex 1 May 1825 TGS(2) 2 Fossils from the Chalk at Lewes 2 Julv 1825 TGS(2) 2 Plaster casts of fossil bones from Tilgate Forest [W.Sussex]* (Mantell, 1835 and 1837) 15 December 1826 TGS(2) 2 Specimens from Sussex (Mantell, 1926) 10 April 1832 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from the Weald Clay and Hastings Sand (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833) 14 August 1834 TGS(2) 4 Cast of a claw-bone of a Crocodile, and of an Iguanodon from Tilgate Forest [W.Sussex]* (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 130. 20 February 1835) 22 September 1835 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 342 Specimens from the newer Pliocene Beds in the neighbourhood of Brighton 26 September 1835 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. .U2 Specimens of fishes from the Chalk 1 June 1838 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 3 p. 46 Fossils from the Lower Greensand 17 November 1838 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 3 p. 46 Cast of bones of reptiles discovered by Dr Mantell in Tilgate Forest* -formerly in the Mantellian Museum, and now in the British Museum> (Letter. G.A. Mantell to W. Lonsdale. 15 November 1838. GSL Mils 2/ 84. 22 May 1839 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 3 p. 195 Fossils from Cornwall 20 February 1846 QJGS 2 Specimens of the Unio valdensis from the Wealden of the Isle of Wight (Mantell. 1846) * Ten former Geological Society rock specimens from the Tilgate Forest - Ciickfield area of SiLKex survive. One of these appears to contain fossil plant material. They perhaps are connected with papers by Mantell (1824b, 1826 and 1835). The specimens are now in the Department of Mineralogy. British Museum (Natural History). There is a large collection of fo.isils at BGS. Mantell, Reginald Neville (1827-1857) 18 February 1848 OJGS 4 Several large ammonites and other fossils from Trowbridge [Wiltshire) (Letter. 17 March 1847. GSL LR10I67) (Mantell, 1850) Marryat. Captain Frederick (1792-1848) 3 May 1819 TGS(l) 5 Recent shells 26 February 1822 TGS(2) 1 Fossil wood bored by Teredo from the neighbourhood of Harwich [Essex] Marrvat. Joseph junr. 16 April 1819 TGS(l) 5 Recent freshwater shells A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-191 1 115 Marshall, William [of Tadcaster] 20 May 1825 TGS(2) 2 Green carbonate of copper, occurring in the Magnesian Limestone, at Newton Kime, near Tadcaster. Yorkshire (Marshall, 1826) Martin, C. W. 30 November 1841 TGS(2) 6 A Trochus, from the Lower Green Sand, near Maidstone [Kent] (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842) Cretaceous fossil at BGS. Martin, Peter John (1786-1860)* 15 June 1827 TGS(2) 2 Fossils from the sandstone of Parham Park and Pulborough Mount [W.Sussex] (In Fitton. 1836. Also reported PGS 1 p. 47 on 15 February 1828 List of fossils, ti.d.. GSL MusllNJ) (Martin. 1834) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Ichthyolites and other fossils from the Lower Greensand, Pulborough. Sussex * A single former Geological Society Miisei4m specimen, attributable to a 'Mr Martin' and from Ockley, Surrey, is extant in the Department of Mineralogy. British Museum (Natural History). Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Mawe, John (1764-1829) 1 September 1816TGS(1) 4 Simple minerals 3 August 1820 'MS only" Teeth of a fish. Oolite, Alford 3 August 1820 TGS(l) 5 Vegetable impressions from the coal near Chatley, Somerset II March 1829 TGS(2) 2 Wavellite from Cork [Ireland] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 177, 19 February 1830)* * The specimen is now in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(NH) numbered BMI9H.607. There are Carboniferous. Jurassic and Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Meeson, Richard (1814-1871) 17 February 1865 OJGS 21 Casts of Ostrea, etc., from the Upper Chalk of Grays, Essex Mello, Rev. John Magens (1836-1914) 22 June 1869 'MS only', rock specimens from Tideswell Dale [Derbyshire] (Mello, 1870) June 1875 'MS only", bones of elk, reindeer, bison, rhinoceros &c. from the bone cave in Creswell Crags, Derbyshire (Mello, 1875) 116 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY&D. L. MORGAN 15 February 1884 QJGS 40 Specimen of -Iron-amianthus' (Mello, 1884) Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Menteath. James Stuart (1792/3-1870) 13 May 1828 TGS(2) 2 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone at Closeburn, Dumfriesshire (Also reported PGS 1 p. 106, 20 February 1829. Letter. J. S. Menteath to R. I. Murchison, 2 April 1828, GSL Mus2l3) Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Michel. John J. [Lieut. R.E.] 24 July 1819 TGS(l) 5 Cast of an ammonite in flint Michell, J. (through D. Gilbert) 19February 1830 PGS 1 p. 177 Specimens of artifical oxide of tin, of Tungstate of Lime and a mineral from Cornwall Middleton, John O. 21 February 1862 OJGS 18 Large mass of Anthracosia, from coal-bed near Oldham [Greater Manchester); Suite of fossils from Coniston Limestone and shale Miller, John Samuel (1779/80-1830) 5 June 1818 TGS(l) 5 Head of an encrinite from near Bristol [Avon] 29 August 1829 TGS(2) 3 Two specimens of sulphate of strontian on Lias from Cotham, near Bristol (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 178, 19 February 1830) Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Miller. Professor William Hailowes (1801-1880) 25 April 1834 TGS(2) 4 Fossils from the Grauwacke of the neighbourhood of Llandovery [Dyfed] (Also reported PGS 2, p. 130, 20 February 1835) Milnes, William junr. [of Ashover, Derbyshire] 15 May 1812 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Derbyshire (Letter. W. Milnes to G. B. Greenough, 18 March 1812, GSL Musi 1127; List of specimens. March 1812, GSL Musl/154; Notes on specimens by G.B. Greenough, GSL LDGSL27/13) Mitchell, Captain Samuel 19 February 1864 OJGS 20 Specimen of pearl-spar from new Treleigh Mine, Cornwall. Moggridge, Matthew (1803/4-1882) 17 February 1860 OJGS 16 Deposit in boiler-pipes at Merthyr [Dyfed] Recent fossils at BGS. Monck, Sir Charles Miles Lambert Middleton (1779-1867) 1 May 1825 TGS(2) 2 Series of rocks from the lead mining country of Cross Fell in Cumberland and Northumberland, collected by Westgarth Forster Esq. Montgomery, Colonel Carboniferous fossils from County Fermanagh at BGS. Moore, Charles (1815-1881) 21 February 1842 rGS(2) 6 Specimens of ammonites and Pecten equivalvis, , Ilminstcr [Somerset] (Also reported PGS 4 p. 49, 17 February 1843) 13 February 1854 'MS only', suite of minute Palliobranchiate shells from the Inferior Oolite of Dundry [Avon] Jurassic fossils at BGS. A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-1911 117 Moore, Edward (1794-1858) January 1842 TGS(2) 6 Specimens from the drift near the raised beach, Plymouth [Devon] (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 622, 18 February 1842) (Moore, 1842) Moore, John Carrick (1804-1898) 15 February 1850 QJGS 6 Fossils Irom the Silurian rocks of Ayrshire and Wigtonshire (Moore, 1849) Ordovician and Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Morgan, James 19 June 1818TGS(1) 5 Fragment of bone of the elephant found immediately above the London Clay in digging the tunnel under Islington [London] Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Morris, Miss and Mrs Taddy 21 December 1832 TGS(2) 3 Quartz crystals from the Coal Measures, Monmouthshire (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833) Morris, John (1810-1886) 1 January 1837 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the freshwater deposit at Grays [Essex]; specimens from the plastic clay at Woolwich and Upnor [Kent]; and a specimen of fossil wood from Bayswater [London] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 464, 17 February 1837) (Morris, 1837) 21 October 1837 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from near the Trap Dyke, Penrhyn Slate- Quarries, Bangor [Gwynedd] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 608, 16 February 1838) November 1841 PGS 3 p. 563 Fossils from Grays in Essex There is a large collection of fossils at BGS. Morris, J. and J. Prestwich. See Prestwich & Morris Moysey, Frederick (d.f.l827) 1 December 1819 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from Cornwall Mudge, Captain Richard Zachariah (1790-1854) 25 August 1835 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the inferior oolite of Leckhampton Hill, near Cheltenham [Gloucestershire] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 341, 19 February 1836. Letter, 22 August 1S35. GSL Mus2/34) 3 February 1836 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the neighbourhood of Cheltenham [Gloucestershire] Devonian and Jurassic fossils at BGS. Munn, Elston and Clark, Messrs 6 August 1832 TGS(2) 3 Tusk of an elephant found at Erith in Kent (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833) Murchison, Sir Roderick Impey (1797-1871) 7 December 1825 TGS(2) Specimens of the Greensand and of the Weald in Sussex and Hants to illustrate a memoir by R. I. Murchison* (Murchison, 1826) 21 April 1826 'MS only', a cast of the superior portion of a saurian femur found at Loxwood, Sussex 2 March 1827 TGS(2) 2 and PGS 1 p. 15 Rocks and fossil shells from N.E. and N.W. coasts of Scotland, in illustration of a memoir upon the Brora Coal-field by R. L Murchison* (Murchison, 1827); rocks and fossil shells from the Scarborough coast [N.Yorkshire]; fossil fish from Banniskirk, Caithness 15 November 1827 TGS(2) 2 Specimens of the upper bed of the Brora coal, composed entirely of the plant Qncylogonatum carbonarium (Murchison, 1827) 118 n.T. MOORF, J. C. THACKRAY&D. L. MORGAN 4 January 1828 TGS(2) 2 Specimen of the rock from the surface of Bramhury Hill, Sutherland, showing marks of denudation 15 February 1828 PCS 1 p. 47 Additional fossils of the Oolitic Series in Scotland, and rocks associated with them; to illustrate a paper read before the Society (Murchison, 1828, Sedgwick & Murchison, 1829«) 5 February 1830 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from the Upper Greensand 19 February 1830 PGS 1 p. 178 A collection of fossil fishes from Banffshire 31 December 1830 TGS(2) 3 A Dapedium and other fossils from Lvme Regis | Dorset) (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 261, 18 February 1831) 25 January 1832 TGS(2) 3 Specimens from Stonesfield [Oxfordshire], and from the Lias and oolites of the neighbourhood of Cheltenham [Gloucestershire] (Murchison, 1832a) 17 February 1832 PGS 1 p. 348 A collection formed during a geological tour through a very considerable part of England 16 March 1832 TGS(2) 3 A specimen of murchisonite* (Reported again with the donation below) 3 May 1832 TGS(2) 3 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Cheltenham [Gloucestershire] (Murchison, 1832a, Murchison ei al. 1844). (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 426, 15 February 1833) 21 May 1832 TGS(2) 3 Specimens from the fossiliferous grauwacke on the borders of Wales and England (Murchison. 1833)* (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 426, 15 February 1833) 11 March 1833. TGS(2) 3 Additional specimens illustrative of Mr Murchison's memoirs on the grauwacke system of the border counties of England and Wales* (Murchison, 1833) 8 January 1834 TGS(2) 4 and PGS 2 p. 28 Specimens from the Old Red Sandstone of South Wales (Murchison. 1834«) 22 January 1834 TGS(2) 4 and PGS 2 p. 28 Suite of rocks and fossils to illustrate Mr Murchison's paper on Herefordshire. Shropshire and parts of Wales* (Murchison. I8,34rt) 25 March 1834 TGS(2) 4 and PGS 2 p. 130 Specimens of the 29 October 1819 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from Ireland (attributed to Greenough in ms record) 120 I), r. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY& n. L. MORGAN 10 December 1819 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from the island of Mull (Earl Compton, 1821). 5 May 1820TGS(1) 5 A joint of columnar basalt from Carsaig in Mull (Earl Compton, 1821) 19 December 1820 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Glasgow* 2 March 1821 TGS(1)5 Siliceous casts of perforations in Belemnites from chalk quarries of Lame. Ireland 2 May 1821 TGS(l) 5 Fossils from the chalk in the parish of Shiere 30 April 1833 TGS(2) 3 Bechite and corals from Devonshire (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 28. 21 February 1834) 10 June 1835 TGS(2) 4 Spirolinites in chalk flints from Stoke, near Chichester [W.Sussex] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 341. 19 February 1836) (Northampton. 1838) 10 March 1836 TGS(2) 5 Head of Ichthyosaurus communis (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 463, 17 February 1837 with the donation below) 22 May 1836TGS(2) 5 Scaphites Hillsii, from the Lower Greensand, Maidstone [Kent] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 463, 17 February 1837) 27 March 1839 TGS(2) 5 A polished specimen of Spongus labyrinthus in flint, from Sussex (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 194, 21 February 1840) 20 February 1846 OJGS 2 Polished sections of corals from South Devon * A specimen of harmotome (now BMI9I 1 .603) from Long Craig. Kilpatrick Hill. Dumbarton, perhaps corresponds to the donation of December 1820. There is also a surviving Geological Society rock specimen, attributable to Lord Compton on the basis of a label, of a yellow sandstone from 'Stone field Ox on'. There are Devonian, Jurassic and Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Northampton, Marquis of, H. G. Rennet & G. B. Greenough. See Bennet Norris, John 1 January 1817 TGS(l) 4 Specimens of Curl stone from Monmouthshire 20 February 1818 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from Cove, near Blackwater, Hants Jurassic fossil at BGS. Norman, Mark W. Cretaceous fossils from the Isle of Wight at BGS. Nottes. C. Barton Clay molluscs from Hordwell. Hampshire, at BGS Ormerod. George Wareing (1810-1891) 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 49 Cast of Asaphus buchii from Snowdon 18 February 1859 QJGS 15 Granite-veins from the carbonaceous rocks east of Dartmoor (Ormerod, 1859) 19 February 1875 QJGS 31 Rolled granitoid mass from the Trias near I'eignmouth. specimens of murchisonite from Lympstone and Kenton, [Devon] (Ormerod, 1875) Cambrian fos.uls at BGS. Overbury, James Corallian ammonites from Headington, Oxfordshire, and Seend, Wiltshire, at BGS Jurassic fossils at BGS. Owen, J. W. B. [M.A., F.A.S.L.] 16 February 1866 OJGS 22 Twelve specimens of lead and copper from various localities Oxmanton, Viscount, see Rosse, Earl of A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-1911 121 Page, Frederick (d. 1877) 4 May 1832 TGS(2) 3 Specimens of sulphate of strontia* and haematite from the neighbourhood of Bristol (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833 Letter W. Eastwick. 1 May 1832. GSL Musi 1205} * According to the BM(NH) records there are extant one-tune Geological Society Museum specimens of celestine (BM 191 1, 623-7). probably corresponding to this donation They were given to the Geological Society by the 'Avon and Gloucester Railway Bristol . Jurassic fossils at BGS. Palmer, Henry R. [Engineer to the London Docks] 5 November 1828 TGS(2) 2 Organic remains found in digging the New Basin of the London Docks (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 106. 20 February 1829) 7 September 1830 TGS(2) 3 Two Deer's horns from the neighbourhood of the London Docks (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 261, 18 February 1831. Letter. H. R. Palmer to A. Aikin, 26 August 1830. GSL Musi 147} Parish, Sir Woodbine (1796-1882) 30 September 1833 TGS(2) 4 Fossils from the cliffs at Hastings and St. Leonards and a tree from the submarine forest near St. Leonards [E.Sussex] (Also reported in PGS ^ p. 29, 21 February 1834. Letter. W. Parish to G. B. Greenough. 4 November /«?? GSL Musi 179) 13 November 1834 TGS(2) 4 Fossils from Bognor and the Chalk near Felpham [W.Sussex] (Parish, 1837) (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 130, 20 February 1835 Letter 4 November 1834. GSL LRl 192} ^ -■ May 1835 TGS(2) 4 A stalactite from Ingleborough Cave, Yorkshire 24 November 1835 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the Chalk of Beachy Head, and from the Hastings Beach [E.Sussex] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 342, 19 February 1836) 1 May 1836 TGS(2) 5 Specimen of Anadonta parishii Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils at BGS. Parker, Joseph, junr. (d.l880) 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 Concretions from the New Red Sandstone from Hearddist 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 50 Schist with tortuous impression from Killarney and Calcareous Earth from Lough Derg [Ireland] Parkes, L. Silurian fossils from Abberley Hills, Herefordshire and Worcestershire at BGS Parkes, Samuel (1761-1825) 1 March 1819 TGS(l) 5 Dudley Limestone with entomolites [trilobites], and black oxide of manganese .ssils at BGS. Potts, Dr 6 January 1836 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the neighbourhood of Bodmin rCornwalll (Also reported m PGS 2, p. 342, 19 February 1836, as being from the 'Grauwacke Slate') Potts, Miss Eliza (1809-1873) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Slab of sandstone with track of a fish (Ichthyopatolite, Buckland) from Cheshire Powell, Baden [of Langton, Kent] 15 April 1816 TGS(l) 3 Fossil wood in calcareous rock, from Stretton on Dunsmore Warwick ' 1 June 1834 TGS(2) 4 and PGS 2 p. 130 Specimens from the Hastings Sand Powis, Edward Clive, First Earl of (1754-1839)* ' Two rock specimens, presumably connected with an unrecorded donation from this collector, are e.xtant m the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). The orieinal labels indicate the locality is noted in Murchison (1839). There are Silurian fossils at BGS. Pratt, Samuel Pearce (1789-1863) 3 November 1830 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from the Lias, Inferior Oolite, Fuller's Earth and Great Oolite, in the neighbourhood of Bath [Avon] 10 November 1830 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 261 Remains of the Palaeotherium r .??",'"""'■ ^ '^^^ ^?ec\e^ of deer and of a turtle, from Binstead, near Rvde [Isle of Wight] (Pratt, 1831) ' " 28 November 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS I p. 352 A collection of fossils from Lackington Hill (Leckhampton Hill] near Cheltenham [Gloucestershire] 17 February 1832 PGS 1 p. 352 Additional specimens from the Isle of Wight April 1841 TGS(2) 6 and PGS 3 p. 620 Fossils from the Oxford Clay 6 May 1841 TGS(2) 6 and PGS 3 p. 620 Remains of Crustacea from the Upper Greensand, Chard [Somerset] July 1841 TGS(2) 6 and PGS 3 p. 620 Fossils from the Oxford Clay of Wiltshire 18 February 1842 PGS 3 p. 620 Fossils from the Forest Marble and Fuller's Earth near Bath (listed in PGS 3 p. 563) 124 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY&D. L. MORGAN 16 February 1844 PCS 4 p. 342 Fossils from the Kimmeridge Clay and Calcareous Grit. Shrivenham [Oxfordshire] and a starhsh ( Amphiura pratti) from the Oxford Clay 6 March 1844 'MS only". Mantellia from Swindon [Wiltshire] Jurassic, Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils are at BGS. Preston. Cooper 15 May 1818 TGS(l) 5 Agates found in alluvial soil, North Allerton, on the coast of Yorkshire 3 February 1826 TGS(2) 2 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone 19 May 1826 TGS(2) 2 Fossil Crustacea. Specton Cliff, Yorkshire; fossils from the shale of the Mountain Limestone at Rylstone, Yorkshire; Productus from the Magnesian Limestone near Ripon, Yorkshire Prestwich, Joseph (1812-1896) 5 September 1835 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the Chalk at Gravesend [Kent] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 341, 19 February 1836) 13 April 1836 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the Coal Measures and the Silurian System of Coalbrook Dale [Shropshire] (Prestwich, 1840. Also reported in PGS 2 p. 463, 17 February 1837) April 1841 TGS(2) 6 Fossils from the Mountain Limestone of Kendal [Cumbria] (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 620, 18 February 1842) Carboniferous. Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils at BGS. Prestwich, J., and J. Morris. 19 February 1847 QJGS 3 Specimens of Hastings sand from near Tunbridge [Wells, Kent] (Prestwich & Morris, 1846) Prestwich, J., and F. J. Smith 21 February 1862 QJGS 18 Boulders from the gravel of Kelsey Hill and the boulder- clay of Paul Cliff, near Hull [Humberside] (Prestwich, 1861)* * Four specimens corresponding to this donation are extant in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). Price, Frederick George Hilton (1842-1909) Gault from the Lower Greensand of Kent at BGS {Price, 1874) Price, H. H. 3 March 1830 TGS(2) 3 Portions of four basaltic columns from the Giant's Causeway [Antrim] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 260, 18 February 1831) Price, Miss Silurian gastropod at BGS Pring, John Daniel (1821/1-1893) 17 February 1860 QJGS 15 Suite of Devonian fossils from Somerset Devonian fossils at BGS. Proctor. Henry (c. 1790-1869) 1 February 1833 TGS(2) 3 Specimens of Ludlow rock (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833) (Letter. T. T. Lewis to R. /. Murchison, 16 Nov 1832. GSL ML7I4) Silurian fossils at BGS. Purdue. John. junr. 3 November 1841 TGS(2) 6 Fossils from the Upper Carboniferous Limestone Shales, near Glasgow (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621 , 18 February 1842. and listed at PGS 3 p. 561) Carboniferous fossils at BGS. ASHORT HISTORY OFTHEMUSEUMOFTHEGEOLOGICALSOCIETYOFLONDON, 1807-191 1 125 Pye Smith, Rev. John Sec Smith, Rev. John Pye Randolph, Rev. John Honywood (1790/1-1868) 30 January 1828 TGS(2) 2 Specimens from the Lower Greensand near Seven Oaks, Kent 1 May 1828 TGS(2) 2 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Brentford [London] 18 May 1828 TGS(2) 2 and PGS 1 p. 106 A collection of fossil bones, from the Diluvium near Brentford [London] 16 June 1829 TGS(2) 3 Specimens from a well sunk in the London and plastic clays near Westwood, Norlholt (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 177) Rankin, Dr Daniel Reid (1805-1882) Carboniferous Limestone fossils from Carluke, Lancashire, at BGS Rashleigh, William (1777-1855) 3 November 1809 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from the stream works of Pentewan &c., Cornwall 18 June 1813 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Huel Maudlin Mine, Cornwall Reade, Rev. Joseph Bancroft (1801-1870) 1 June 1838 TGS(2) 5 Specimens of fish-scales in flint (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 45, 15 February 1839) 15 April 1839 TGS(2) 5 Impression in tin-foil of Nereites cambrensis Ordovician fossils at BGS. Readwin, F. Allison Pleistocene Red Crag fossils at BGS. Rees, Mr 25 April 1834 TGS(2) 4 Specimens of Penlamerus oblongus (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 130, 20 February 1835) Reeve, Dr Henry (1780-1814) 6 November 1812 TGS(l) 2 Flint from Norfolk Renevier, Eugene (1831-1906) Lower Chalk fossils from Ventnor, hie of Wight, at BGS Rennie, George (1791-1866) 14 December 1836 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 464 Specimens of granite from Penrhyn, Cornwall; Ammonites in flint from Box Hill near Dorking [Surrey] (Letter. G. Rennie to W. Lomdale. 14 December I8S6. GSL Mus2l47) 20 February 1846 QJGS 2 London Clay from the bed of the Thames opposite Limehouse [London] (Rennie, 1846) Tertiary fossils at BGS. Rennie, John (1761-1821) March 1819 'MS only' Clay and gypsum from the bottom of the Thames opposite Heritage Dock [London] Ricardo, David ( 1772-1823) 15 March 1811 TGS(l) 1 Fossil Teredo found in the Archway at Highgate [London] 1 January 1817 TGS(l) 4 Oolite from the Cotswold hills Rich, William [dealer, of Bristol] 30 November 1841 TGS(2) 6 Ammonites and Belemnites from the Oxford Clay near Christian Malford (Wiltshire], and a gcode from the Red Marl, Clevedon, Somerset (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842, and listed at PGS 3 p. 563) Jurassic fossils at BGS. 126 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN Richardson, Captain [63rd Regiment] 19 June 1812 TGS(l) 2 Specimens from Alderney Richardson, Rev. Benjamin (71759-1832) 12 October 1830TGS(2) 3 and PGS 1 p. 261 Fossils from the nc-ighbourhood of Farley, near Bath [Avon] 30 March 1831 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from the Greensand near Warminster. (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 351, 17 February 1832. Letter. 3 March 1831, GSL Muslll28) Carboniferous and Jurassic fossils at BGS. Richardson, Charles [71814-1896, railway engineer] 3 November 1841 TGS(2) 6 A specimen of Keiloways Sandstone from the neighbour- hood of Oaksey, Wiltshire (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842) Richardson, H. T. 21 February 1868 QJGS 24 Rock-specimens from Bala (Letter. 23 February 1867, GSL LDGSL30) Richardson, William [FGS] 9 April 1834 TGS(2) 4 Selenite from the London Clav near Heme Bav [Kent] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 130. 20 February 1835) (Richardson, 1836) 8 December 1835 TGS(2) 5 Specimens of selenite from the sands of the plastic clay at Bishopstone Cliff, between Heme Bay and Reculvers [Kent] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 342, 19 February 1836) (Richardson, 1836) 19 February 1841 PGS 3 p. 373 Specimens of Petrophiloides Richardsonii 19 February 1847 QJGS 3 Pecten and Pentacrinites in sandstone Jurassic fossils at BGS. Rickman, Charles 17 February 1860 QJGS 16 Tertiary fossils from Peckham [London] (Rickman, 1861) Tertiary fossils at BGS. Ridout, John (junr., 0.1808-1844) 15 November. 1811 TGS( 1 ) 2 Specimens from the alum mine of Hurlet, near Paisley [Scotland] 1819 "MS only" Brush iron ore Roberts, George Edward (1831-1865) 15 February 1861 OJGS 17 Specimens of fossil ferns from the Wyre Forest coal-field [Hereford and Worcester], and Ambonycia from Dudley [W. Midlands] 21 February 1862 OJGS 18 Plant-bed from Upper Tilestones of Kidderminster [Hereford and Worcester], with Lycopodites (Pachytheca sphaerica) Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous and Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Robertson, Alexander (1816-1853/4) Old Red Sandstone fossils from Kirkwall and Elgin, Scotland, at BGS Robertson, [?David, 1806-1896] 3 May, 1837 TGS(2) 5 Specimens of coal plants from Rotherham [S.Yorkshire] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 608, 16 February, 18-VS) Robinson, Thomas 19 June 1818 TGS(l) 5 Trunk of a tree, Morley Park Colliery Rofe, John (1801-1878) 26 February 1834 TGS(2) 4 Fossils from Plastic Clay near Reading [Berkshire] (Also ASHORTHISTORYOFTHE MUSEUM OFTHEGEOLOGICALSOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-191 1 127 reported in PGS 2 p. 130, 20 February 1835. (Letter, R. Hunter to G. B. Greenough, Januarv 1834, GSL LR 1/23) (Rofe, 1834) 10 June 1835 TGS(2) 4 Specimen of a Triiobite from Dudley [W. Midlands] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 341 . 19 February 1836) 19 February 1836 PGS 2 p. 341 Specimens from the Arigna Mines (Ireland] (Letter, J. Rofe to C. Lyell. 12 May 1835, GSL Mus2ll08} 30 November 1841 TGS{2) 6 Slabs of Hutton roof-stone, exhibiting vermicular impressions (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842) Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Rogers, Rev. John [71778-1856] 8 July 1814 TGS(l) 3 Specimens from Cornwall, and the vertebra of a whale found in the stream works of Pentowan (Letter, P. Serle to H. Warburton, 1814 GSL Musi 11 7) 17 March 1815TGS(1) 3 Subcarburet of iron, Mawnan Glebe (Cornwall] 20 March 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from Haldon (Devon] 15 March 1824 TGS(2) 2 Rocks from Cornwall Rose, Caleb Burrel (1790-1872) 23 February 1837 TGS(2) 5 and PGS 2 p. 607 Specimens from the Chalk of Norfolk, and Recent shells 21 February 1855 QJGS 11 Echinodermata from the Chalk of West Norfolk, and fossils from the Nar Clay 19 February 1864 QJGS 20 Cast of fragment of a tooth of Mastodon from Swaffham, Norfolk Cretaceous and Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Rose, John 29 March 1822 TGS(2) 1 Part of a fossil vegetable, coal mines in Shropshire Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Ross, D. 14 December 1821 TGS(2) 1 Aggregated cubes of fluorspar forming octahedra from the Beer Alston Lead and Silver Mines, near Tavistock, Devon Rosse, William, 3rd Earl, formerly Viscount Oxmantown (1800-1867) 1 May 1836 TGS(2) 5 Coal Shale, with Goniatites listeri, from the Bradford coal-field [W.Yorkshire[ (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 464, 17 February 1837) Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Royal Society 18 February 1814 TGS(l) 2 Nodule of ironstone Ruskin, John (1819-1900) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Fossils from the Stonesfield Slate, Oxon Jurassic fos.'iils at BGS. Russell, J. W. 6 June 1822 TGS(2) 1 Two fossil tusks and other bones of the Mammoth found at Ilford, in Essex Russell, Mr Coal Measure fossils from Glasgow at BGS Ruthven, John (ob.l868) Ludlow fossils from Howgill Fells, Yorkshire, at BGS. 128 D. T. MOORE. J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN Rutley, Frank (1842-1904) 20 February 1903 OJGS 59 Two microscope-sections of altered siliceous sinter from Builth (Brecknockshire) Ryan, James 4 November 1808 TGS( 1 ) 1 Specimens from the neighbourhood of Dudley [W. Midlands] (Catalogue of specimens, n.d., GSL Musll94) 2 December 1808 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from Ireland Rylands, Thomas Glazebrook (1818-1900) 21 February 1868 OJGS 24 Microscopic slide of fossil wood, from the Permian. Ashby (Letter, 13 May 1867, GSL LDGSL30) Salisbury, Miss Diana or Otteline 9 June 1821 TGS(l) 5 Fossils from Hordle Cliff, Hampshire 8 May 1824 TGS(2) 2 Fossil shells from Hordwell Cliff [Hampshire] Salmon, Henry Curwen (1827/8-1873) 21 February 1862 OJGS 18 Two specimens of boulders (granite) from the West Rosewarne Mine, Gwinear, Cornwall (Salmon, 1861) Salmond, William (d. 1838) 26 June 1823 TGS(2) I Stalactite 26 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Specimens of Magnesian Limestone from the south of the River Tees* Somerville, William [M.D.], and H. J. Brooke, Esq. 21 March 1817 'MS only', specimens from Barnstaple and Bovey Tracy [Devon] Sorby, Henry Clifton (1826-1908) 21 February 1855 QJGS 11 Specimens of impressed sandstones from the Lower Carboniferous rocks of Yorkshire Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Soulby, Mr 24 January 1866 'MS only", Sagenaria dichotoma from Coal Measures of Derbyshire Sowerby, James (1757-1822) 2 June 1808 TGS(l) Specimens of Kimeridge coal &c. (Letier. 11808]. GSL LDGSLl/3) 3 November 1809 TGS(l) 1 A large mass of Marble from Tiree, one of the Hebrides {Lelter. 31 October 1809. GSL Miisli22) 1 December 1809 TGS(l) 1 A specimen of fossil Alycynium found at Farringdon, Berks 6 December 181 1 TGS(l) 2 Sulphat of strontian from Knareshorough (N.Yorkshire]* 3 April 1812 TGS(l) 2 An undescribed fossil shell from Shropshire * A specimen of celestine (BMI9I1.616) from Knareshorough. Yorks, is noted in the BM(NH) records as being donated to the Geological Society in 'Nov 1811'. Sowerby, James De Carle (1787-1871) 21 February 1834 PGS 2 p. 28 Specimen of manganese from Upton Pyne [Devon] December 1837 'MS only' Minerals from Woolwich, London (Letter. 22 December 1837, GSL Miis2l25) Carboniferous, Jurassic and Tertiary fossils at BGS. Sparks, Joseph [of New Cross] 21 February 1862 QJGS 18 Specimen of Cyrena Bed from New Cross [London] Tertiary fossils at BGS. Spencer, Edward [FGS] (fl. 18.30-1837) 9 December 1830 TGS(2) 3 Fossils from Malton, Yorkshire (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 261 18 February 1831) 25 February 1832 TGS(2) 3 Cast of the head of a crocodile found in the London Clay at Sheppey JKent] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 426, 15 February 1833) Jura.tsic fossils at BGS. Spencer, J. F. [of Fonthill Gifford] 21 February 1851 OJGS 7 Specimen of silicilied coral from Tisbury, Wilts Jurassic fossils at BGS. Spiccr, Northcote. W. ]of Chard] 20 February 1863 QJGS 19 Large specimen of Ammonites rusticus, from the Chalk near Chard, Somerset A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF L0N130N, 1807-1911 133 Stanley, Rev. Edward ( 1779-1849) 18 December 1812 TGS(l) 2 Cobalt ore from Alderley Edge, Cheshire Staples, W. and Rev. G. Gordon. See Gordon and Staples Staples, W., G. Gordon and J. G. Malcolmson. See Malcolmson, Gordon and Staples Stapleton, Rev. J. C. [FGS] (fl. 1832-1844) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Sandstone cast of a Coal Measure plant (Bothrodendron) from Kcynsham [Avon] Statham, J. L. [of London) 19 February 1858 OJGS 14 Specimen of polished coral from Devon Stevens, Henry (d.l866) 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 50 Clay containing small bones from a superficial deposit near Duffield [Derbyshire] Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Stevens, W. Carboniferous Limestone fossils from Matlock, Derbyshire, at BGS Stewart, Colonel David ( 1772-1829) 9 July 1817TGS(I)5 Recent shells 16 January 1818 'MS only", simple minerals -from Devon and Cornwall- Still. Henry (1808/9-1885) 13 March 1839 TGS(2) 5 Plants from the Pembrokeshire coal-field. (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 194, 21 February 1840) Ordovician, Silurian and Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Stock, Edward [of Poplar] 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 50 Valvata antiqua and Unio pictorum from the Pleistocene deposit at Grays, Essex {Letter. 9 November 1842. GSL LR7I233) Pleistocene fossils at BGS. Stokes, Charles (1783-1853) 3 June 1814TGS(1) 2 Fossil belemnites 2 June 1815 'MS only", fossil madrepore 15 April 1816 TGS( I ) 3 Two specimens of Entomolites and carbonate of iron Street, Rev. H. Devonian fossils from Torquay, Devon, at BGS Strickland. Hugh Edwin (1811-1853) 4 December 1834 TGS(2) 4 Cast of a molar tooth of Mastodon angustidens from the Crag. Suffolk (Also reported PGS 2 p. 131) 20 February 1835 PGS 2 p. 131 Shells from the loam and gravel at Cropthorne. Worcestershire {Letter, 18 February 1835, GSL LRII193) (Strickland. 1834) December 1841 TGS(2) 6 Fossils from the Lias of Gloucestershire (Strickland. 1842). (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 622, 18 February 1842 and listed at PGS 3 p. 562) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 341 Slab of Keuper Sandstone with footsteps from Warwickshire; Specimen of Hybodus keuperi and other fossils from Keuper Sandstone of Warwickshire* and Gloucestershire* (Murchison & Strickland, 1840); Specimens from the Lias bone-bed at Coomb Hill and Defford Common, Gloucestershire; Remarkable concretions from the Tertiary Beds in the Isle of Man* (Strickland, 1843); Slabs with impressions caused by the motions of mollusca, &c. from the Lias, A SHORT HISTORY OKTHE MUSEUM OFTHEGEOLOGICAl SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-191 1 135 Wainlode Cliff, Gloucestershire (Strickland, 183cS); Freshwater shells from the Wealden Beds, Shotover Hill*, Oxon. Presented at various times 1 December 1852 'MS only", pseudomorphous crystals of halite, Keuper Sandstone (Strickland, 1853a) 18 February 1853 QJGS 9 Suite of specimens from the Ludlow Bone Bed at Hagley Park. Herefordshire (Strickland, 1853/)) * Many of Slrickland's New Red Sandstone rock specimens from Worcestershire, Warwick, Gloucestershire and Somerset given to the Geological Society Museum exist in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). Also surviving are the sandstone concretions from the Isle of Man. Silurian. Triasslc. Jurassic and Cretaceous fossils exist at BGS. Strutt, J. D. 5 December 1817 'MS only", calcedony on chert from Bakeweii and green fibrous limestone from Matlock [Derbyshire] Stutchbury, Samuel (1797-1859) 3 November 1841 TGS(2) 6 Ammonites from the Oxford Clay between Woolton Bassett and Chippenham [Wiltshire]; Specimens of Pachyodon; and palatal teeth of Acrodus from the Lias (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621 , 18 February 1842, and listed at PGS 3 p. 562) 19 February 1847 QJGS 3 Cast of head and paddle of a new species of Plesiosaurus Jurassic fossils at BGS. Stutherd, Mr Liassic corals at BGS Sutherland, Alexander Robert (d.l861) 4 March 1814 TGS(l) 2 Fossil nautilus and crystallized selenite April 1842 (otherwise undated) TGS(2) 6 A polished agate Symons, J. Upper Chalk fossils from Trimingham. Norfolk, at BGS Symonds, Sir William (1782-1856) 20 February 1846 QJGS 2 Specimen of the Pholas clavata in teak timber Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Symonds, Rev. William Samuel (1818-1887) 20 February 1857 QJGS 13 Specimens of altered syenite from the Malverns [Hereford and Worcester] (Symond, 1856) 21 February 1862 OJGS 18 Specimens of bones and rocks from the cuttings and tunnels of the Worcester and Hereford Railway (Symonds & Lambert, 1861) Taddy, Mrs and Miss Morris. See Morris & Taddy Tagart, Rev. Edward ( 1804-1858) 19 February 1847 QJGS 3 Cast in Hastings Sand of a supposed gigantic footstep . There are also seven specimens of an apparently unrecorded donation from Northern Ireland illustrating a paper by Tate & Holden (1870: 160). There are Jurassic, Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils at BGS. Tawney. Edward Bernard (1841-1882) Fossils from the Sutton Stone at BGS (Tawney. 1866) Taylor, B.C. Corallian fossils from near Oxford at BGS Taylor, G. Coal Measure fossils from Rolheram. Yorkshire, at BGS Taylor, H. Lower Chalk fossils from Dover. Kent, at BGS Taylor, John (1780-1863) 1 May 1812 TGS(l) 2 Calcareous spar from Tavistock [Devon] 1 April 1814TGS(1) 2 Specimens illustrative of Mr Taylor's section of the tunnel of the Tavistock canal (Tavlor. 1817fl) SJanuary 1816 TGS(l) 3 Specimens of coke (Taylor, 1817fc) 6 December 1816 TGS( 1) 4 Specimens of simple minerals 4 March 1820 TGS(l) 5 Native carbonate of zinc from Lord Ribbesdale's Mines, Yorkshire 11 December 1820 TGS(l) 5 Copper ore from the Calley copper mine in Scotland (Taylor, 1822)* 15 February 1821 TGS(l) 5 Capillary red oxide of copper, and schorl in quartz, Cornwall 2 April 1821 TGS(l) 5 Chert from the Mountain Limestone, Halkin. Flintshire 6 February 1823 TGS(2) 1 Specimens of Yellow Copper Ore 26 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Ores of silver from the Diluvium at Lawford [Northamptonshire] Tomes, Robert Fisher (1823-1904) Jurassic fossils at BGS. Topley, William (1841-1894)* * A rock specimen from Battle, Hastings, attributable to this unrecorded collector. survives in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NIl). There are fossils from boreholes at BGS. Traill, Thomas Stewart (1781-1862) 9 August 1815 TGS(l) 3 Iserine from the Cheshire shore opposite Liverpool (Traill, 1817) 9 September 1815 "MS only", iron sand from Cheshire Traherne, Rev. John Montgomery (1788-1860) 24 May 1819 TGS(l) 5 Specimens from Glamorganshire Trias. 10 February 1824 TGS(2) 2 Fragment of the upright stone in Rudstone Churchyard, near Bridlington, Yorkshire 10 January 1827 TGS(2) 2 Millstone Grit, containing small fragments of garnets 20 April 1827 TGS(2) 2 Specimens from the Whin Dyke in Cowpen Colliery, near BIyth in Northumberland 10 June 1828 TGS(2) 2 Two specimens from Tyne-Bottom-Limcslonc, Rowgill, near Alston, Cumberland; and one from a bed of conglomerate in diluvium, near Mitford in Northumberland 14 August 1834 rGS(2) 4 Specimens from the Channel Islands (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 131, as from Jersey, Guernsey and Sark) 28 June 1841 TGS(2) 6 A concretion from the Old Red Sandstone of Auchmilhie near Arbroath [Scotland] (Trevelyan, 1845); and a specimen of limestone furrowed bv drifted sand (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621 , 18 February 1842) Trimmer, Joshua (1795-1857)* 23 June 1841 TGS(2) 6 A series of freshwater and land shells, from Swale Cliff, Heme Bay, and Faversham, Kent (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842, with the donation below)* 28 June 1841 TGS(2) 6 Fossils from Houghton Hill (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842, with the above donation) 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 342 Fossils from the Cambrian slates of Pwllheli and Dolgelly [Gwynedd] A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-191 1 139 21 February 1855 QJOS 11 Shells from the mammaliferous gravel-beds of Orton [Northamptonshire] (Trimmer, 1854) * A rock specimen from the Oldhaveii Beds', perhaps corresponding to the donation of 23 June 1841. is extant in the Department of Mineralogy. BMfNII). Additionally two rock specimen, one from Clevedon. Somerset (Trimmer. 1853) and the other from Norfolk also survive, and there are four rock specimens from the Shrewsbury area of an apparently undated donation illustrating a paper by Trimmer (1835). There are Tertiary and Quaternary fossils at BGS. Trotter, Robert (d.l877) 16 March 1832 rGS{2) 3 Casts of two toe-bones found near Cuckfield [W.Sussex] (Also reported in PCS 1 p. 426 15 February 1833). Tucker, Benjamin (d. 1850/51) 9 August 1837 TGS(2) 5 Specimens of iron ore from Cornwall (Also reported in PGS 2, p. 608, 16 February 1838) Tucker, John (1792/.3-1873) 30 September 1817 TGS( 1 ) 5 Fossils from the Grey Chalk Marl, near West Mailing, Sussex [Kent] 21 November 1817 'MS only' Anomiae from the white marl at Folkstone [Kent] Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Tudor, John Owen [MGS] 3 December 1813 TGS(l) 2 Organic remains from Corwen in north Wales 15 April 1814TGS(1)2 Labrador felspar Carboniferous fossils at BGS. Tufnell, Rt Hon. Henry (1805-1854) 18 February 1853 OJGS 9 Specimens of fossil plants from the Shetland Islands (Tufnell, 1853) Turner, Samuel (d. 1849) 6 May 1814 TGS(l) 2 Fossil wood Jurassic fo.fsils at BGS. Turner, Rev. William (1761-1859) 6 January 1809 TGS( I ) 1 Specimens of the Whin-dyke and contiguous strata at Walker Colliery, Newcastle upon Tyne (Letter, W. Turner to J. Laird. 25 Jime 1808, GSL LDGSL28) Twamley, Charles (ob.l887) Coal Measure and Wenlock fo.ssils from Dudley. West Midlands, at BGS Twopenny, Mrs [of Rochester] 1 May 1828 TGS(2) 2 Fossil nautilus from Sheppy [Kent] Tyler, James Endell (1789-1851) 17 April, 1815 TGS(l) 3 Mountain Limestone, three miles from Newport, Gloucestershire Tylor, Alfred (1824-1884) Coralline Crag fossils from Orford, Suffolk, at BGS 140 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & I). L. MORGAN Undenvood, Thomas Richard (tl. 1813-1827) 9 November 1820 TGS(l) 5 Native copper on sulphate of barytes, Parys Mine [Anglesey]* 16 January 1824 TGS(2) 2 Limestone from Cotehele, Cornwall * This is the specimen of native copper now in the Department of Mineralogv. BMiNH), numbered BMI911,544. Verschoyle, Archdeacon Carboniferous fossils from Ireland are at BGS. Vetch, Captain James (1789-1869) 4 November 1817 TGS(l) 5 Specimens of chalk fused by heat, and of tufa from a boiler; specimens from Scotland 4 May 1819 TGS(l) 5 Fossils from the Chalk 30 March 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from Shetland 19 April 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens of Rocks from the Orkney Islands Cambridge 12 April 1815 rGS(l) 3 Fossil patellae from Minchin Hampton [Gloucestershire] 15 May 1815 'MS only' Slag from furnace 19 May 1815 TGS(l) 3 Specimens from Essex of fossil bones of the Elephant, Hippopotamus, Elk. Stag, and Buffalo, and of shells from the Crag pits 2 June 1815 TGSI 1 ) 3 Fossil teeth of the Elephant, Hippopotamus and Ox, from Essex and Suffolk 9 August 1815 'MS only' Specimens of a substance forming circular mounds along the edge of a large tract of sea marshes opposite to Mersea Island 3 November 1815 TGS(l) 3 Tufa enclosing land Shells from Stroud in Gloucestershire 5 January 1816 TGS(l) 3 Fossil teeth .and tusks> of the Hippopotamus .attributed to Warburton and Greenough in the manuscript minutes> 12 January 1816 rCiS( 1 ) 3 Clay from Walton cracking into prisms 7 February 1816 rGS(l ) 3 Clay from Reading .Berkshire* 23 September, 1816 TGS(l) 4 Fossil bones from Walton [on the Naze, Essex,] and fossils from Sheppey [Kent] 24 October, 1816 rGS(l) 4 Specimens of Lyas and its fossils from the .Frethern and Westbury* Cliffs on the Severn; Fossils of the Chalk .from Northfleet [Kent]> Also 24 October 1816 'MS only' Limestone from St Asaph and Conway [Gwynedd] 6 November 1816TGS(1) 4 Specimens of Bath Oolite, from Farleigh Down, near Bath [Avon] 1816 'MS only' Rocks and fossils from Cross, Somersetshire, Portishead and Shotover Hill and Headington [Oxfordshire]; Also fossils from the Farrington sponge bed 6 June 1817 TGS(l) 4 Fossils from the Stonesficid Slate 142 n. T. MOORR, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN 21 June 1817 TGS( 1 ) 5 Fossil Vertebra and Rib from the Stonesrield Slate -attributed to Buckland in the ms minutes> 1 August 1817 TGS(l) 5 Fossil shells found with the bones of the Elephant near Walton [on the Naze, Essex] 6 October 1817 TGS(I) 5 Fossils from the Stoneslield Slate; Various specimens and fossils .listed in detail in the Waste Book, 1241 1-12460. 5 December 1817 TGS( 1) 5 Specimens from the mines of Winslow, Cheshire 5 December 1817 'MS only', recent specimens of Venus rugosa 2 January 1818 'MS only, fossil organic remains 16 January 1818 1"GS(1) 5 Magnetic Iron Sand from Hunstanton [Norfolk] and antimonial galena eshire rocks specimens attrihuliible to Warhurton survive, nine specimens from Newhaven, Sussex, and seven specimens from localities in Surrey. The specimen of cerussite reported as given to the (ieological Society on 26 June 1823 appears to be BMI9ll,5H6-7. All are now in the Department of Mineralogy, RMINHj. There is a large collection of fossils at B(iS. Warburton, H., and M. Brochant de Villiers. See Brochant dc Villiers and Warburton Warburton, H., the Earl of Enniskillcn, R. L Murchison, Sir Philip Hgerton, C. Stokes and W. J. Broderip 20 February 1846 OJGS 2 Gigantic head of Ichthyosaurus, ihc remaining portion of a specimen already in the possession of the Society* • This specimen, purchased at the sale of the collection of James Johnson (c. 1 764-1 844), is still held by the Society at Burlington House. It is now joined to the piece given hv II. T. Dela Becheon20AprU 1827. A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-19 1 1 143 Ward, Rev. John (d. 1881) 31 March 183()TGS(2) 3 Specimens of Rostellaria macroptera (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 260, 18 February 1831) Tertiary fossils at BGS. Warne, Miss Elizabeth 14 January 1833 TGS(2) 5 A chaicedonic flint from Ridgeway between Dorchester and Weymouth [Dorset], and recent corals and scrpulae (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427, 15 February 1833. Letter. E. Warne to W. Lonsdale, n.d., GSL Musi 1 180) 7 February 1833 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 2 p. 28 Fossils from Weymouth [Dorset] (Letter, E. Warne to W. Lonsdale, n.d., GSL Musi 1 167) 1 1 March 1833 TGS(2) 3 and PGS 2 p. 28 Recent shells from the English coast Warren, Mr April 1841 TGS(2) 6 Specimen of Cyprina morrisii, from the Cemetery, Lower Norwood [London] (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 620, 18 February 1842) Tertiary fossils at BGS. Waters, Arthur William (1846/7-1929) 15 February 1878 QJGS 34 Specimens of lignites Watkins. Rev. Charles Frederick ( 1793-1873) 25 February 1832 TGS(2) 3 Chalk flints from the neighbourhood of Salisbury [Wiltshire] (Also reported in TGS(2) 3 on 6 June 1832 and PGS 1 p. 426, 15 February 1833. Letter. C. F. Watkins to W. Lonsdale. II February 1832. Musi 1 186) 9 January 1839 TGS(2) 5 Specimens of chaicedonic flints from Wiltshire (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 46, 15 February 1839) 27 March 1839 TGS(2) 5 Section of an Alcyonite in Hint (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 194,21 February 1840) Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Wavell, Dr William (d.l829) 2 May 1823 TGS(2) 1 Carbonate of soda found in cavities of the stone of which the tower of Stoke Church, Hartland [Devon], is built; Granite from Lundy island; Granite from Dartmoor; Old Red Sandstone with shells, Bristol [Avon[; Wavellite*; Substances found near Biddeford [Devon|, and used as a black pigment (Letter. W. Wavell to M. Faraday, n.d., BM(NH} M Mss) * The specimen of 'wavellite' survives in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH), numbered BM 191 1,608. Way, Dr 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Nautilus from the London Clay Weaver, Thomas (1773-1855) 14 December 1821 "MS only", specimens from the neighbourhood of Tortworth, Gloucestershire 16 November 1821 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from the district of Tortworth, Gloucestershire* (Index to the list of minerals, GSL Musi 124-26. See also Weaver, 1824) 8 June 1831 TGS(2) 3 Specimens from the south of Ireland (Weaver, 1837)* (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 351 , 17 February 1832 Letters, 31 May A 14 June 1831, GSL Mus 2II04-5) 22 December 1834 rGS(2) 4 Specimens from the coal of the south of Ireland* (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 131, 20 February 1835) 31 August 1841 TGS(2) 6 A collection of Silurian fossils from Pyrton and Tortworth, Gloucestershire (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842, and listed at PGS 3 p. 560) 144 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRA1 & D. L. MORGAN 17 February 1843 PGS 4 p. 49 Ammonites subvlaevis and callovicensis from the Kelloway Rock of Christian Malford. Wilts * Five rock specimens from Torlworlh. five rocks from the Irish Coal Measures and sixteen rock specimens from Waterford corresponding to these donations to the Geological Society of London Museum survive in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). Silurian, Carboniferous and Jurassic fossils at BGS. Webster. Thomas (1772-1844) 5 June 1812 TGS(l) 2 Alcyonia from the Isle of Wight (Webster, 1814. List of specimens, n.d.. GSL Musllll) 19 November 1813 TGS(l) 2 Specimens and fossils illustrative of Mr. Webster's Paper on the Strata above the Chalk* (Webster, 1814) 17 December 1813 TGS(l) 2 Specimens of strata and organic remains illustrative of his paper* (Webster, 1814) 7 January 1814 TGS(l) 2 Flints from the London gravel 9 November 1820 TGS(l) 5 Fossil vegetable from the freshwater formation. Isle of Wight 5 November 1824 TGS(2) 2 Specimens from the beds below the Chalk in the Isle of Wight * Forty three apparently unreported rock specimens from Purheck/ Portland illustrating a paper by Webster (1826) appear to survive. Also, a specimen illustrating a paper on English CretaceouslTertiary rocks (Webster, 1814). There are some apparently unrecorded mineral donations; these are of specimens of calcite from Durham, tww BM191 1,574; aragonite from Cumberland (BM1911 ,584-5); Two specimens of chalcopyrile (BM19I1, 550 from Llandudno, north Wales) and BM191 1,551-2 from Leicestershire, England. There is also an elaterite-bearing siderite nodule (BM191 1,542) from Yorkshire. All these collections are now in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). There are Cretaceous, Tertiary and Quaternary fossils at BGS. Westminster. The Very Rev. Dean of. see Buckland. W, Weston. Charles Henry (1802/3-1874) 18 Feburary 1848 QJGS 4 Series of fossils from the Oxford Clay in the Ridgway cutting [Dorset] (Weston, 1848) Jurassic fossils at BGS. Wetherell, I. W. Upper Chalk fossils from Gravesend, Kent, at BGS. Wetherell, Nathaniel Thomas (1800-1875) 8 June 1832 TGS(2) 3 A collection of fossils found in the London Clay at Highgate Archway [London]* (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427. 15 February 1833 with the donation below. Letter, 7 June 1832, GSL Musl/44) (Wetherell, 1832'a) 31 December 1833 TGS(2) 3 Specimens of Ophiura from the London Clay at Child's Hill near Hampstead JLondon] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 427. 15 February 1833) (Wetherell. 1832/?) 1 May 18.34 TGS(2) 4 Cast of a palatal bone from the Chalk (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 130, 20 February 1835, see also below) 20 July 1834 TGS(2) 4 Specimens from the London Clay at Hornsey ]Londonl (Letter, 16 July 1834, GSL LRl/78) 12 November 1834 TGS(2) 4 Specimens from the loam of Muswell Hill, and additional specimens from a well at Hornsey [London] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 130, 20 February 1935. Letter, 8 November 1834, GSL LR1II06) 1 May 1836 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the London Clay, near Chalk Farm [London]* A SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-191 1 145 (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 464, 17 February 1837. Letter, N. T. Wetherell to W. Lonsdale. 8 Mav 1836. GSL Mu.sl/144) 13 April 1839 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the London Clav (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 195, 21 February 1840. Letter. N. T. Wetherell to W. Lonsdale. 16 April 1839. GSL Mii.s2l35} 21 February 1840 PGS 3 p. 195 Specimens from Muswell Hill, and the London Clay near Chalk Farm* (Letter. N. T. Wetherell to W. Lonsdale. 31 October 1839. GSL Mus2l39) 6 May 1841 TGS(2) 6 Specimens from the gravel of Cold Fall Wood, near Muswell Hill [London] (Also reported in PGS 3 p. 621, 18 February 1842) 15 February 1850 OJGS 6 Specimens from the London Clay at Chalk Farm, and from the gravel pits of Muswell Hill [London] (Letter. N. T. Wetherell to J. Nicol. 12 July 1849. GSL LDGSL 30) 17 Feburary 1854 QJGS 10 Suite of fossils from the London Clay 19 February 1858 OJGS 14 A skull of Bos longifrons from Waltham [Essex], and some fossils from the London Clay 18 February 1859 QJGS 15 Nodules, etc., from the London Clay* 19 February 1864 QJGS 20 Collection of bones of the horse, ox, deer, etc., from Walthamstow [London] * Two clay specimens from Highgate and eleven rock specimens from Chalk Farm are extant. There is also a specimen labelled 'Septaria . . .' perhaps connected with the donation noted in QJGS 15. All are now in the Department of Mineralogy. BM(NH). Tertiary and Qiiaternarv fossils are held at BGS. Wheeler, Charles Chalk and Lower Greensand fossils from the Isle of Wight at BGS. Whitaker, William (1836-1925) Pleistocene erratics from Muswell Hill. London, and Oldhaven Beds fossils from Sundridge. Kent, at BGS. Whitby Stone Company 30 August 1837 TGS(2) 5 Specimens of the Whitby and White-house building-stone, and of the Whitby porcelain earth, in contact with a Whinstone dyke (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 608, 16 February 1838) (Letter. //. Belcher. 16 September 1837. GSL Mus2l9) White, Henry Campbell (1815/6-1875) 16 January 1824 TGS(2) 2 Chalcedony in chalk flint, from the neighbourhood of Hemel Hempstead [Hertfordshire] (Also reported in TGS(2) 2 on 8 April 1824) 11 March 1824TGS(2) 2 Orthoceratite in limestone 16 March 1831 TGS(2) 3 A Septarium from the gravel at Baldock, in Hertfordshire 25 February 1832 TGS(2) 3 Chalk flints from Hemel Hempstead [Hertfordshire] (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 426, 15 February 1833) 12 June 1833 TGS(2) 3 Chalcedonic flints from Hemel Hempstead [Hertfordshire] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 29, 21 February 1834) 17 November 1833 TGS(2) 4 Fossil wood perforated by Teredina personata 27 November 1835 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the chalk of Hemel Hempstead [Hertfordshire] 27 September 1836 TGS(2) 5 Fossils from the chalk near Hemel Hempstead [Hertfordshire] 17 February 1837 PGS 2 p. 464 Specimens from the Chalk of various parts of England 1 June 1842 TGS(2) 6 Geological specimens from Jersey 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 343 Specimens of chalcedony and fossils from the Chalk at Hemel Hempstead, Herts Cretaceous fossils at BGS. 146 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN White. John, through H. C. White 21 March 1828 TGS(2) 2 Tooth of the mammoth, from the Kensington Canal, near the Hammersmith road [London] White, Miss [of Swanscombe] 21 February 1845 PGS 4 p. 534 Crustaceans and Nautili from the London Clay, Isle of Sheppey [Kent] White, Robert (b.l814) [of Cowes, FGS| 16 February 1844 PGS 4 p. 343 Remains of fish from the London Clay of Sheppey, and mammalian teeth and bones from the Pleistocene deposit at Erith, Kent 19 February 1858 QJGS 14 Series of fossils from the Tertiaries, Chalk and Wealden of the Isle of Wight, in mahogany glazed case 17 February 1860 QJGS 16 Lepidotus teeth, &c., from the Wealden at Brook Point [Isle of Wight] Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Whitley, Nicholas 20 February 1863 QJGS 19 Flint-flakes from Croyde Bay, Devon, and from the South Downs (Whitley, 1862) Whitham, Henry Thomas Maire (1779-1844) 12 August 1831 rGS(2) 3 Four casts of impressions in red sandstone (Also reported in PGS 1 p. .\52, 17 February 1832) Wiest, Johannes (1817-1883) and Rev. T. Walrond 21 February 1855 QJGS 1 1 Fossils from the green-grained chalk of Chardstock [Devon] Triassic and Cretaceous fossils at BGS. Wiggins, John (d. 1863) March 1842 TGS(2) 6 A group of three basaltic columns from the Giants" Causeway (Also reported in PGS 4 p. 49. 17 February 1843) Wilkinson, James 3 March 1809 TGS(l) 1 A fossil elephant's tusk, tooth and bone found in a gravel pit near Bath (Letter. 30 January 1809. GSL Miis 11162} 7 June 1S16TGS(I) 3 Fossil bones from lluscs from County Cork at BGS Yale, R. Fossils from the Lower Lias of Weslbury Gardens Cliff, Gloucestershire, at BGS Yates, Rev. James (1789-1871)* 6 January 1820 TGS(l) 5 Specimens of a variety of Limestone from Staffordshire called CurL in illustration of a paper on the subject (Yates. 1821) 12 June 1822 TGS(2) 1 Specimens from the quartz rock of Bromsgrove Lickie [Hereford and Worcester] (Yates, 1826) 26 June 1823 TGS(2) 1 Calciferous sandstone from Hollington with the impressions of univalves and bivalves 28 January 1825 TGS(2) 2 Specimens from the gravel on the Red Marl in the midland counties (Catalogue of specimens, GSL Mus2l2) 28 December 1830 TGS(2) 3 Vegetable remains from the South Staffordshire Coal- Field and a collection of geological specimens (Also reported in PGS 1 p. 261 18 February 1831) 28 September 1831 TGS(2) 3 and PGS I p. 352 Rock specimens from Lancashire and minerals from Cornwall 10 March 1836 TGS(2) 5 Petrified wood with hazel nuts, from a submarine forest and bog on the Irish coast, described in the [P' series] Geological Transactions, vol. 4. p. 443 (Macdonnell, 1817) (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 463) 14 December 1836 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from the New Red Sandstone and conglom- erate at Allesley, Warwickshire* (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 464, 17 February 1837) 23 February 1837 TGS(2) 5 Specimens from Cornwall (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 607, 16 February 1838) 18 February 1848 OJGS 4 Impressions in sandstone of the Coal Formation, from Hemsworth near Sheffield [S. Yorkshire] * Three specimens of New Red Sandstone rocks from Allesley near Coventry are housed in the Department of Mineralogy, BM(NH). Also extant are two red sandstones from Fillongley and two from Tuttle Hill. There are also three rock specimens and some pebbles from Shropshire, perhaps connected with Yates's (1827) paper, and two conglomerates. It is not known when the specimen of prehnite attributed to Yates, now BMI9n .604, was given to the Geological Society. There are Silurian and Carboniferous fossils at BGS. 150 n. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAV & D. L. MORGAN Yates, James and Rev. Buckland. See Buckland & Yates Yorke, Captain Charles Philip (17W-1873) |R.N.| 4 June 1834 TGS(2) 4 Carbonate of strontia with calcareous spar and brown iron ore, from the Forest of Dean [Gloucestershire] (Also reported in PGS 2 p. 130, 20 February 1835) Young, James Forbes (1796-1860) 19 February 1858 QJGS 14 Granitic boulders &c from the Chalk of Croydon [Surrey] Young. Professor John (1835-1902) and Young. John (1823-1900) y February 1875 QJGS 31 Mounted specimens of Palaeocoryne and Carboniferous Polyzoa (Young & Young. 1874) Young. William [MGS] 3 May 1811 TGS(l) 1 Specimens from High-Cliff in Hampshire ACKNOVVLEDCJEMENTS The authors acknowledge with gratitude the help received from the staff of the Department of Library Services at the Natural History Museum, and in particular from Ann I.um and F.ileen Brunton of the Palaeontology/Mineralogy Library. Sheila Meredith and Wendy Cawthorne were always helpful at the Geological Society Library. Information on the Geological Society fossil collections was supplied by Ron Cleevely of the BM(NH). and Hugh Ivimey-Cook and Beris Cox of the British Geological Survey. For permission to use his unpublished list of Geological Society donors to the BGS collection, the authors are grateful to Adrian Morter. Brian Page, formerly of Keele University, prepared a donation list for the entire Geological Society collection. British and foreign, and this provided useful information in the final stages of our researches. Mr Arthur Ward kindly lent one of us (DTM) his computer and Hugh Torrens. Keele Univesily. made these notes available, and gave us much other help. REFERENCES Aikin, A. hsll. Observations on the Wrekin. and on the Great Coalfield of Shropshire. Trimsaclions of the Geological Society of London ( 1 ) 1 : 191-212 1816. Some observations on a bed of trap occurring in the colliery of Birch Hill, near Walsall. in Staffordshire. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)3: 2.^ I-X 1817. Notice of some peculiarities observed in the gravel of Litchfield. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 426-429 1827. Notes on the geological structure Cadcr Idris. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 27i-27H Alexander, H. 1X54. On remains of fish in Hint Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 10: 334 Anon, 1876. The new museum of the Geological Society. Nature. London 13: 227-8 lyoi. The Geological Society and its museum. Nature. London 64: 57 Anstice, R. 182 1 . Notice of the discovery of some fossil bones in Somersetshire. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)5: 611 Au.sten, R. A. C. [Godwin-Austen] 1834. [See footnote on p. 652 and p. 684 in Sedgwick and Murchison (1840)] • [Godwin-Austen] 1842. On the geology of the south-east of Devonshire. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 6: 433-89 A SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-19 1 1151 [Godwin-Austen] 1843. On the geology of the south-east of Surrey. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 4: 167-73 Austin, T. IS3y. Observations relative to the elevation of land on the shores of Waterford Haven during the human period, and on the geologieal strueture of the district. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 3: 36()-2 Bailey, T. F. IS41. On the gravel deposits in the neighbourhood of Basford. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 3: 411-3 Bennet, H. G. 1817. On a Whin Dyke traversing limestone in the country of Northumberland. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 102—4 Berger, J. F. 181 la. Observations on the physical structure of Devonshire and Cornwall. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)1: 93- 1 84 181 \h. A sketch of the geology of some parts of Hampshire & Dorsetshire. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)1: 249-267 1814. Mineralogical account of the Isle of Man. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)2: 29-65 Binfield, W. R. & Bintield, H. 1 854. On the occurrence of fossil insects in the Wealden strata of the Sussex coast. (Juarlerly Journal of the Geological Society of London 10: 171-6 Binney, E. W. 1862. On some LIpper Coal Measures, containing a bed of limestone at Catrine in Ayrshire. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 18: 437^3 Bishop. A. C, Jones, V., Moore, D. T. & Woolley, A, R. 1971 . Catalogue of the Rock Collections in the lintish Museum (Natural History). 1 16pp Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History). London. Blake, J. F. 1902. List of the type and figured specimens in the collection of the Geological Society. [vi]. 100, xxxii pp. Taylor & Francis, London. Bogg, E, 1816. A sketch of the geology of the Lincolnshire Wolds. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)3: 392-98 Bostock, J. 1824. Notice respecting the pebbles in the bed of clay which covers the new red sandstone in the S.W. of Lancashire. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 138-139 Bowerbank, J. S. 1839. An account of a deposit containmg land shells at Gore Cliff. Isle of Wight. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2: 449 Brande, W. T. 1816. A descriptive catalogue of the British specimens deposited in the geological collection of the Royal Institution, xvi + 212pp. London. Brickenden, L. 1851. On the occurrence of the boulder clay in the limestone quarry. Linksheld, Elgin. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society 7: 289-92 Bright, R. 1817. On the strata in the neighbourhood of Bristol. With notes extracted from the communications of George Cumberland. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 193-205 Brodie, P. B. 1842. Notice of the occurrence of plants in the Plastic Clay of the Hampshire coast. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 3: 592 1850. On certain beds in the Inferior Oolite, near Cheltenham Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 6: 239—49 Brown, J. 1836. A description of the geological conditions of the Chalk, and argillaceous beds, at Ballingdon Hill. Essex, with inferences. Magazine of Natural History 9: 42—46 1852. On the Upper Tertiarics at Copford. Essex. Quarterly Jmirnal of the Geological Society of London %: 184-93 Buckland, W. 1817«. Decription of an insulated group of rocks of slate and greenstone, in Cumberland and Westmoreland, on the east side of Appleby, between Melmcrby and Murton. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 105-16 1817/7. Descriptions of a series of specimens from the Plastic Clay near Reading. Berks: with observations on the formation to which those beds belong. Transactions of the Geological Society o/Lo/u/. On the freshwater strata of Hordwell Cliff, and Barton Cliff, Hampshire. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 287-92 MacCulloch, J. 18l4rt. On certain products obtained in the distillation of wood, with some account of bituminous . . . stones and remarks on coal. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)2: 1-28 18146. Remarks on the vitriHed forts of Scotland. Transactions of the Geological Socitv of London (,\) 2: 255^14 1814f . Remarks on several parts of Scotland which exhibit quartz rock, and on the nature and connections of this rock in general. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)2: 45(1- 86 1814(/. On the junction of trap and sandstone at Stirling Castle. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)2: 3(I.S-8 1816«. Sketch of the mineralogy of Sky [sic|. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)3: l-lll 18166. A geological description of Glen Tilt. Transactions of the Geological Society of London U) 3: 259-?,?i7 1817a. Corrections & additions to the Sketch of the Mineralogy of Sky, published in the 3rd volume of the Transactions of the Geological Society. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (\) 4: 156-192 18176. Observations on the hill of Kinnoul, Perthshire. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 220-32 Macdonell 1817. Extracts from a letter to Mr Horner. In. Extracts from the Minute Book. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 443 Mackenzie, A. C. 1863. [Abstract] On the occurrence of a bituminous mineral at Mountgerald, Scotland. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 19: 522—1 Mackintosh, D. 1869. On the correlation, nature and origin of the drifts of northwest Lancashire and a part of Cumberland, with remarks on denudation. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 25: 407-431 Maclauchlan, H. 1842. Notes accompanying some fossils collected by the author, and Mr H. Still, during their employment on the Ordnance Survey in Pembroke. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2)6: 557-560 Malcolmson, J. G. 1838. On the occurrence of Wealden strata at Linktield, near Elgin; on the remains of fishes in the Old Red Sandstone of that neighbourhood; on raised beaches along the adjacent coast. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2: 667-9 Mantell, G. I824«. Notice accompanying some specimens from the blue chalk marl of Bletchingley. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 1: 421 18246. Description of some fossil vegetables of the Tilgate Forest in Sussex. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) I: 423-4 1826. On the Iron-sand formation of Sussex. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2)2: 131-34 1835. On the bones ot birds from the strata of Tilgate Forest in Sussex. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2: 203 156 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN 1837. On the bones of birds discovered in the strata of Tilgate Forest, in Sussex. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 5: 175-7 1S46. Notes on the Wealden strata of the Isle of Wight, with an account of the bones of Iguanodons and other reptiles discovered at Brook Point and Sandown Bay. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 2: 104-6 Mantell, R. N. KS50. On the strata and organic remains exposed in the cuttings of the branch railv^av from the Great Western line near Chippenham, through Trowbridge, to Westbury in Wiltshire. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 6. 310-9 Marshall, W. 1826. On carbonate of copper in the Magnesian Limestone at Newton Kyme. near Tadcaster. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 140-1 Martin, P. J. 1834. On the geology of the vicinity of Pulborough. Sussex. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London I: 19-20 Mello, J. M. 1870. On an altered clay-bed and sections in Tideswell Dale. Derbyshire. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 26: 701^ 1875. On some bone-caves in Crcswell Crags. With an appendix by Prof. G. Busk. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 31: 679-91 1884. Note on a specimen of Iron Amianthus. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London. Session 1883-84: 65 Miller, D. P. 1986. Method and the 'micropolitics' of science: the early years of the Geological and Astronomical societies of London. In J. S. A. and R. R Yeo (eds). The politics and rhetoric of scientific method. Riedel Publishing Co. Moore, D. T. 1982fl. An account of those described rock collections in the British Museum (Natural History) made before 1918; with a provisional catalogue arranged by continent. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) (Historical Series) 10: 141-177 1982i>. Geological collectors and collections of the India Museum. London. 1801-79. Archives of Natural History 10: 399^27 Moore. E. 1842. A notice on the fossil bones found on the surface of a raised beach at the Hoe near PKmouth. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 3: 589-90 Moore, J. C. 1849. On some fossiliferous beds in the Silurian rocks of Wigtonshire and Ayrshire. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 5: 7-12 Morris, J. 1837. On the strata usually termed Plastic Clay. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2: 450-2 Murchison, R. 1. 1826. Geological sketch of the northwestern extremity of Sussex, and the adjoining parts of Hants and Surrey. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 97-107 1827. On the coal-field of Brora in Sutherlandshire. and some other stratified deposits in the north of Scotland. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 293-326 1828. Supplementary remarks on the strata of the Oolitic series and the rocks associated with in Sutherland. Ross, and the Hebrides. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 353-368 1832a. The structure of the Cotteswold Hills and country ariiund Cheltenham. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 1 : 388-390 I832fc. [Letter from G. Gordon to Sir Robert I. Murchison. concerning the existance of "lias" in northeastern Scotland] Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 1: 394 1833. On the sedimentary deposits which occupy the western parts of Shropshire and Hereford and are prolonged from N.E. to S.W. through Radnor. Brecknock and Cacrmarthenshires, with descriptions of the accompanying rocks of intrusive or igneous characters. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 1 : 470-477 1834a. On the Old Red Sandstone in the counties of Hereford. Brecknock and Caermarlhcn, with collateral observations on the dislocations which affect the north-west margin of the south Welsh coal-basin. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2: 11-13 1834/). On certain trap rocks in the counties of Salop. Montgomery. Radnor. Brecon. Caermarthern. Hereford and Worcester and the effects produced by them upon the stratified deposits. Proceedings of the Geological .Society of London 2: 85-93 1834c. A general view of the New Red Sandstone series in the counties of Salop. Stafford. Worcester and Gloucester. Proceedings of the geological Society of London 2: 115-118 1839. The Silurian System, xxxii 768pp. John Murray. London. \ SHORT HISTORY OF THE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-19 I 1 1 57 & Strickland. H. E. 1840. On the upper formations of the New Red Sandstone system in Gloucestershire, Worcestershire and Warwickshire. Transiulions of the Geological Socierv of London (2) 5: y^l-MH , Strickland, H. E, & Buckman, J. 1S44 (2nd edn.). Outline of the geology of the neighhical Society of London 2: 260 Richardson, W. 1S36. A notice on the occurrences of selenite in the sands of the Plastic Clay at Bishopstone near Heme Bay. Proceedini^.s of the Geological Society of London 2: 222-3 Rickman, C. 1S61. On the sections of strata in the excavations for the south high-level sewer at Dulwich; with notes of the fossils found there and at Pcckham. Quarterly Journal of the Geoloi;ical Society of London 17: 6 Rofe, J. 1834. Observations on the geological structure of the neighbourhood of Reading Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2)5: 1 27-30 Rudwick, M. J. S. 1963 The foundation of the Geological Society of London: its scheme for co- operation research and its struggle for independence . British Journal for the History of Science 1 : 325-55 Rushton, A. W. A. 1979. The fossil collection of the Institute of Geological Sciences. Special Paper in Palaeontology 22: 57-66 Salmon, H. C. 1861. On the occurrence of large granite boulders, at a great depth, in West Rosewarne Mine. Gwinnear, Cornwall. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 17:517-22 Salter, J. W. 1863. On the discovery of Paradoxides in Britain Quarterly Journal of the Geological Socily of London 19: 274-7 Sargent, F. 1822. Notice on Fullers-Earth found in chalk in Sussex. Tansactions of the Geological Society of London ( 1 ) 1: 168 Scrope, G. P. 1831. On the rippled markings of many of the Forest Marble Beds north of Bath, and the foot tracks of certain animals occurring in great abundance on their surfaces. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 1: 315-8 Sedgwick, A. 1829. On the geological relations and internal structure of the Magncsian Limestone, and the lower portion of the New Red Sandstone Series in their range through Nottinghamshire, Derbyshire, Yorkshire and Durham to the southern extremity of Northumberland. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 3: 37-124 & Murchison, R. I. 1828. On the old conglomerates, and other secondary deposits, on the north coast of Scotland. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London I (No8): 77-80 & 1829rt. On the structure and relations of the deposits contained between the Primary rocks and the Oolite Series in the north of Scotland. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2)3: 125-160 & 1829fc. On the geological relations of the Secondary strata in the Isle of Arran. Transactions of the Geological Society of Loiuion (2) 3: 21-36 Sharpe, D. 1843. On the Silurian rocks of the south of Westmoreland and north of Lancashire. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 4: 23-9 1854. On the age of the fossiliferous sands and gravels of Farringdon and its neighbourhood; and descriptions of some of the Farringdon fossils. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 10: 176-98 Shrubsole, W. H. 1889. Notes on the radiolaria of the London Clay. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 45: 121— t Smith, G. V. 1884. On further discoveries of the footprints of vertebrate animals ni I he Lower New Red Sandstone of Penrith. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 40: 479 81 Smith, W. Campbell 1982. Seventy years of research in mineralogy and crystallography in the Department of Mineralogy, British Museum (Natural History), under the Keepership of Story- Maskelyne, Fletcher and Prior: 1857-1927, Hullctin of the British Museum (Natural History) (Historical Scries) 10: 45-74 Sollas, W. J. 1879. On some three-toes footprints from the Triassic Conglomerate of smith Wales With a supplement bv J. Storrie. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 35: 511-6 Stokes, C. 1822. Notice acconipanyuig specimens of lead ore, found in Toadstone. from near Matlock, Derbyshire. Transactions of the Geological Society of o) London (2) 1: 163 Strickland, H. F,. 1834, (Letter concerning the] Boundaries of the Red Marl and Lias in the district adjacent to Pershore |...| Worcester. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 2: 5-7 1838. On certain impressions on the surface of the Lias bone-bed in (ilouceslershire Proceedings oj the Geological Society of London 4: 16-8 \ SHORT HISTORY OFTHE MUSEUM OFTHE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1807-191 1 159 1842. Memoir descriptive of a series of coloured sections of the cuttings on the Birmingham and Gloucester Railway. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 6: 546-55 1843. On some remarkable concretions in the Tertiary beds of the Isle of Man. Proceedini^s of the Geological Society of London 4: 8-U) 1853o. On pseudomorphous crystals of chloride of sodium in Keuper Sandstone, Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 9: 5-8 1853/'. On the distribution and organic contents of the 'Ludlow Bone Bed' in the Districts of Woolhope and May Hill. With a note on the seed-like bodies found in it, by Dr J. D. Hooker. Quarlerlv Journal of the Geological Society of London 9: X-1 1 Symonds, W. S. 1856. On the trap dykes intersecting syenite in the Malvern Hills, Worcestershire. Quarlerlv Journal of the Geological Society of London 12: 382 & Lambert, A. 1861. On the sections of Malvern and Lebury Tunnels (Worcester and Hereford Railway); and the intervening line of railroad: with a note of the fossils by J. W. Salter, FGS. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 17: 152-62 Tagart, E. 1846. On the markings in the Hastings Sand beds near Hastings, supposed to be the footprints of birds. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 2: 267 Tate, R. 1867. On the fossiliferous development of the zone of Ammonites angulatus Schloth. in Great Britain. Quarlerlv Jininial of the Geological Society of London 23: 3(15-14 & Holden, J. S. 1871). On the iron-ores associated with the basalts of the northeast of Ireland. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 26: 151-64 Tawney, E. B. 1866. On the western limit of the Rhaetic Beds in south Wales, and on the position of the Sutton Stone; with a note on the corals, by P. Martin Duncan. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 22: 69-92 Taylor, J. I817fl. Description of the tunnel of the Tavistock Canal through Mornwell, Devon. Transactions of ihe Geological Society of London (1)4; 146-55 1817fc. [Communication of 5 January 1816 concerning coke] Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 448-9 — 1822. Notice of a copper mine at Cally, Kircudbrightshire. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) I: 164-165 Thackray, J. C. 1989. A note on the Geological Society donation list. GCG. The Geological Curators: 100 Torrens, H. S. 1975. Geological collections and collectors of note: 4 The Bath geological collections. GCG. Newsletter of the Geological Curators Group I: 88-124 Traill, T. S. 1817. Notice of iserine and magnetite iron sand in Cheshire. In, Extracts from the Minute Book . Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 447 Trevelyan, W. C. 1845. On fractured boulders found at Auchmethie, near Arbroath (North Britain). Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London I. 147-8 Trimmer, J. 1853. On the southern termination of the erratic Tertiaries and on the remains of a bed of gravel on the summit of Clevedon Down, Somersetshire. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 9: 282-86 1854. On some mammaliferous deposits in the valley of the Nene, near Peterborough. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 10: 343-6 Tufnell, H. 1853. Notice of the discovery of fossil plants in the Shetland Islands, in a letter to Sir R. 1. Murchison F.G.S. with remarks on the fossil plants by Dr J. D. Hooker. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 9: 49-50 Vine, J. 1821. [Communication of 2 March 1821] Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)5:624 Watts, W. W. 1926. Address of the President: Fifty years work of the Mineralogical Society. Mineralogical Magazine 21: 106-24 Warburton, H. 1817. On some beds of shell marie in Scotland. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 305-9 Weaver, T. 1824. Geological observations on part of Gloucestershire and Somerset. Transactions of the Geological Society of London ( 2 ) \: 31 7-68 1837. On the geological relations of the south of Ireland. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 5: 1-68 Webster, T. 1814. On the freshwater formations in the Isle of Wight, with some observations on 160 D. T. MOORE, J. C. THACKRAY & D. L. MORGAN the Strata over the Chalk in the southeast part of England. Transactions of the Geological Socily of London (1)2: 161-254 1826. Observations on the Purbcek and Portland Beds. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 37^4 Weston, C. H. 1848. On the geology of Ridgway. near Weymouth. Quarterly .l/nirnal of the Geological Society of London 4: 245-56 Weindling, P.J. 1^79. Geological controvcrsey and its historiography: the prehistory of the Geological Society of London. In, L. J. Jordanova and R. S. Porter (eds) Images of the Earth. BSHS Monograph 1: 1-282 Wethcrell, N. f. 1832a. Observations on the London Clay of the Highgate Archway. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 1: 403 1832/5. On Ophiura found at Child's Hill, to the N.W. of Hampstead. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London 1:417 Whitley, N. 1862. (Abstract] On some flint arrow-heads from near Baggy Point, North Devon. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 18: 1 14-5 Williams, D. 1837. Extract from a letter by the Rev. David Williams, F.G.S. on the raised beaches in Barnstable or Bideford Bay. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 5: 287-8 Winch, N. J. IS17. Observations on the geology of Northumberland and Durham. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)4: 1-101 Wood, S. V. 1859. On the extraneous fossils of the Red Crag. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 15: 32—46 1868. On the pebble-beds of Middlesex, Essex and Herts. Quarterley Journal of the Geological Society of London 24: 464-72 Woodward, H. B. 1907. The history of the Geological Socety of London. 336pp. The Geological Society. London. Yates. J. 1821. Account of a variety of argillaceous limestone, found in connection with the ironstone in Staffordshire. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (1)5: 'il5~'in 1826. Notice respecting the quartz rock of Bromsgrove Lickie. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 137-9 1827. Observations on the structure of the border country of Salop and north Wales; and of some detached groups of Transition Rocks in the Midland counties. Transactions of the Geological Society of London (2) 2: 237-64 Young, j. & Young, J. 1874. On new Carboniferous Polyzoa. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 30: 684—9 ^ Revista Latinoamericana de Historia de las Ciencias y la Tecnologia Editor: Juan Jose Saldana (University of Mexico) Quipu (Latin American Journal of History of Science and Technology), is devoted to the history of science and tech- nology in Latin America, Founded in 1984, it is published three times a year. Contributions are welcome and articles are accepted in Spanish. English, Portuguese and French. Quipu has become indispensable for all those who study Latin Ameri- can science and technology as well as for scholars interested in the diffusion of science in different cultural contexts. Suscription rates for 1989. including postage and handling: Latin America: Individual US $25 Institutional US $40 All other regions: Individual US $25 Institutional US $60 A complementary collection oi Quipu is: QUIPU NOTEBOOKS The price of each volume, including postage and handling: Latin America: US $10 All other regions: US $15 Orders and suscriptions by check or money order: Quipu. Apartado Postal 21-873, 04000 Mexico, D.F. MEXICO CONTENTS '^ John Frederick Marshall and the British Mosquitoes KEITH & SUSAN SNOW D T MOORE, J. C, THACKRAY & D. L MORGAN r Bulletin British Museum (Natural History) HISTORiCALSERIES Vol. 19, No. 1, June1991 Bulletin British Museum (Natural Histor u'^MrUriAi HISTORY) 3 0 DEC 1991 Historical Series KS?i^^;^^^ VOLUME 19 NUMBER 2 19 DECEMBER 1991 Ihe Bulletin oj the British Museum of.Satural History, instituted in 1949. is issued in four scientific series. Botany, Entomology, Geology (incorporating Mineralogy) and Zoology, and an Historical Series. The Historical Series is edited in the M useum's Department of Library Services Head of Department: Mr R. E. R. Banks Editor; Miss P. Gilbert Papers in the Bulletin are primarily the results of research earned out on the unique and ever-growing collections of the Museum, both by the scientific staff and by specialists from elsewhere who make use of the Museum's resources. Many of the papers are works of reference that will remain indispensable for years to come. A volume contains about 256 pages, made up of two numbers: published Spring and Autumn. Subscriptions may be placed for one or more of the series on an Annual basis. Individual numbers and back numbers can be purchased and a Bulletin catalogue, by series, is a\ ailable. Orders and enquiries should be sent to: Sales Department. Natural History Museum Publications, Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD rf'/e/?/)o«e. 071-938-9386 Fav. 071-938-9212 H^o/-W Z./.S7 abbreviation: Bull. Br. Mus. not. Hi.'it {hisl. Ser.) ® British Museum (Natural History), 1991 ISBN 0 565 09016 X Historical Series ISSN 0068 2306 Vol 1 9, No. 2. pp 1 6 1 -224 British Museum (Natural History) Cromwell Road London SW7 5BD Issued 19 December 1991 Typeset by J&L Composition Ltd, Filey, North Yorkshire Printed in England by Henry Ling Ltd, The Dorset Press, Dorchester. Dorset Hull Br. Mm. Nat. Hist. (Hist. Ser) 19(2); lfil-2:4 Issued m December 1991 jr-:,,.! g^^j??? Carcinology in The Natural | ^^^^^^^ mm History Museum, London; the \ 3 0 DEC 195 brachyuran crab collections and ^^^^|^i their curation from 1813-1904 L-,--— — — - (Leach to Caiman) R.W. INGLE Department of Zoology, The Natural History Museum, London CONTENTS Introduction 161 The Early Years: Shaw to Leach, ( I80fy-1822) 163 The Mid-Years: Samoucllc to White (1822-1863) 165 The Later Years: A. G. Butler to W. T. Caiman (1863-1904) 173 Registers and Indexes 184 Concluding Remarks 186 Endnotes 1 86 Acknowledgements 198 References 198 Appendix 208 Abstract. The nucleus of zoological research collections in the Natural History Museum. London, was formed during the ninteenth and early part of this century. This study appraises the crustacean collections containing brachyuran crabs acquired during the period between 1813 and 1904, when the crustaceans were under the care of various successive staff members, commencing with William Elford Leach and terminating with William Thomas Caiman. During that period the collections were enriched from many sources. In particular, via Admiralty vessels, by professional and amateur naturalists and through exchanges with other institutions. The extant brachyuran crab material of the historically important Leach and Montagu Collections is listed. Circumstances relating to the acquisition of other major collections of the period are discussed and brief accounts given of the various curators associated with these collections. INTRODUCTION Curators ol natural history collections arc often called upon to provide details of material in their care. These request may be for information about circumstances in which a particular collection was acquired, the routes of exploring vessels and /or the sampling 162 R. W. INGLE methods employed, or perhaps biographical profiles of collectors or naturalists that accompanied expeditions. Overall knowledge of these aspects is usually accumulated gradually over the years and often through requests from visitors or correspondents. Curators rarely find the time to publish compiled information of this type for either parts or of whole collections in their charge. Yet such reviews can be of considerable value. Not only as a means of passing knowledge to successors, but can reveal insights into circumstances affecting the growth and care of collections, particularly when these may have been influenced by prevailing political or economic policies, museum conditions or the quality of past curators. This present contribution traces the growth of the collections in the Natural History Museum, London, containing brachyuran crabs and from the lime that the crustaceans were in the care of William Elford Leach (1790-1836), through his successors, until the arrival of William Thomas Caiman (1871-1952). During this period of almost one hundred years, curatorial methods were established and some of the most important collections acquired, the study of which established the foundations of much of our present day crab ta.xonomy. Throughout this period the crustacean collections were enriched from many sources. As will be shown the earliest and most important were the donations by William Elford Leach of much of his personal collection. Later, from the mid-nineteenth century onwards, the Museum acquired considerable collections from the Admiralty made by personnel serving on the many vessels engaged in surveying temperate and tropical waters. Valuable collections were also obtained through exchanges with other institu- tions or museums and by purchases or donations from amateur naturalists often serving abroad in a civilian or military capacity. General aspects of the natural history collections of the British Museum and the later British Museum (Natural History) have been documented by Miller (1973), Giinther (1975) and Stearn (1981). The development of the zoological collections was summarised in The History of the Collections . . . (see British Museum, 1906; Gunther, 1911, 1912). These works provide an excellent starting point for enquiries or research into curatorial history, but their broad coverage imposed restrictions on the amount of information given about specific collections and the individuals responsible for their curation. By comparison, this present contribution is confined essentially to an historical review of only the crab material contained in the present Crustacea Collection of The Natural History Museum although much of this information will apply to the other collections in the Zoology Department. The early history of the crustacean collections is briefly reviewed and circumstances that affected the working practices of two contrasting curators, George Samouelle (7-1846) and later, Edward John Miers (1851-1930) are related in some detail. As far as is practical historical aspects are dealt with chrono- logically and many events not directly concerned with the main narrative are relegated to Endnotes. The following abbreviations are used: BM = British Museum; BMNH = British Museum (Natural History); NHM = Natural History Museum, London, (in October 1989 the British Museum (Natural History) was given a new corporate identity with the name The Natural History Museum): B.M.P=British Museum Papers (archival-British Museum); Entom. A/eA?;. =Entomological Memoranda (1821-1840 in 3 vols: contains inter alia George Samouelle's reports to the Trustees etc) and in the Entomology Library Archives. Quotation are also given from: the Trustees Minutes, Letters and Reports. Official Documents, Keeper's Correspondence, the letters of E. J. Miers and the Report Book of J. C. Children. All are in TTie Natural History Museum Archives. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 163 . . . They had their times, and we can say, they were . . . Ben Jonson. 1631. The New Inne, Act II. .vr.5 (Edition Thomas Haqjcr for Thomas Alchorne. London) THE EARLY YEARS: SHAW TO LEACH, (1806-1822) Dr. Shaw's cremations When an act of Parliament received Royal Assent on 7 June 1753 for the establishment of the British Museum and thus acquired for the Nation the extensive collections of Sir Hans Sloane, among the numerous contents was listed 'Crustacea, or Crabs, etc.. 363' (Stearn, 1981: 14). By 1806, when George Shaw (1751-1813) became Keeper of the Department of Natural History and Modern Curiosities of the British Museum at Montagu House, much of the zoological material of Sloane's collection was in an advanced stage of decomposition. This deterioration undoubtedly began during the period when James Empson (7-1765) who, until his death in 1765, had diligently curated Sloane's collections. Thus Shaw inherited a problem that was to harass his successors throughout that century and into the next, and specimens of this nucleus natural history collection that had been reduced to a valueless condition were therefore, destroyed. Sanction for this was required from the Trustees and their Minutes clearly reveal their concern. In 1808, for example, they directed: That Sir Joseph Banks be requested to consider Dr. Shaw's Report, respecting the Articles on the Basement Story, as read this day and to give such directions as may appear to him proper relating to any of the articles suggested by Dr. Shaw as fit for destruction, or to be disposed of; and that no articles be removed without the approbation of Sir Joseph Banks . . . [Trustees Minutes. 9 July 1808: NHM Archives]. That permission was not always sought or obtained is clear from the directives issued by the Trustees from time to time reminding Keepers that approval for such disposals was necessary (Gunther, 1975: 60), but no doubt they must have been aware that Shaw was finding it necessary to get rid of unsuitable specimens on a regular basis. In 1808 Shaw was instructed to reorganise the collections and to select items of interest for display in the central saloon of Montagu House. The remainder of the natural history collection was consigned to basement rooms. The long gallery over the King's Library and rooms in the North Wing, above the Department of Printed Books, were allotted to these display specimens. In 1809, in Gallery room X, there was exhibited: . . . crustaceous animals; the West-Indian Land Crab; lobsters; various spider-crabs; soldier-crabs ... a fine specimen of a large land crab (Cancer latro . . .) (British Museum, 1835:41,43) The only spirit preseiA'ed specimens on display appear to have been quadrupeds. The majority, if not all, were probably Sloane specimens. In a footnote on page iii of the earlier 1809 Synop.'iis of the contents of the British Museum, the Sloane crustaceans were purported to have been represented by 1436 specimens, a figure greatly in excess of that given in 1753! Because additional storage space was required by the Library in 1809, anatomical specimens and duplicates (that no doubt included crustaceans) then occupy- ing one of the basement rooms, were sold to the Royal College of Surgeons of England; they were offered back to the Museum forty years later (Gunther, 1975: 51 ). In 1813 William Elford Leach (1) was appointed to assist Charles Konig (1774-1851) who had succeeded Shaw as Keeper of the Department during the same year. Described 164 R. W. INGLE by Swainson (1840: 239) as of 'slight form, and delicate habit". Leach nevertheless, possessed the abundance of energy and brilliance that was required for the unenviable task of reorganising the natural history collection on a more scientific basis. This he appeared to do with great determination while at the same time developing particular interests in arthropods and molluscs. However, some years later Konig, in giving evidence to the Select Committee on the British Museum stated that he found it necessary to re-arrange: . . . the British birds, for instance, and did away with Dr. Leach's names, which were complained of as new-fangled. He had his own terminology and nomenclature, and great complaints were excited by his introducing that instead of the old nomenclature which 1 superadded to to his own . . . (British Museum, 1835a: 186) Unfortunately Leach was not to supervise the moving of these collections into the new British Museum that was being built just to the north of Montagu House and completed in 1830. Similar to his predecessor. Leach also had found it necessary to dispose of valueless specimens as indicated by his occasional requests to the Trustees: That Dr Leach be permitted to destroy the soft Corallines mentioned in his Report . . . [Trustees Minutes. 11 March 1815: NHM Archives] This progressive disposal of specimens throughout the first two decades of the nineteenth century and later has, with one exception (see p. 220) effectively removed any evidence of Sloane crustaceans from the collections. Although some of the Sloane specimens were preserved 'in spiritu vini in bottles" (Kalm, 1892: 97), it is likely that all the crustaceans were stored in a dry state and, similar to the insect collections, were vulnerable to the ravages of beetle and moth larvae (Dermestidae and Tinaeidae). Thus, in his statements to the Select Committee and in answer to the question: ... Is the entomological collection, which was left by Sir Hans Sloane, in a perfect state at present . . . Charles Konig found it necessary to answer: There is hardly anything remaining of it. And to the question: . . . How does it happen that the collection has been lost . . . Konig replied: . . . When I came to the Museum most of those objects were in an advanced state of decomposition, and they were buried and committed to the flames one after another; Dr Shaw had a burning every year; he called them his cremations . . . And to the question: ... Is there one single insect remaining of the 5.394, which were presented by Sir Hans Sloane? . . . Konig replied: ... I should think not. Konig also remarked: . . . that some persons in the neighbourhood complained, and threatened with an action, because they thought the moths were introduced into their houses by the cremations in the Museum garden . . . (British Museum, 1835o; 197) THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 165 Also, the practice of 'camphoring" arthropod collections, that afforded some protection against infestations, does not seem to have been introduced into the Museum until about 182t). By comparison, of other invertebrate groups, shell collections have survived much better. Over 400 Sloane specimens were rediscovered by Wilkins (1953) among the BMNH shell collections. It is perhaps not suprising therefore, that in 1847 when Adam White published his catalogue of the entire crustacean collection he was able to list only one species of brachyuran crab from the Sloane collection (see p. 220). The nucleus of the collection The origins of the present Crustacea Collection therefore, can be said to date from the time when the British Museum acquired the personal collections of William Elford Leach and those resulting from his communications with other naturalists. The specimens cited in his classic Malacostraca Podophlhalmata Britaniiiae (2) were probably the donation reported at the Trustees Meeting of 12 November 1814 (3). Leach's descriptive accounts of specimens in his personal or the British Museum collections are also contained in three other important publications by him: (i) the Crustaceology part of Brewster's The Edinburgh Encyclopedia (1814), (ii) The Zoological Miscellany (I814rt, 18I5«, 1817a), published in parts (4 & 5), and (iii) the supplement to the fourth to sixth Editions of The Encyclopedia Britannica (1816). J. E. Gray (1880-1875), Keeper of the Zoological Branch of the Department of Natural History and Modern Curiosities, had no doubts about the importance of Leach's contributions to the Museum's collections. He remarked, in the Introduction to White's Lisl of the Crustacea . . . in . . . the British Museum: . . The specimens collected by my friend and predecessor Dr. W. E. Leach, may be considered as the nucleus of this collection, and great attention has been paid to the published and manuscript names which he had attached to the specimens then in the collection . . . (White. 1847). The single Sloane specimen, the 'Leach Collection' and the specimens purchased from Leach's colleague Col. George Montagu (6), the undocumented specimens attributed to the 'Banks' Collection (see pp. 208-2U), 214) and the few crustaceans of the Thomas Pennant (8) collection, the latter acquired by the Museum almost a century later, represent the oldest malacostracan specimens in The Natural History Museum Collections. The extant brachyurans of these four historically important collections are listed in the Appendix. THE MID- YEARS: SAMOUELLE TO WHITE (1822-1863) The Insect Room Leach retired prematurely in 1822 and John George Children (1777-1852) was trans- ferred from his post as Librarian in the Department of Antiquities to fill the vacated position of Assistant Keeper in the Department of Natural History. In matters relating to the arthropod collections he was assisted by George Samouelle (9) who had been appointed in 1821 as clerk and assistant to the Department of Natural History and Modern Curiosities headed by Konig. During the following decade much of the natural history collections would be transferred into the new British Museum. In 1829 the 166 R. w. INGLE zoological specimens destined for display were moved into the upper gallery of the recently completed East Wing and the remaining specimens relocated in the northern part of the building as these rooms were successively completed. The move was a lengthy one and still in progress as late as 1842 (Miller, 1973: 232). But by 1840, the year that J. E. Gray was appointed Keeper of the Zoological Branch (so designated in 1838) of the Department of Natural History, all the arthropod collections appear to have been transferred from Montagu House and the majority into one of the rooms allotted to the Department. This was referred to as the 'Insect Room" situated adjacent to the Keeper's office in a semi-basement. Much later Sclater (1877) gave a derisory account of the prevailing conditions: . . . The remaining naturalists are herded together in one apartment commonly called the insect room, along with artists messengers and servants. Into this room is shown everybody who has business in the zoological department of the British Museum whether he comes as a student to examine the collections, or as a tradesman to settle an account . . . The bulk of the arthropod collections were therefore, not on display in the galleries but visitors were informed that: . . . The principal collection of Crustacea, Spiders and Insects, arc preserved in proper cabinets in a separate room, and may be seen by persons who wish to consult them for the purpose of study, by application to the officer to whom their care is entrusted, every Tuesday and Thursday . . . (British Museum, 1835: 31) The Reports by Samouelle The 1830s to 1840s were years of transition for the arthropod collections. A considerable amount of rearrangement and redocumentation of specimens appears to have been done concurrent with their relocation and it may have been about this period when many of Leach's original labels were replaced to update the nomenclature of collections (British Museum, 1835a: 279). That these tasks fell to Samouelle is evident from the reports that he was required to regularly submit to Children (and later to J. E. Gray) on his progress and which would have formed a part of the Keeper's monthly reports to the Trustees. Draft copies of many of these, in Samouelle's handwriting, are preserved in two of three bound volumes of Entomological Memoranda (for I822-I840 and 1821-1840) contained in the Entomology Library Archives [cited below as Entom. Mem. 2 or 3]; they provide an instructive insight into work carried out on the collections between 1830 and 1840. Only two of these reports contain information about the state of the collections prior to 1830. In the earliest, dated 6 March 1829, Samouelle stated that the crustaceans and insects occupied 14 cabinets of 40 drawers each, and in an undated draft report (but probably written in 1835) the 'State of the Collections of Crustacea, Arachnoidea and Insects' is reviewed from March 1821 until July 1835. In 1821 there was a total of 11 cabinets housing these arthropods but this number had increased to 21 by 1835 and in that year the British crustaceans were contained in one, and the exotic in two, cabinets. It would appear that up to March 1821 none of the crustaceans had been catalogued, but 297 species had received catalogue numbers by July 1835. [FMtom. Mem. 3: 219, 224]. These crustaceans comprised much of the Leach collection and While's 1847 Catalogue of Cru.stacea gives names of donors from whom Leach obtained specimens. In 1830 Samouelle reported that the crustaceans comprised '34 Drawers of British Crustacea arranged & named . . . and ... 80 Drawers of Exotic Crustacea arranged and THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 167 named". He mentioned that throughout that year he had named, catalogued and incorporated into the 'general collection' some 244 specimens of crustaceans. Between 1833 and 1834 he needed to rearrange the collections more extensively, presumably to accommodate the specimens that were still arriving from Montagu House. By June 1833 this rearrangement had been completed for 31 drawers of British crustaceans. In his report for that month he informed Children that the: . . . Exotic Crustacea [had been] arranged and named but not completed as the drawers are made of cedar . . . [Entom. Mem. 2: 29] The unsuilability of this wood for specimens cabinets was due to its propensity for extruding resin and he again drew Children's attention to this problem in July 1834 by remarking: . . . Cabinet 1. British Crustacea and arachnids in a cedar cabinet to be removed as soon as possible . . . [loc. cit. p. 47]. In referring to the cabinets containing the exotic species he stated: . . . These two cabinets are also of cedar wood. The contents to be removed to better cabinets . . . Jloc. cit. p. 47). Thus Samouelle was committed to rearranging the crustaceans into cabinets that he considered as unsuitable and which ultimately would have had a detrimental effect on the specimens. In 1836 the Trustees required a census of the: . . . number of specimens and species, distinguishing those which are set up, arranged and exhibited, from those in the store chests, which the Museum possesses in the several branches of Zoology under your care . . . JMemorandum from Museum Secretary to Children, bound with Entom. Mem. 2]. The return made on 14 April by Samouelle listed, for the crustaceans: British: 1007 specimens representing 179 species and all contained in cabinet A. Exotic: 1137 specimens representing 422 species and held in cabinets E and F. At least an additional seven unnamed specimens were stored in cabinet X. [Entom. Mem. 2: 80-101]. There was no mention of spirit preserved specimens. Being in worlting order It was about this time that the Trustees were expressing their dissatisfaction with accounts of the duties submitted by the Attendants in Children's Department, and particularly of Samouelle. That animosity had developed between Sir Henry Ellis (Principal Librarian) and Samouelle is apparent from the verbatim evidence given to the Select Committee When Samouelle had been asked: . . . Have you the entire control of the entomological collection? He replied: ... I cannot say that I have, because I have been told that I am a mere nothing in the Museum .1 have been told by Sir Henry Ellis that I am no officer of the Museum; 168 R. W. INGLE that I am a mere nothing there. I want it to be defined whether 1 am an extra assistant. a keeper of the insects, or what . . . (British Museum. 1835rt: 270). On 5 April 1837 Children needed to ask Samouelle to elaborate upon the phrase 'being in working order" that not infrequently occurred in his reports when referring to the state of certain collections. A reply was required by "the Attendant who brings this" [Letters and Reports 1828-1840: NHM Archives]. On 7 April Sir Henry Ellis, wrote to Children: The Gentlemen (at least some of those) who report to you arc by no means sufficiently specific as to the Duties which they actually peform in your Department . . . [loc. cit|. After citing a sentence from Samouelle's report as an example he continued: . . . Where did these gentlemen begin-when did they end, in their labours during the last month . . . [loc. cit.] Children communicated this matter to his staff on the same day: Mr. Children requests the serious attention of the Gentlemen attached to his Department (especially Mr E. Gray and Mr. Samouelle. as they are more particulary referred to) to the accompanying letter which he as this morning received from the Principal Librarian, from which they will perceive that their Reports must in future specify the actual amount of Duty performed from Month to Month . . . [loc. cit]. That Children found it necessary to defend his own frustrated position as well as those of his Assistants is apparent from the comments that he wrote in April 1837: Mr. Children . . . has made such arrangements for conducting the business of his branch ... He has been anxious to establish a systematic division of labour, so that each assistant may steadily pursue a certain object, without interfering with the other and particulary to place the duties of the person employed in arranging and naming the Entomological Collections on such a footing, that he shall not ... be liable to those continual interruptions, which sacrificing the public interest to the unreasonable accomodation of a few private individuals, has hitherto sorely impeded the advancement of those collections to that state, short of which they are comparatively useless. For this purpose Mr. Children has directed Mr. Samouelle not to admit visitors to the Entomological Collections except on the two days sanctioned by the Trustees . . . [Report Book of J. C. Children. 12 December 1835 to I? July 1837]. Sixteen years more Young Adam White, (10) who had been appointed to the Department in December 1835 and who was working chiefly on the bird collections was now about to assume a significant role in the curation of the arthropods: Mr. Children has directed Mr. White to attend in Mr. Samouelle's room every Tuesday and Thursday in order to get out Drawers for the Visitors, to camphor, where [?when| necessary and to give Mr. Samouelle such other assistance, on these days as he may be able to [?appoint] him. To enable Mr. White to render him this service Mr. Children has directed Mr. Samouelle to make Mr. White perfectly acquainted with the contents of the several cabinets, that he may at once know where to find any insect which the Visitors may ask for . . . [loc cit] I HE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 169 Children also found it necessary to confess that the state of the Entomological collections were such that: . . . no one order is fully arranged and named . . . [and that] . . . This is the state of the Entomological Collections, after Mr. Samouelle has heen engaged on them for sixteen years and if the system hitherto pursued were to he still persevered in, it would not he much better in sixteen years more . . . [loc. cit.]. An admission that required drastic measures for changes that were not to occur for many years. In February 1838 Samouelle reported that from 11 January until February he had been: . . . engaged on the Exotic Crustacea. Mr. S. has found it necessary to review and go through them agreeble to the arrangements of Dr. Edwards he has also incorporated those of the Hardwicke Bequest as far as he has proceeded but cannot at present ennumerate the number of duplicates as he is anxious to be correct in this respect. Mr. S. begs to state that there are a great many duplicate specimens [of| British Crustacea, that Dr. Leach always considered as his private property, as they were his own collecting, & independent of the British Collection of Crustacea. With respect to the Duplicates of the Exotic species there are but few if any for no collections has been received of any extent with the exception of Gen. Hardwicke . . . [Enlom. Mem. 3: 123]. It is clear that Samouelle was using volumes I and II of the recently published Milne Edwards" Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces (Milne Edwards, 1834, 1837) and which Samouelle's successor. Adam White, was also to use extensively for arranging the crustacean collections. The copies of these volumes in the Crustacea Sectional Library are extensively annotated by White. This report also reveals that, although the Hardwicke collection (11) of insects and crustaceans had been received by the Museum between 9 and II April 1835 and 'all the insects put into Mr. Childrens Room" {Entom. Mem. 3: 123], it was not until 1838 that Samouelle could tind the time to incorporate this collection. Also his reference to Leach's private duplicates of British crustaceans is of some importance, these specimens had been allowed to deteriorate to a state that eventually necessitated their disposal (see p. 172). In February 1838 Samouelle"s performance was severly criticised by Children [see letter in Endnote (9)]. On 8 March 1838 Samouelle stated that he: . . . has continued the study and arrangement of the collection of Crustacea, to the present time they consist of about 1 1 1 Genera, 244 species and 513 specimens and occupy 51 Drawers . . . \Enlom. Mem. 3: 124]. The figures must refer to specimens he had rearranged. In April 1838 he was still curating the exotic crustaceans and by then had: . . . completed 24 Drawers since his last report; he has gone through the examination of the Collection of the Hardwicke Bequest, selected & incorporated with the General Collection 1117 specimens, and there remain of Duplicates 2 Drawers . . . Jloc. cit. p. 125]. On 24 April he replied to an enquiry or criticism about certain collections in his care. Unfortunately no copy has been found of the memorandum addressed to him by Children that provoked the following answer: 170 R. W. INGLE . . . Agrceblc to your direction the following is the particulars of the boxes & Cabinets in the Insect Room independent of the 26 cabinets containing the General Collection of 40 drawers each. Box No 2 (?or 1 1 from Latreille directed to yourself to the best of my knowledge I never saw until it was pointed out to me yesterday morning, or it certainly would not have been neglected and which I am sorry for. The greater portion of the Boxes belongs to Dr. Leach and contains nothing but duplicates and which Dr Leach always considered as his own private collection which he collected & reserved to give to his friends or for exchange they were duly camphored for a number of years but owing to the insecurity of the boxes it was utterly out of my power to preserve them . . . |loc. cit. p. 126]. If some of these boxes contained the Leach duplicates of British crustaceans mentioned above then apparently they were disposed of a few years later by Gray or White when they reviewed the collections (see below). Samouelle was again in trouble in May and August of 1839 for failing to provide suitable reports and in January 1840 was severly reprimanded for 'attending to students to name their insects" [tellers and Reporis. 1828^ 1840] The Trustees explicitly forbade such practice and informed Children: ... no person shall henceforth be allowed to bring specimens of Insects for the purpose of naming them . . . [Trustees Minutes 18 January 1840]. Devoting time and space to shadows Samouelle's reports often contained requests for additional cabinets. It is evident that these were required to replace the cedarwood ones found to be unsuitable and that were causing deterioration of the specimens contained in them. However, this demand was, in part, related to the methods by which he was arranging the collections, leaving spaces in the drawers into which he could incorporate species not yet acquired, their intended positions denoted only by an appropriate label. Children strongly disapproved of this practice as it only served to emphasise the deficiencies of the collections in his charge. He stated rather eloquently that Samouelle was: . . . devoting time and space to shadows, which might be better employed on realities, for the species which want naming are neglected, whilst names which want the corresponding species are ostentatiously exhibited in the drawer 'more in mock than mark' — miserable momentos of the poverty of many parts of the collection — and Mr. Samouelle at the same time complains of the want of cabinets to receive actual specimens! Mr. Children recommends that no more cabinets be ordered, till the present ones axe properly filled . . . [Report Book of J. G. Children[. In April 1840 Samouelle apparently found it necessary to attempt two drafts of his monthly report on the collections. Both are preserved in the Enlarn. Mem. volumes, one in Vol. 2 and the other in Vol. 3. The contents of both are almost identical but their titles differ. One version reads: A Report of Entomological Cabinets Boxes etc in the care of Mr. Samouelle by the Desire of Mr. John Ed. Gray. 4 April 1840. In the other copy the words from 'care of Mr. Samouelle' to the end of the sentence have been deleted and 'Insect Room' inserted. In these Reports the crustaceans are described as being in: I HE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 171 Cabinet A British Crustacea, Arachnoidca and Myriopoda arranged named and labelled by Mr Samouelle . . . and . . . Cabinet E.F. Exotic Crustacea named labelled and arranged by Mr. Samouelle . . . The underlining* of certain words is significant. Adam White, the other arthropod curator, was now proving to be a particularly industrious worker. J. E. Gray, who had recently succeeded Children as Keeper of the Zoological Branch, was now to question the veracity of some of Samouelle's statements and was dissatisfied with the contents of this Report. He undertook his own investigation of the state of the entomological collections and a draft of his account, bound into Eritom. Mem. 3, is revealing. On 15 April 1840 he wrote: Having received the aeeompanying report from Mr. Samouelle which I did not consider as satisfactory as it did not contain scarcely any of the information requested by my note and some statement which I know to be erroneous as for example the remark who had arranged the Cabinet. 1 directed Mr Adam White to go through the collection with me and give his oppinion [sic] on such draws & Box [sic| as we examined them. The following remarks are the result of our joint examination. The Report is a lengthy one. Summaries and quotations relevant to the crustaceans are given as follows. Cabinet A, consisting of 40 drawers, contained the British crustaceans and arachnids. Nineteen of these housed the brachyuran crabs, eight the macrurans and there was one drawer of amphipods and one of miscellaneous crustaceans. Gray remarked: . . . some of the drawers are bad, the grooves breaking into the camphor cells . . . He also noted that the specimens had been: . . . arranged and named by Dr. Leach . . . the labels rewritten by Mr. Samouelle . . . Many of the drawers only half filled, some of the specimens nearly destroyed by gum . . . Cabinets E and F contained foreign crustaceans. Cabinet E accommodated 'Brachiura' and miscellaneous crustaceans. Cabinet F held: ... 11 Brachura [sic] . 16 Macrura. 1 Slomatopoda. 1. Lamotopoda 1 Cymothoa 1 Various species . . . Gray noted that the glazing was broken and that the specimens had been: . . . arranged and named by Dr. Leach. Mr. Samouelle has since altered the arrangement (since Mr. Bell Evidence ?). so as to agree with Mr. Milne Edwards Books leaving spaces for the Genera, some of the drawers have only one or two small specimens in them. The Miscellaneous drawer is as left by Dr. Leach Cabinet V of 40 drawers had contained some crustaceans from North America which apparently had been removed, and also British crustaceans of which Gray salvaged those worth keeping. In another cabinet, labelled 2B, he removed one drawer containing * underlined words in all letters qiiolcd arc printed in italics 172 R. W. INGLE crustaceans and relocated this in the Exotic Collection. He also had one drawer of crustaceans from the Hardwicke mahogany cases removed and relocated into an unspecified crustacean cabinet and noted that there was: ... A Cabinet with 14 Glazed Draws in 2 series. (G) . . . Duplicate Crustacea Principally from the Hardwicke Bequest. He also listed the locations and conditions of various other crustacean collections. A deal cupboard contained the: . . . upper shelve filled with Crustacea from South America. Presented by Lord Frances Stewart, much worm eaten only covered with paper. The several boxes containing Leach's duplicate British crustaceans, mentioned by Samouelle in his Report of 24 April 1838, were described thus by Gray: . . . These Boxes which were, what Dr. Leach kept his duplicate and unarranged specimens in have been so neglected since his time that in all many and in more than half all the specimens have been entirely destroyed by Verminc leaving only the dust and the skeleton of the specimens on the Pins. I have directed that the few specimens that can be of any use should be selected and shall recommend that the rest of them and the dust be burned. They will not make a great fire! The Report concludes with mention of other boxes or trays of crustaceans or their pieces, some "mostly destroyed' others: . . . fragments . . . entirely spoiled with dust. A Tray of crustacean from Broderips Collection, covered with dust from having been put under one of the Cabinets as they were sent to Mr. Samouelle after they had been registered! Poor Samouelle was finally dismissed in 1841 leaving the curation of the arthropod collections in the hands of the highly competent and singularly industrious Adam White. The crustaceans were to receive a fillip in IS'l? by his publication of the first, (and still the only) inventory of the entire British Museum crustacean collection. Progressive enrichment The frustrations that J. E. Gray inherited on his accession to Keepership in 1840 were partly ameliorated during these mid-years by the progressive enrichment of the Collections through personnel serving on Admiralty vessels. The earliest important Admiralty collection acquired and containing crustaceans had been from the ill-fated H.M.S Congo (12) River Zaire expedition of 1816 that Leach had supported and for which he had obtained Trustees permission to supply glassware etc [Trustees Minutes, 13 January, 1816]; he also reported on some of the specimens collected (Leach, 1817-1818). Some twenty years later four collections were received in close succession. The increase of donations from this source (13) may have been stimulated by recommendations arising from the Report of the Select Committee. During this enquiry Konig had been asked if he was: . . . aware that there is a regulation in the naval service, which requires officers on their return home to surrender such specimens as they may have collected abroad? . . . and that did he . . . not think it would be expedient that such a regulation should be so far altered as to enable the Trustees of the British IVluseum to select valuable specimens of what by regulation is considered public property? . . . (British Museum, l835o: 202). I I IE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 173 rhe Trustees were apparently concerned that the British Museum, rather than the Museum of the Zoological Society of London, should be the proper repository of such collections. These four collections, all containing brachyuran crabs, were from H.M.S. Erebus and Terror (15) Antarctic Expedition of 1839-43 but not reported upon until 1874 and by Miers, although White had apparently planned to described at least part of this collection (see 16). Then followed those made by: H.M.S. FIv (17) during the south western Pacific survey of 1841-1846 (see White, 1847a); by H.M.S. Samarang (18) off the coasts of China, Japan, Korea and Borneo between 1843 and 1846, the specimens collected were described by Adams & White in 1848 (but see (19)); by H.M.S. Rattlesnake (20) during the south-western Pacific survey of 1846-1850, but not reported upon until much later and by Miers (1884). The last to be received was from H.M.S. Herald (21) commissioned to survey the North and South American Pacific regions. Again, these specimens were not reported upon until several years later and also by Miers in a series of papers (Miers, 1878, 1879, 1880, 1881, 1882, 1884). Two other collections were acquired during these mid-years. Of significant value for number and diversity of species were the decapods collected from Indo-Pacific localities by Major General Hardwicke (11). These had been received on 9 April 1835 and contained m fourteen drawers of one of the several cabinets of his insects. They were eventually incorporated into the general collection by Samouelle. Now considered of some historical importance are the specimens from the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Histoire, Leiden, received in two consignements in 1844 and 1845. and referred to by White (1847) as the Leyden Collection (22). These comprise synlypic material collected by von Siebold and Heinrich Burger when in Japan and were reported upon by de Haan (1833-1850). A catalogue of Crustacea Although, in 1847, Adam White had produced a commendable catalogue of the Crustacea collection, it was Gray's ambition to have his catalogues periodically updated. His already hard-pressed staff were fully occupied with the curation and identification of incoming specimens with barely any time to devote to revisionary tasks of this kind. As there was little likelihood of staff numbers being increased. Gray had to resort to commissioning paid outside help for this work. For the crustaceans Thomas Bell (23) was employed to produce a catalogue of the leucosid crabs, a group on which he had specialised. This catalogue was published in 1855 (Bell, 1855) and was 'planned to be the first part of a catalogue of Crustacea' [Bell, in British Museum, 1906: 732]. As an inventory of specimens it is of limited use. The work comprises mainly of systematic diagnoses of leucosid crabs and only general localites are given. 'BM' is suffixed against the entries for British Museim specimens; those in Bell's private collection and in other places are also listed. This Catalogue appeared in the same year as Bell's more detailed systematic treatise on the Leucosiidae (Bell, 1855fl) that was mentioned by Gray in his Preface to the Catalogue. A reappraisal of Leucosid types designated by Bell was made by DiMauro(1982). THE LATER YEARS: A. G. BUTLER TO W. T. CALMAN (1863-1904) The Spirit Room In 1856 the various Branches had been upgraded to Departments and by this time the Zoology Department's specimens on display were distributed in the galleries of the 174 R. w. INGLE greater part of the East Wing upper floor. The Keeper (J. E. Gray) and Assistant Keeper (his brother G. R. Gray) occupied a semi-basement room in the North Western part of the building adjacent to the 'Insect Room' (fig. 1 , A). By then the numbers of specimens preserved in alcohol had increased and the buli< of these were stored in the so-called Spirit Room in the East Wing basement. The conditions in which these bottles were kept left much to be desired: . . . There was no ventilation. To secure a draught through doors and windows meant drawing coal and other dust from the passage adjoining. So the stagnant air cither deposited its moisture, or held it in suspension, according to the humidity of the atmosphere. The flagstones were continually saturated from springs that in former years had supplied the residents of Bloomsbury with excellent water. This rotted the bottoms of cases, and caused the labels on the bottles to drop off. The temperature was kept at 60 to 65 degrees by hot-water pipes. On account of the spirit, lights were not allowed and when the days drew in work had to be suspended . . . (Gunthcr, 1975: 264). Gray was very concerned about the state of these collections. Between 1854 and 1868 he had them transferred from the basement into galleries attached to walls above the exhibition cases in the East Wing. He had also tackled the problem of label deterioration: . . . The mode of writing the name on a white disc, painted on the bottles, introduced some years ago has been found a complete remedy for the evil that arose from the paper labels becoming obliterated and detached . . . (British Museum, 1867: 4X). Of the remaining vertebrate material still stored in the basement in 1867 he remarked: . . . the great variation of temperature, and occasional heat of the locality, occasion rapid evaporation and deterioration of the preserving liquor, [(24)| accelerating decay. Registered specimens, when so far dissolved and decomposed as to lose character, are removed . . . (British Museum, 1868: 30). The Banks specimens Adam White apparently set himself the task of cataloguing every arthropod in the Museum's collections. This onerous work and his willingness to assist anybody with enquiries concerning the collections or other matters no doubt contributed to the 'mental indisposition" that forced him to retire in 1863. A. G. Butler (25) who was appointed to this now vacant post in 1863 was to be: . . . employed upon the entomological collections temporarily: he had to take up also Crustaceans, Myriopoda and Arachnida (Giinther. 1912: 17) This suggests that these latter groups were more or less obligatory and therefore would receive less attention than the insects. Butler eventually became an authority on Lepidoptera but his interest in Fabrician specimens led him to incorporate the crusta- ceans and insects of the Banks Collections (26) received from the Linnean Society of London in 1863 (Giinther, 1912: 23). It is not known if Butler was responsible for attaching the small labels printed with the words 'Banks Coll." to the dry specimens or whether this was done much later when the Dry Crustacean Collections were again reorganised between 1898 and 1902 (see p. 182). At least 4(1 of these labelled specimens I HE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 175 have been located among the dried crustacean material. The majority bear just the small printed label, but a few are mounted on cards (27). None of these specimens have information that discloses their history. Brachyuran crab species bearing these 'Banks Coll.' labels are listed in the Appendix. To acquaint himself with the collections of Crustacea Butler remained in charge of the crustaceans until the appointment of Edward John Miers in 1872. Miers was: . . . directed to acquaint himself with the collections of Crustacea and to act as amanuensis to Dr. Gray . . . (Giinthcr, 1912: 22). J. E. Gray had been recently partially paralysed after a stroke, knew the Miers family and sponsored his application for a Junior Assistantship at the Museum, stating: ... I can recommend him from personal experience as he has lately written letters and scientific papers for me from direction. I have known him from his birth, he is the Grandson of Mr. Miers FRS the celebrated botanist . . . [Gray to Winter Jones, 24 February 1871: NHM Archives]. A knowledge of foreign languages was then an important attribute and Miers had indicated in his application, dated 29 February 1871, that he could: . . . read, write and speak Frence, read Greek and Latin with some knowledge of German . . . (British Museum, Bloomsbury, paper no. 2869: copy in NHM Archives]. He also modestly stated that he had some practice in drawing, but a testimonial letter from his tutor on this subject, Henry I. Tollit, was more affirmative: ... He has a natural taste for Drawing and Shading and much perseverance — He was one of my most successful pupils ... [15 March 1871 , from The Parks, Oxford, Miers letters: copy in NHM Archives]. It was fortunate that Miers was permitted to confine his studies exclusively to the crustaceans but regrettable that he was to remain in office for only thirteen years. The quantity and quality of his systematic work was remarkable, particularly as he received almost no help with the increasing problems of curating a collection that was growing rapidly during the particularly unsettled period of his employment. Miers established some 32 new genera and subgenera and described at least 260 new species and subspecies of decapods (Gordon, 1978: 124). Some of these were of specimens previously incorporated into the Museum's collections, but others were received during his time, culminating in the rich collection of brachyuran crabs from H.M.S. Challenger (28). Prostrated by illness In February 1875 Albert Giinther succeeded J. E. Gray as Keeper. In 1876 the construction of the new Museum at South Kensington had reached an advanced stage, but it was not until June 188(1 that the building could be officially handed over to the Trustees by H.M. Commissioners of Works. Only then could the transfer commence of 176 R. W . INGLE the collections from Bloomsbury. Although this began in the early summer of 1880, the zoological galleries were not completed until 1882 and the moving of the zoological specimens could not commence before July of that year. Meanwhile at Bloomsbury. as early as 1878, the first major disruption was to occur. The studies occupied by the Zoological Department were now required for a new antiquities gallery and it was necessary for the staff, their effects, and much of the collections to be relocated in the recently vacated geological galleries. This move must have severly hindered the normal work of the Department and Miers would, no doubt, have been involved, along with the other staff (30) in the various tasks associated with this transfer of the Department as well as with the initial preparatory work needed for eventually moving the collections to South Kensington in 1882. Although faced with these problems Miers nevertheless, produced some 29 papers during these five years some of which he illustrated himself. A number of these were substantial contributions, such as the Slalk-and Sessile-eyed Crustacea of New Zealand and also major revisions of certain groups-the Plagusiinae, Hippidae. Majidae. Squillidae and Idoteidae (see Miers 1878, 1878rt, 1879. 1879rt, 1880, 1881). Of the Admiralty donated collections, Miers reported upon those obtained by: Capt. St. John's Japanese coast Survey (31) of 1870-1877 in H.M.S. Sylvia: the Transit of Venus E.xpedition (32) of 1874-5 to Kerguelen and Rodriguez Islands; by H.M.S. Peterel (33) from the Galapagos Islands; by H.M.S. Ishjorn (34) to Novaya Zeemlya in 1879; by Baron Hermann Maltzan (35) from Goree Island during 1881 and the substantial collections of H.M.S Alert (36) from the Magellan Straits and Patagonia during 1881- 1882. All were donated during his tenure (see also p. 181 ). Such application and industry must have contributed to his apparent state of collapse disclosed to an unspecified correspondent (but probably Paul Mayer): ... I much regret not having been able to answer your letter before; but I have been completely prostrated by illness during the last three months, and am even now unable to do more than attend to a few matters that absolutely require immediate attention after which I am going away for further rest ... [7 October ISdd. Miers letters: NUM Archives]. In 1882 Miers must have felt sufficiently recovered to accept his largest ta.xonomic undertaking, the report on the brachyuran crabs collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger . In June 1882 John Murray wrote: ... I have send you to-day addressed to the British Museum 6 boxes containing Brachyura . . . My wish is that you would make a careful preliminary examination of the collection now sent to you, and then send to me at your convenience as correct an estimate as you can form, of the number of plates you will require for illustrating your Memoir, and the number of pages (Quarto) to which your memoir will probably extend ... [23 June 1882; Miers letters: NHM Archives]. Miers replied that: ... it will be necessary for me to postpone the preliminary examination of the 'Challenger' Brachyura for a short time in order to complete a report upon another collection now in process of determination ... [7 July 1S82. Miers letters: NHM Archives]. This was the Alert report. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 177 Single-handed & without assistance It was not until 1883 that Miers seems to have been able to continue with the preliminary sorting of the Challenger specimens. In April he returned to Murray a box of larval brachyurans and commented; . . . Certainly they could hardly be included in my report upon the adult Brachyura, since the limited time at my disposal and my other duties would prevent close anatomical study of their affinities. [2 April 188."^, Miers letters; NHM Archives]. The time had now arrived for the first of the arthropod collections to be moved to South Kensington. Miers was informed, but found it necessary to ask Giinther to allow him to delay moving the crustaceans. This letter is quoted here in full since it gives a glimpse into the many problems that beset Miers at that period: ... As I understand from Mr. Watcrhousc it is your wish that I should begin at once to pack up the spirit collections of Crustacea for transference to the New Museum I venture to take this opportunity of asking you either: ( 1 ) that the removal of the whole collection be effected at once or (2) that it may be delayed until the completion of my preliminary examination (at least) of the 'Challenger" Brachyura, which has been necessarily delayed by the preparation of the reports of the Crustacea collected by H.M.S Alert' & Co. The examination of the 'Challenger' collection, which is of very large extent, shews that before I can furnish Mr. Murray with the statement he urgently requires as to the probable length of the report & number of plates needed to illustrate it, I must determine for myself the true limits of the group, about which at present the greatest uncertainty exists, and must acertain from Dr. Jules Barrois of Villefranehe, who is charged with the description of the Annmura. which of the debatable minor groups & genera he proposes to retain for his own report (there arc, I think, in any case, a certain number of genera which have been sent to me as Brachyura which must be sent to him); to determine these points I have continually to refer to the types in the Museum Collection. I may add, that if I am to complete the report within the specified time (which I am told by Mr. Murray cannot possibly be exceeded), I must give myself more unreservedly to the work, which would be greatly facilitated if I could have (as hitherto) the dried-and spirit-collections, near together, so that not only the types in the Museum Collections would be available for study, but also the determination of the species in the Museum & of the accessions could be carried on with as little waste of time to the Trustees as possible. I would remind you that up to this time the registration , labelling & incorporation of almost all the specimens has been effected by me single-handed & without assistance. I would respectfully suggest to you that, if the collections under the charge of Mr. Ridley & Mr. Bell arc transferred before the Crustacea, it would give me a few weeks additional time & the space required for separating the species in the 'Challenger' collection, during which time I might possibly be able to furnish Mr. Murray with the information for which he presses me. Doubtless, it will not be possible to have in the New Museum the Collections of Crustacea as conveniently placed for reference as in the rooms we at present occupy, on which account, only, do I regret having to leave them ... [14 May 1883, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. Miers wrote the above letter from his home in Upper Tooting. It is not known whether he was on vacation or still unwell. Giinther made concessions and during May Miers was able to inform Murray: 178 R. W. INGLE ... I have completed the first or preliminary examination of the Brachyura and have put aside twenty bottles and tubes containing Dromiidae. Paguridac. Lithodidac. Porccllanidae, Galatheidae, Remipes. together with an unopened tin case marked 'K. V" sent as containing Birgus latro. which I can forward if you think fit, direct to Dr. Jules Barrois at Villcfranchc. I am as yet quite unable to say to what length my report will extend, but as far as can be judged from a preliminary & very superficial examination, the proportion of new forms is not large & I daresay 10 or 15 plates would contain everything requiring illustrations; the number of species and genera is however so great & so many will require a close comparison with described types that I will not express myself very positively on this head. At the beginning of the week I received instructions to commence packing the whole of our Crustacea for removal to Kensington & was in fear, therefore, that the "Challenger" work might be shelved for some weeks or even months, but 1 have obtained a respite of a few weeks during which 1 hope to make some further progress with it. We shall not, I fear, have our Collections so conveniently arranged for work in the new building for a long time to come ... [17 May 1883, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. Barrois was unable to find sufficient time to work up the Anomura and returned the collection to Murray. This group and the dromiaceans was eventually reported upon by Henderson (37). In September 1883 Miers received Murray's consent to incorporate into the Museum Collections the specimens to be retained. He also informed Murray on 17 September, that he intended, with permission, to figure: . . . not only the new species in the Collection (which arc not very numerous) but also such forms as have never yet been illustrated and arc insufficiently known ... 1 17 September 1883, Miers letters: NHM Archives], By January 1884 Miers had received proofs of the first and second plates that he sent to Murray for approval. In May 1884 he had to inform Murray that he had: . . . been unable to make but little progress with the Challenger' Brachyura latterly , , . [31 May 1884, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. Although most of the descriptive account apparently had been completed he still had . . . a good deal of preliminary work to do in regard to the classification of the genera and some of the families included in the Report. [Loc. cit.]. Murray replied by asking if he should approach Flower (then Director) or Giinther to see if he (Miers) could be allowed more time to devote to the task. He also asked Miers to prepare an abstract of the proposed Report. Miers promised a short abstract by the end of June and retorted that: . . . The work which has somewhat delayed the report has been the regular work of the Dept which must of course always take precedence ... [4 June 1884, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. In the retained draft of this letter sent to Murray the last sentence is deleted but reads: . . . Prof. Flower & Dr. Gunthcr have always shewn mc the greatest indulgence and allowed mc the fullest liberty consistent with my duty to the Museum. ]l-oc. cit]. In July he sent to Murray the requested Abstract and also enclosed further proofs of some plates. He also asked permission to publish this Abstract in the Annals and THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 179 Magazine of Natural History 'in order to secure priority for names of the new species" [5 July 1884. Miers letters: NHM Archives]. Murray, however, was not prepared to publish this submitted Abstract if it was also to appear in the Annals and suggested that Miers should publish diagnoses of the new species. Miers withdrew his original request, but in a postscript to a further letter stated that he may consider publishing these diagnoses 'if time and opportunity allow' [14 July 1884, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. During August he was again absent from the Museum but correcting his proofs from an address in Filey, Yorkshire. He informed James Monteith at the Challenger Expedition offices that: . . . Should 1 (as is possible) be in Edinburgh for a day or two at the beginning of next week, I will bring the paper with me as I could make these little additions as well there (no doubt) as in London ... [15 August 1884, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. In October he received proofs from C.Spence Bate (38) of that author's Introduction to the Report of the Challenger Macrura. Presumably Bate had hoped that Miers might adopt the somewhat precious nomenclature that Bate, in part, had originated for the descriptive taxonomy of the species. Miers, however, tactfully declined stating that: ... I fear I am already too far advanced with the descriptions of the Brachyura for it to be possible for me to adopt your system, and as moreover, my Report will be a very simple descriptive account of the genera & species & as the simpler nomenclature is used by Prof. A. Milne-Edwards & most other systematists, I think I cannot do better than adhere on the whole to my ordinary method of description ... [4 October 1883, Miers letters: NHM Archives). The best systematic authority Following some slight misunderstanding about the quality of the proofs accompanying the Abstract and which he needed to amend, Miers was able to inform Murray on 8 October 1884, that all the preliminary sketches had been prepared of species to be illustrated in the Report and that these would comprise 28 plates. He also wanted to send copies of the Abstract to fellow taxonomists but Murray preferred that he published diagnoses of the new species rather than distribute copies of 'an unpublished account like the abstract' [10 October 1884, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. Miers replied at some length: . . . Thank you for your letter. If you send me the copies of the abstract I will of course not send them to anyone likely to lake unfair advantage of the information it contains, or if you prefer it I will not distribute them until the publication of your Volume (In the Narrative of the Voyage — see Tizard et al. 1885). Prof. A. Milne-Edwards sent to me and I believe to other workers (certainly to S. I. Smith) a large number of unpublished Plates of the new Brachyura Anomura Macrura & Schizopoda of the 'Blake' and Travailleur Expeditions which have been of great assistance to me in my work. By the way (since you once spoke to me on this matter) I should have thought that A. Milne Edwards ought to be asked to take some part in the Report on 'Challenger' Crustacea; that is, if he has not already been invited to do so. 1 suppose he is the best systematic authority on the higher Crustacea. I may mention that I took the liberty of submitting the cuts of new Challenger Crabs hgurcd in the Abstract to him and he agrees with my ideas about their affinities. My objection to the publication of diagnoses is, that, although they would secure priority they would be of little use to other workers; besides, I do no scientific work 180 R. W. rNGLE outside of the Museum & could ill spare the time within official hours for the compilation of such a paper ... [14 October 1884. Miers letters; NHM Archives). But Milne Edwards apparently was not invited to contribute. An obvious choice as Miers intimated. Milne Edwards had been one of the leaders of the 'Commission' for the marine explorations carried out by the Travuilleur and Talisman (39, 40). However, as both Gwyn Jeffreys (41) and A. M. Norman (42) had freely given advice to the French on dredging matters associated with these expeditions but were not invited to participate in studying the collections. Murray (who no doubt, had known of this situation) may have used this request by Miers as an opportunity deliver a slight rebuff to the French academics. Conscientious motives In January 1885 Miers was again unwell but by March had returned to the Museum from where he acknowledged the honorarium of £63 for his contribution to the Challenger Reports. In April he was again absent and wrote to Giinther from Upper Bangor in N. Wales: Although benefitted by my few days stay here. I regret to say I feel the effects of the severe shaking I had last week, more than I could have anticipated ... [23 April 1885, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. He expressed his regret for this absence in view of how short-handed the Department was. Throughout July he was also unwell, and informed Giinther: 'I am still unable to apply myself to anything" [12 July 1885, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. It must have been about this time that he considered resigning from his post at the Museum. During August Francis C. Miers wrote to Giinther: . . . His proposed resignation was dictated from concicntious [sic] motives he being under the conviction at the time that his health would not allow him to pursue his work and he considered it right to give notice to that effect. He is now. however, very much better & I believe that with care and a little more rest Edward will recover his usual health & be quite able to resume his duties ... [16 August 1885. Miers letters: NHM Archives]. Nevertheless, Miers tended his resignation to Prof. Flower (the Director) on 30 October 1885 but he may have again returned to duty since he wrote to Giinther in November that he was: . . . remaining at home this morning as I am not feeling quite well, and have some work which I can do at home, but I hope to come as usual to the Museum tomorrow ... (23 November 1885. Miers letters: NHM Archives). But it was not to be and the Trustees reluctantly released him from their employment. In May 1886 he wrote to Edgar A. Smith (see 30) from an address in Beckcnham. Kent: . . . Please to open all parcels & co addressed to me at the Museum and forward merely letters. 1 am a little better and trust that my successor will shortly be appointed. Thank Dr. Giinther for his kind enquiries. Mr. Waterhouse has the key to my desk . . . (27 May 1886. Miers letters: NHM Archives). THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 1»1 A most excellent contribution In June 1886 he was apparently well enough to edit part of his Challenger manuscript (sent to Murray in instalments between 1 April and 25 November 1886) and wrote to Murray from his home address in Tooting: ... I find on looking over the MS. which remains of my Report on the Challenger Brachyura that it could hardly be printed off without such slight emendations as I can easily give to here, and I think that it will be best after all if I continue to correct the proofs myself my health having much improved. I now send you therefore by parcel post the part only of the MS containing the Cycomelopa or Cancroidea which is ready to be printed off. and hope to return to you in a few days some of the proofs which I have here, corrected for press. I sincerely trust & hope there will be no further delay in the execution of the work to which I will if possible regularly give my evenings in the future. |24 November 1886, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. John Murray replied that he had received the manuscript and added that: . . . During the past few days I have been going rather carefully over your Report: it is excellent and very valuable and the manuscript you have now sent is so clear and well prepared that I do not think there will be much work in passing it through the press. I am sure the work will do you very great credit; in the eyes of all naturalists it will be regarded as a most excellent contribution to science. I hope your health will be such as to enable you to look over the proofs ... [26 June 1886, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. His last letter concerning Departmental matters was written to Giinther during August 1887 and in answer to an enquiry from R. I. Pocock who had been appointed as an Assistant in 1885: ... A few of the Fabrician types of Crustacea, about which I have received a note from Mr. Poeock, are in the small cabinet placed on the top of larger cabinets in the room containing the Crustacea and Lepidoptcra. These cabinets also contain a number of Crustacea belonging to the regular collection which requires rearrangement in the new cases provided for a year or two ago, which I will sec to when I am able to return to my lodging at Wandsworth Common and to my work in the Museum . . . [30 August 1987, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. There is no evidence that Miers ever returned to deal with this matter and thus the Department was deprived of an outstanding carcinologist and a conscientious an able curator. He lived on in retirement to a respectable age of 79 years and died on 15 October 1930 at Burchett's Green, near Maidenhead, Berks. Collections received between 1860 and 1885 (other than those mentioned as reported upon by Miers) containing significant brachyuran specimens were: those from the south western coast of America obtained during the survey by H.M.S. Nassau (43); from the Indian Museum, Calcutta (44); from the N, Pacific coast of America and determined by W. N. Lockington (48); from the Smithsonian Insitution, Washington (50); from the Arctic Expedition of H.M.S. Valorous (53); from the overseas collections of the International Fisheries Exhibition of 188.3 (54); those made in Aden by Major Yerbury (55), 182 R. W. INGLE Shared responsibility The premature retirement of Edward Miers in 1885 left the Museum's crustacean collections again virtually unstudied. They were immediately put under the care of Jeffrey Bell who later shared the task of their curation with Reginald Pocock. Francis Jeffrey Bell had been appointed in 1878 to take charge of the vermes and echinoderms. He also held the post of Professor of Comparative Anatomy at King's College. London, from 1879 until 1896. Bells interest was chiefly echinoderms on which he regularly published. His crustacean research is represented by only one paper (Bell 1902) and he compiled the Crustacea Section of the Zoological Record in 1885 and 1886. It has been said of him that "such time as he could spare from the adornment of his person he devoted to neglecting the echinoderms" (Gunther, 1975: 406) and that he was most at home in furnishing reviews to the Athenaeum and abstracts to the Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society (Anon. 1924: 541). Nevertheless. Bell was responsible for in- corporating a considerable number of crustaceans into the collection and the Accession Register contains many pages in his characteristic handwriting (fig. 1 .f) listing specimens that he identified between 1894 and 1904. He also compiled a manuscript catalogue of brachvuran species (see p. 186). He retired from the Museum in 1919 and died in 1924. Reginald Innes Pocock had been successful in a competitive examination for an Assistantship in the Museum and was appointed to the Zoological Department in 1885. Initially he worked for a year on the entomological collections but was then put in charge of arachnids and myriapods and shared the curation of the crustaceans with Jeffrey Bell. He resigned in 1904 to take up the post of Superintendent at the Zoological Gardens. London, from where he retired in 1923. He died in 1947. If Pocock had been instructed to make the crustaceans his priority then undoubtably the Museum would have had an authority on this group equal or possibly surpassing the industriousness of Miers. Pocock's scientific output was truely prodigious. He published over 500 scientific papers. Fifteen of these were on crustaceans, the rest on arachnids, myriapods and mammals. He was promoted to a first class Assistant in 1895 and some idea of the administrative tasks that he added to his scientific ones can be gathered from the following remarks: . . . His official position at the Museum brought him into contact with men and women of various grades of society and of many nationalities. It also entailed the preparation of official reports and recommendations; and involved business relations with dealers, printers, artists, etc to settle prices of specimens, arrange work to be done and check bills; while periodical superintendence of carpenters, labourers and attendants gave him experience in the management of men in a subordinate position . . . (Hindlc. 1948). Although he officially retired in 1923 he still travelled from Bloomsbury to South Kensington and was working at the Museum the day before his death. Thus both Bell and Pocock took their share at incorporating the ever increasing numbers of crustaceans being received. During 1886 Bell was registering specimens, but from the end of that year and until 1894 Pocock was responsible for the majority of entries. After 1894 Bell's handwriting again predominates until 1904 when it is succeeded by that of William Thomas Caiman who by then had taken charge of the crustaceans. Between 1898 and 1902 the collections of dry and pinned crustaceans were apparently all transferred and rearranged into new cabinets, commencing with the oxvrhvnchs (British Museum, 1899: 94; 1901: 112; 1902: 104; 1903: 1 17). This work was probably carried out by Bell and perhaps completed by Caiman. HIE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 183 The ever growing collections During the seventeen years that Bell and Pocock shared the curation of the crustaceans, many large collections were acquired. Those containing significant numbers of brachyuran crabs were: donations and purchases from Francis Day (56) from various Indian localities; those from the Atlantic and Mediterranean explorations of the French vessels Travailleur (39) and Talisman (40) acquired through exchanges with the Museum D'Histoire Naturelle, Paris; the collection from Christmas Island made during the visit of H.M.S. Flying Fish (57); from Mauritius purchased or donated by M. V. Robillard (58); from Fernando Noronha donated by the Royal Society of London (59); collections acquired from the Colonial Exhibition (60) of 1886; from Dominica presented by the West Indian Commission (61); from John Murray's Medusa expeditions (62) in the N. Atlantic; from Tizard and Macclesfield banks via H.M.S. Rambler (65) and those from Macclesfield and Holothuria Banks via H.M.S. Penguin (66) and H.M.S. Egeria (67); dromiids etc from the Challenger collection determined by Henderson (37); the collection received as an exchange with the Warsaw Museum (68); the large collection purchased from A. M. Norman (42) that included specimens from H.M.SS. Porcupine (69) and Triton (64); the collections made by Messrs I3edford and Lanchester (70) in Singapore and Malacca. Does not promise to be so very tempting The appointment of Caiman to the Department's staff in 1903 as a temporary assistant was to provide a much needed stimulus to the curation of the crustacean collection lasting well into the present century. Caiman's biographical details have been well documented (Cannon, 1953; Gordon, 1954). Caiman's outstanding aptitude as a carcinologist was acquired in the Natural History Department of University College, Dundee and nurtured by Professor D'Arcy Wentworth Thompson who had built up an imposing teaching collection there, and it could be said that Caiman was well on his way to making his most important contribution in carcinology before he joined the Museum's staff. The quality and number of papers that Caiman had produced while at Dundee had attracted the attention of Sir E. Ray Lankester, then Director of the British Museum (Natural History), who approached him to write the crustacean part for the Oxford Treatise of Zoology series that Lankester was editing. Pocock acted as Lankester's intermediary in negotiations with Caiman about the Treatise crustacean volume and in one of his letters he suggested to Caiman that he should 'come to London to take over our Crustacea' [30 October 1902: NHM Archives]. But as early as May 1901 Caiman had expressed his view on this matter to D'Arcy Thompson 'Upon the whole, the B.M. offer (if it does come) does not promise to be so very tempting' [7 May 1901: copy in NHM Archives]. However, Caiman may have eventually decided that the environs of a large museum with good library facilities and collections were better suited for the writing of his volume of the Treatise than the rather parochial surroundings of Dundee. The British Museum (Natural History), that was fast becoming 'the centre of zoological thought in the country' (Cannon, 1953: 361 ) was then able to provide both and may have greatly influenced his acceptance in 1903 of the temporary post in the Department where he continued with preparation of the volume. A year later, when Pocock resigned, he was appointed to take charge of the crustaceans and pycnogonids and, for a short while, the arachnids. Changes That Caiman's appointment to the permanent staff 'as a First class Assistant, with charge of the Crustacea' [28 July 1919, Caiman to University Court, St. Andrews University: 184 R. W. INGLE NHM Archives] had not been an easy one is evident from a lengthy letter written hy him to D'Arcy Thompson in January 1904. As Cannon (1953) pointed out. the method by which his appointment was made secure may have precluded his chance of later becoming the Museum's Director. This appointment was by recommendation and not by the competitive examination that the Trustees would have preferred. Lankester never- theless, was keen to fill the vacancy with an acknowledged expert because, as Caiman had remarked to D'Arcy Thompson 'if they put in a young untrained man to work at Arachnids or Crustacea there is no one in the Museum who can teach him anything about his work" [25 January 1901: copy in NHM Archives). Caiman had hoped that the suggestion of a permanent appointment could come from one of the Trustees rather than from Lankester himself (whose relationship with them was 'not of the sweetest" [Loc. cit.]) and he tactfully asked D"Arcy Thompson if this could be effected, remarking that Norman would be 'much concerned about what will happen to his collections when they come here and it would ease his mind somewhat perhaps if he knew that the Crustacea at least would be in charge of a man who would not dry them & stick them on pins' [Loc. cit.j. The Museum"s crustaceans were more or less still classified on the system proposed by the French zoologist A. Milne Edwards. Caiman's first task was to rearrange the collection according to the new system used in his volume of the Treatise. In this undertaking he was probably assisted in the routine work by the Attendant assigned to him, William Ernest Bamett (1886-1966) who gave devout service to Caiman for many years. Caiman's characteristic handwriting (fig. 1, H) appears first in the accession register in September 1904 and continues until 1918: there are a few entries by him in 1920 and 1924. From November 1904 until September 1937 an increasing number of entries also occur in Barnett's handwriting (fig. 1, I) and later in that of Isabella Gordon (1901-1988) who succeeded Caiman as the officer in charge of the crustacean and pycnogonid collections (Holthuis & Ingle, 1989) and for whom Barnett worked until he was seconded for 'war service' during the second World War. Barnett did not return to the Crustacea Section and officially retired in December 1958, having served the Trustees for 54 years. REGISTERS AND INDEXES On 14 June 1838 Children reported to the Trustees: . . . All new acquisitions, on their arrival, have a ticket, with a number, affixed to them, and a corresponding number is entered in a book, called the 'Inventory' with the locality of the specimen, name of the Donor, if present, time when received, etc- . . . The Entomological catalogue which is contained in 15 larger 4th [ = quarto| volumes, was began by the late Dr. Leach who seems to have registered about 3564 subjects and since he left the Museum in 1821. it has been continued by Mr. Samouelle . . . [Letters and Reports. 1828-1840: NHM Archives] None of the existing volumes of arthropod registers examined can be identified as begun by Leach. There is a bound quarto register, now in the Crustacea Section Library, containing crustacean entries numbered 1-533 and in Samouelle's handwriting (fig. 1. b) but the last entry (in White's handwriting) is number 539 after which this register was discontinued. This may be one of the volumes mentioned by Children as 'continued by Mr. Samouelle' but it has not been possible to establish the date when the register was commenced, it may have been discontinued at about the time of Samouelle's dismissal in 1841. A register of smaller dimensions, containing almost entirely crustacean entries. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 185 also in the same Library comprises three volumes with the spines inscribed Catalogue of Crustacea. These are numbered respectively 1-348, 349-694 and 695-1036. The original entries in the first and part of the second volume are in an unrecognised handwriting but after number 540 all are by Adam White who on most pages of the entire register has inserted lower case alphabetical letters to designate the number of specimens (see fig. 1 , d). Entries 1-539 are copied from the other register mentioned above. The date of origin of this smaller Catalogue is also uncertain. A note on the flyleaf by Isabella Gordon reads 'This catalogue is partly the work of G. Samouelle (?); he was employed from 1821-41 so that the thin writing as on p. 1. may be his or that of a clerk of his time. The supplementary entries and the later ones from 540 on are in Adam White's unmistakable round hand-c.f. White's signature in the General Library.' An inserted pencilled remark reads 'W. E. Leach's collection was acquired in 1826. Since this register begins with the entry of Leach's specimen of Limulus it is probable that it dates from 1826.' However, a careful comparison of the unrecognised handwriting in the first half of this Catalogue with that of Samouelle's suggest that none of these entries are by him. This Catalogue was probably initiated by Adam White and used as a basis for his List of the Crustacean in the British Museum (White, 1847). White apparently preferred to start a new register instead of continuing the one compiled by Samouelle. The unrecognised handwriting may be that of one of the seven Attendants employed by the Department at that time and who, under White's supervision, would have transcribed the entries from the other register and also incorporated the unregistered specimens. Other early registration books for arthropods are contained in the Library of the Entomology Department and date from 1837-1849. One set bears the title Register Entomology . In these, from April 1837 until September 1841 , each species (or lots of the same species) is numbered chronologically, commencing again with no. 1 at the beginning of each month. After September 1841 this was changed to numbering each collection followed by the number of specimens and beginning at number 1 for each new year; from 1849 the name of the month was sometimes inserted. In 1838 another register was also commenced, the-Zoological Accessions Annulosa Register and from 1838-1849 entries from the Register Entomology were copied into this and the same specimens were re-registered using the numerical citation of year, month and day; many of the early entries are in White's handwriting. From February onwards the year is often omitted when Samouelle has made the entry. From October 1841 the system then reverted to year, collection number, and number of specimens and is used in the register then started (in 1876) exclusively for the crustaceans and continued in this form until 1889 after which the numerical year, month, day and number of specimens is once again used. The oldest extant index of crustaceans, now contained in the Zoology Department's archives, was commenced by Adam White. This is a systematic index comprising quarto sheets onto which generic, specific diagnoses, synonymies, and distributions of species are entered. These manuscript sheets are held between stiff white covers the spines of which are inscribed 1-85 Diptera and 2440-2521 XXIX Coleoptera. (These covers were obviously used for conveniently retaining the pages since their inscriptions bear no relationship to the contents). Although the majority of the entries are decapods, a few isopods are interspersed among these, suggesting that this may be the surviving part of a larger index. A few pages, in a handwriting that has not been identified, differ from the others in that they are entries of named specimens in the collection and an encircled registration number has been appended on the top left of each page. These species and numbers are the same as those in the Catalogue of Crustacea mentioned above. Bell (British Museum, 1906: 732) stated that Miers had 'made notes for a catalogue of Brachyura'. If this was of the collections then none of it appears to have survived. However, in the Zoology Department's Library there are three bound volumes of crustacean figures, originally the property of J. E. Gray but with "Edw. J. Miers" 186 R. W. INGLE inscribed on the fly-leaf of each volume. Volume 1 is labelled Podophthalmata, Brachyura and is composed of 82 pages of cut and pasted illustrations from published works or of coloured tracings. Volume 2 is labelled Podophthalma Anomura. Macrura, Stomatopoda etc and comprises 77 pages. Some are brachyurans. a few appear to be original figures. Volume 3 titled Edriophthalmata Entomostraca. Cirripedia. Pycnogonida and Xiphosura contains 148 pages also with some original figures. Finally, the 'complete MS. list of all the known species of Brachyura' that Bell (British Museum, 1906) stated he had compiled and 'constantly kept up to date' is also in the archival collection of the above mentioned Library. This catalogue comprises paper sheets measuring 25 x 15.5 cm (blue for genera, white for species) with typed or handwritten listings of systematic and bibliographic references of species, and also localities and donors of identified brachyurans in the Collections. Although the majority of the specimens entered had been previously registered their numbers are not included. Instead each sample is prefixed with a letter, commencing with 'a'. The upper right-hand corner of each species sheet bears a printed number that identifies a genus or species. These numbers are again entered against an alphabetical list of genera contained in a small notebook. Although there are a few entries in Caiman's handwriting, this catalogue does not appear to have been maintained for accessions beyond about 1899 and no additional species are entered after 1910. CONCLUDING REMARKS During the previous century the state of the Museum's crustacean collection depended upon the ability, interests and attitudes of the individual curators who had charge of it. William Leach was the first to bring some scientific order to the natural history collections, but for the crustaceans much of this documentation was nullified by his successor John Children who rejected many of Leach's 'new fangled names' as inappropriate and presumably instructed his assistants, George Samouelle and later Adam White, to replace many of Leach's labels. There are now very few labels in the drawers of the dry crustacean collection that may be in Leach's handwriting. It is difficult to make a fair evaluation of Samouelle's contribution as a curator. Much of the available documentary evidence about his workpractice is denigratory and perhaps reflects, in part, the somewhat austere working conditions of his time. By comparison the indust- rious and conscientious Adam White was to leave the crustacean collections in a state of orderly documentation apparent by the neatly written specimen labels that have survived to this day and the numerous meticulous catalogue entries. Reginald Butler appears to have done very little to the collection as he was, no doubt, fully occupied with the insects. It was under Edward Miers that curation of and research on the Museum's crustacean collections attained a standard of excellence that was not equalled until William Caiman took charge of the group some 20 years later. Fortunately he was to be the first of an unbroken line of curators who were allowed to devote their time exclusively to the care of this rich and important research reference collection. ENDNOTES (I) Leach, William Elford (1790-1863; (iilbcrt, 1977). In his early years Leach collected marine specimens in Devonshire, sometimes accompanied by his friend Charles Prideaux of Kingsbridgc. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 187 He graduated in medicine at St. Andrew's University at 22 years of age but was intent on a career in general zoology. In 1813 he obtained a post in the Department of Natural History ... at the British Museum (Montagu House). In 1820 or thereabouts he was unable to continue his normal lifestyle. His frequent indispositions led the Trustees to grant him, in 1821, successive periods of leave but his deteriorating health compelled him to resigned his post in 1822. Leach remained in England for a while but, in the care of his sister Jane, eventually went abroad, living in various parts of southern France and finally Northern Italy where he died of cholera in 1836. Leach's interest was establishing taxonomic groupings, chiefly of the crustaceans, molluscs and insects. On this and other matters he corresponded with Cuvier, Latreille and other french zoologists and appears to have visited the Museum National d'Histoire, Paris, during at least 1815, 1817 and 1821. The names that Leach used for many of his genera and species gave rise to debate and led the Committee of the British Association on the Revision of Zoological and Botanical Nomenclature (Strickland et al. 1843) to consider many of Leach's names as 'nonsense names'. However. Knight (190(1) convincingly argued that many were derived from classical, biblical and oriental sources. An interesting aspect of Leach's pre-occupation with name derivation is the permutation of the name Caroline or Carolina. At least nine of the crustacean genera that he established in 1818 are anagrams of one or the other name. Smith (1980), suggested that it may have been that of Queen Caroline and that Leach created these anagrams as a sympathetic gesture after the death of her mother. Princess Charlotte in 1817. (2) The first seventeen parts of this work, published between 1815 and 1820, were written by Leach and illustrated and published by James Sowerby. In the NHM copy the inscription on the wrapper of each part differs from the title page bound with the first part (1815). Malacostraca Podophlhal- mata Britanniae ... is followed (on the wrappers) by . . . or descriptions of the British Species of Crabs, Lobsters, Prawns and of other Malacostraca with Pedunculate Eyes . . . but on the title page is printed . . . or, descriptions of such British species of the Linnean Genus Cancer as have their eyes elevated on footstalks. . . It was the publishers intention to complete the whole work in about nineteen parts, but publication lapsed after Leach's premature retirement. The stock was acquired by Mr. Quaritch (publisher) and the work completed by George Brettingham Sowerby, the final part being issued in 1875. (3) Thanks were ordered to be returned for the following Presents . . . To Dr Leach for the 9th & 10th numbers of the Zoological Miscellany ... To Dr Leach for a Collection of the larger Crustacea of Great Britain . . . (Trustees Minutes, 12 November 1814: NHM Archives]. (4) The Zoological Miscellany was a continuation of the earlier Naturalist Miscellany (5) and appeared in parts or numbers (3) between 1814 and 1817. (5) The Naturalist Miscellany appeared in parts between 1790 and 1810 (Sherborn, 1895). This was the earliest catalogue originating from Montagu House. It appeared monthly and 187 parts were issued. It contained . . . coloured figures of Natural Objects and described immediately from nature . . . that were being acquired by the Museum. Twenty nine species of crustaceans are included in parts spanning the years 1793, 1797-99, 1801-6 and 1810. Only six of these species are brachyuran crabs. Vernacular names are given but details of donors and localities are omitted. The work was compiled by George Shaw and illustrated by R. P. Nodder. The latter artist provided illustrations for the later Zoological Miscellany (4). (6) Montagu, George (1753-1815: Cleevely, 1978). Montagu was usually referred to as 'Colonel Montagu' but this was a courtesy title as he was commissioned as a Lieutenant-Colonel (Wiltshire Regiment of Militia) and remained unpromoted. His interest in natural history seems to have began during his army service in N. America. He was compelled to resign his commission in 1799 after being court-martialled on matters relating to his association with Elizabeth Dorville. Afterwards, both parties became fully involved in natural history and Mrs Dorville illustrated many of his publications. They settled in Kingsbridge, Devon. Throughout his life Montagu collected assiduously and also employed 'his man Gibbs' (7) for this purpose. The Trustees recommended that . . . Colonel Montagu's Collection of British Zoology be purchased under the circumstances mentioned in Dr. Leach' Report . . . [Trustees Minutes, 13 June 1916: NHM Archives]. Although this was the notable collection of British birds, specimens 188 R. W. INGLE belonging to other groups were also represented. For example. Leach (1816a) acknowledged specimens of the mud shrimp Axius slirynchus from this collection . . . lurely purchased hy the Trustees . . . [Loc. cit] and also frequently acknowledged the help of his friend Montagu who sent him specimens. His remarks on the Galathea spinigeru figured by Sowcrby in that work reads . . . Our figure is coloured from the drawing most kindly sent to me by Mrs Dorville nho drew it from a living specimen . . . [Loc. cit.]. (7) Mr Gibbs (or Gibbes) was presumably a local Kingsbridge ta.xidermist and assisted Montagu with collecting specimens. He is referred to as the . . . Colonel's man . . . and . . . the man who stuffed Colonel Montagu's birds. . . (Elliot, 1897). His help was acknowledged by James Sowerby who named a fungus after him (Cleevcly, 1978) and by Leach (1819: text to Tab. XIX) who used Gibb's name for a spider crab, remarking that the species {Pisa gibbsii) . . . was first noticed by Mr Gibbs, employed by Montagu, and is named after that indefatigable and successful collector, by whom the British Fauna has been considerably enriched . . . (8) Pennant. Thomas (1726-1798). After his death and until 1912 Pennant's collection remained in his residence at Downing Hall. Holywell. Flintshire. In 1912 the collections were donated to the British Museum (Natural History) by the Earl of Denbigh, a relative of Pennant (Smith. 191.'?). Among this material . . . Five Crustacea, probably types of species described by Thomas Pennant in 1777: presented hy the Earl of Denbigh, CVO . . . are mentioned as being among these specimens (British Museum. 1913: 154). [See Appendix of this present paper]. In 1952 six additional specimens were received from Mr Guy Wilkins. then on the staff of the Mollusca Section, discovered while curating the collections. These are \sibc\\cd-Astacus fluviatilis. Astacus bamffius. Astacus bernhardus. Astacus norvegicus, Astacus strigosus, and '.' Atelecyclus seplemspinosus . All are without addition documentation. (9) Samouelle. George ( 7-1846: Gilbert. 1977). Samouelle was engaged on 16th March 1821 as a clerk and assistant to work on the entomological collections. He had been employed previously by the publishers. Longmans, and his popular book (Samouelle. 1819) must have counted in his favour when being considered for the post (Gunther. 1975: 55). After some years in office his efficiency was questioned and he was frequently repremanded for the inadequate reports he wrote concerning his work and also for irregularities in attendance. In February 1838 the Keeper, George Childrens. was provoked into admonishing him in no uncertain terms: Sir, As head of the Zoological Department, and responsible for the due performance of the duties connected with it. I cannot any longer suffer the entomological branch to he neglected as it has lately been. If the state of your health he really such as to render you incapable of more active exertion, and to prevent your attending to your duty, as the other a.\sislants in this department do, during the Museum hours from 10 till 4-and, as at the present moment, even to occasion your absence for whole days together — / shall feel it indispensable to report the fact to the Trustees, and shall suggest that it will be better, in future, to pia you on the same footing as Mr George Gray tand for the same reason) and proportion your pay to the time of your actual attendance, at a certain rate per diem. I shall also urge the necessity of another assistant being appointed to the .same branch of the department, as the only means hy which die arrangment and naming of the collections can be effected. I am very sorry to he obliged to come to this decision but I have no alternative- Your note of Titesday. announcing that you were unwell, only reached me late tn the evening of that day-and I should have known nothing of the cause of your absence tilt than time, had I not previously .sent a messenger to entjuire into it; and in the interim persons were waiting to considt the entomological cabinets in momentary expectation of your arrival. Yesterday you continued absent without assigning any father rea.son. and Uiday the same-things cannot go on thus, and it is my duty, av is my determination, to take care that they shall not . . . [22 February 1S3S. Letters and Reports: NHM Archives]. Samouelle was suspended from employment in 1838 but re-cngagcd at a lower salary. He was again suspended for futher misdemeneanours in 1839 and dismissed in 1841. He died in 1846. (10) Adam While (1817-1879: Gilbert, 1977). White came to London from his home town of Edinburgh at the age of 18 years and with a letter of introduction to Gray. He was appointed to the Zoological Branch of the Department of Natural History of the British Museum in December 1835 and remembered by many for . . . his readiness to a.ssist, and the broad Scotch accent with which his words of sound advice were delivered . . . (Dunning, 1879). White seems to have set himself the task of cataloguing every arthropod in the collection and overwork may well have been the cause of his retirement through mental indisposition' in 1863. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 189 He apparently recovered temporarily but then suffered several relapses. Even as an inmate of one Scottish asylum he edited and contributed to the house journal (McLachlan. 1879). White's most important contributions to carcinology were: List of the specimens of Crustacea in the Collections of the British Museum (White, 1847) and A popular History of British Crustacea (White, 1875). He seems to have been the first to apply the suffix -idae to designate insect families. (11) Major General Thomas Hardwicke (1756-1835: Swainson, 1840: 208; Dawson, 1946). Hardwicke served with the East India Company for 45 years. As a devotee to natural history he amassed a large collection of coloured drawings made by native artists. These, along with his manuscripts and specimens, form the 'Hardwicke Bequest' acquired by the British Museum (Natural History). A greater part of the crustacean material is extant and incorporated in the Dry collection. (12) H.M.S. Congo was specifically built and commissioned in 1816 to investigate the upper reaches of the River Congo, West Africa, to discover whether or not it was connected with the River Niger. John Cranch (1785-1816) (14) was appointed as the zoologist. Twenty one of the 56 personnel died from Yellow Fever infection, including Cranch, who was taken ill on the march between Banza (Cooloo) and the Banza Inga and was carried back by natives to the Congo. He died on board on 4 September 1816, 31 years of age (Tuckey, 1818). Extant specimens from this ill-fated expedition were listed by Monod (1970) in his account of Cranch's diary and drawings [see also Appendix of this present paper]. (13) An important collection containing some 32 species of malacostracans, all identified by Richard Owen and collected by F. W. Beechey on H.M.S. Blossom (Owen, 1839) was never acquired by the Museum. Lieut, (later Sir) Edward Belcher (1799-1877) and G. Tradescant Lay (d. 1845) are also acknowledged as collectors of the crustaceans on the Blossom. Circumnavigation of the Berhing Strait region was carried out by the ship from 182.5-1828. For the voyages of 1826 and 1827 Beechey had been specifically asked to co-operate with the polar expeditions of W. E. Parry and John Franklin. Owen stated that the crustaceans were deposited in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England (of which he was, at that time, conservator and Hunterian Professor) and also in the the Museum of the Zoological Society of London. In 1845 the Royal College of Surgeons donated 348 specimens to the Britsh Museum (Whitehead, 1969: 166) but apparently none of these were crustaceans. Any Blossom specimens were probably destroyed when the College was bombed during May 1941 (Crane. 1975) and no crustaceans were included among the collection from the Zoological Society's Museum in 1853 nor with material purchased from that source in 1855. (14) Cranch, John (1787-1816: Monod, 1970; Smith, 1980). Cranch was born at Exeter, Devon and died prematurely in September 1816 (12). He became an orphan at an early age, was raised by an uncle and learned the trade of a shoemaker. His interests in natural history brought him under the influence of Colonel Montague (6) whom he assisted with the collecting of specimens. He published a number of short articles, two on crustaceans: Natural History of the Pea Crab and Natural History of the Hermit Crab in The Weekly Entertainer for 1811, nos 2 «& 4 respectively. Marriage brought him some financial security and he was able to spend more time on his natural history interests. Montagu introduced Cranch to Leach (1) and it was through the latter that he met Captain J. K. Tuckey, leader of the Congo Expedition. According to White (1847: v) Cranch sold specimens to the British Museum. (15) H.M.SS Erebus & Terror were commissioned for the Antarctic Expedition of 1839-1843. The Erebus was commanded by James Clark Ross and the Terror by Francis R. M. Crozier. Under the registration number 1844.3 is listed 42 crustaceans, some of which are brachyurans, collected in the New Zealand-Falkland region. The collecting was probably supervised or made by the surgeon and official naturalist on the Erebus- Robert McCormick. Other specimens are entered under 1843.70 listed as from Auckland, New Zealand and presented by Lieut. Smith of the same vessel and were . . . caught by towing net within the tropics . . . (note in Entomology Dept. register]. (16) There are two anomalies concerning the published reports of the Erebus and Terror: (i) White identified the material and in his 1847 publication referred to them as from the . . . Antarctic Exp. 190 R. W. INGLE Presented h\ the Lords of the Admiralty . . . but without reference to either vessel. Apparently he had illustrations prepared of soine species in anticipation of publishing a report, but this was never printed. These illustrations were used by Miers (1874) for his report on The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M.S. Erebus & Terror . . . and White's plates were printed with their original names but with a revised nomenclature in the text of the report, (ii) Some of the brachyurans cited in Miers report came from other collections (eg. the Xenocarcinits depressus Cape Howe specimen was purchased from a Mr. Calvert, the X. tuberculalus from H.M.S. Fly (17). the Nectocarcinus tuberculalus from Van Diemen's Land, and the Cancer novae-zelandiae from New Zealand were collected by Dr. Andrew Sinclair. R.N. (17) H.M.S. Fl\. under command of Captain Francis P. Blackwood sur\eyed the South-western Pacific from 1841-1846 with the purpose of charting a passage through the Great Barrier Reef. Naturalists on board were zoologist J. W. McGillivray (1822-1867) and geologist J. Beete Jukes (181 1-1868). Forty eight crustaceans from this voyage, collected in the Torres Straits, (registered as 1845.91) and an unspecified number from the Swan River. Port Jackson (1846.89) were presented by J. B. Jukes, (see White. 1847a). (18) H.M.S. Samarang was commanded by Capt. Sir Edward Belcher during the coastal surveys of China. Japan, Korea and Borneo from 1843-1846. Arthur Adams (1820-1878) was surgeon naturalist and 270 crustaceans were collected and presented to the Museum by him. registered as 1847.21. [See also (19)1 (19) White (1847) lists under Additional species over 60 species of crabs as . . . Presented by Capt. Sir Edw. Belcher. C. B.. fi. A'. . . but without reference to the Samarang The report by Adams & White (1848) omits at least 32 of these species and also includes a number not collected by this vessel (e.g. specimens purchased from Cuming). Additional Samarang specimens were described by Miers (1877). (20) H.M.S. Rattlesnake, commanded by Capt. Owen Stanley continued the surveying work of H.M.S. Fly in the South western Pacific during 1846-1850 with priority for finding a safe passage through the Torres Strait and Great Barrier Reef. The collections were made by the naturalist specifically appointed, John MacGillivray and also by the ship's assistant surgeon and naturalist, Thomas Henrv Huxley (1825-1895). A total of 459 crustaceans are incorporated under numbers 1848.33, 1850.39, 1850.112, 1851.5. 1851.32 and 1851.33. all donated by McGillivray. The first of these (93 specimens) are entered as being from Atlantic. Indian, Australian Seas via Prof. Edwards Forbes (1814-1854: Mills, 1984), indicating that collections were bemg made on the outward or/and return voyage. Rattlesnake specimens were included in the .Alert (35) report by Miers (1881a, 1884a). (21) H.M.S. Herald worked the Pacific coasts of North and South America during 184.5-1847 under the command of Captain Henry Kcllett. The ship was accompanied by H.M.S. Pandora. Biological collections were made by Kellett and Lieut. James Wood in Pandora and presented to the British Museum. However, none of the extant Herald crustacean specimens can be assigned to the above period. The Herald was then diverted to the Antarctic during 1848 and until 1851 to search for Sir John Franklin's expedition and in 1852 was commissioned by Captain Henry Denham for survey work in the South Western Pacific until 1860. J. W. McGillivray (specifically appointed as naturalist), and M. Rayner (surgeon to the vessel) made the biological collections. The register entries for 1854.47 and 1855.69 respectively lists 97 and 92 crustaceans collected by MacGillivray. Further crustaceans incorporated under number 1856.33 and entered as . . . Bought of Cuming in January last or so . . . collected on Voyage of Herald . . . and under 1856. 105 there are 266 specimens from the Herald but the collector or donor is not mentioned. Under registration number 1858. 172 there are three pages in Adam White's handwriting of Herald specimens from S. Pacific localities and collected by F. M. Ravner. The material was reported upon bv Miers (sec p. 00) (22) The Leydcn Collection/Lcyden Museum White (1847) lists 25 species of decapods from this collection. These were acquired as two consignements. The first, registered as 1844.68 comprise 22 named crab species and 5 macrurans (Ihacus. Palinurus). The second, registered as 1845.37 is represented by Inachus (Macrocheira) kaempferi and 4 small crustacearvi in spirit . . .Both i THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 191 collection were purchased from Mr. G. A. Frank, an Amsterdam dealer in Natural History. The Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijkc Leiden exchanged duplicate specimens from their collections for those of Frank's. A consigncment of these, acquired by Frank in 184(1, were sold by him to the British Museum in 1S44 and 1845. These represent part of the material reported upon by W. de Haan (1835-1850) and contain many syntypic specimens, (Holthuis, 1967; Holthuis, L. B. & Sakai, K. 1970; Yamaguchi, (in press)). (23) Bell, Thomas (1792-1880: Plarr, 1930; Chattield, 1980). A dental surgeon at Guy's Hospital until 1861 . He was appointed first Professor of Zoology at King's College in 1836 where he pursued his interests in natural history. His best known contribution to carcinology was A History of British Stalk-Eyed Crustacea (1853). This work first appeared as eight separate parts between 1844 and 1852 under the title of A History of British Crustacea and these were reprinted in 1853 collectively as a single volume with 'Stalk-eyed' added to the title (Gordon, 1959). Bell died at 'The Wakes" Selborne. that he had purchased from Gilbert White's grandniece.. (24) Spirits of wine as then used for preservation was a distallation of ethyl alcohol produced from fermentation of various grains. The early form of industrial methylated spirit with which Gray experimented was probably a crude composite of ethyl and methyl alcohols and was substituted for spirits of wine in about 1862. In 1871 Gray reported . . . Specimens placed in methylated spirit, the use of which, from its economy, began in 1862, have shown effects which could not have been foreseen prior to the experiment. From that date to 1865, specimens of vertebrate animals, fishes and reptiles, e.g., have become lax, or have lost consistency, and on those which have been longest immersed a deposit of the wood- resins employed in 'methylating' alcohol has accrued upon the surface of the specimens . . . (British Museum, 1872: 23). (25) Butler, A. G. (1844^1925: Gilbert, 1977). Butler was the son of Thomas Butler, Assistant to Principal Librarian Sir Antonio Panizzi. He was appointed as an Assistant in the B.M. in 1863 and was Assistant Keeper in charge of the Arthropoda from 1879 until 1901 when he retired due to ill health. He worked on a number of orders of insects but is chiefly remembered as a lepidopterist; he had a particular interest in Fabrician material. (26) The Linnean Society has presented to the Museum the Banksian Collection of Insects, containing the type specimens, described by Fabricius . . . (British Museum, 1864: 24). (27) A number of the Banks specimens are sewn onto sheets of gray card covered with white paper (Wagner, 1986, PI. I, lower photo). Some are inscribed ... F or fr in pencil and, as noted by Whitehead (1969: 177) . . . The style of writing on the cards and the colour of both ink and paper suggest that these are contemporary with the period of the Cook voyages. The specimens may. however, have been duplicates that were once in Kiel and were .sent to Banks . . . (28) The global oceanic investigations made by H.M.S. Challenger have been well documented (Spry. 1876; Murray, 1895; Swire, 1938; Moseley, 1944; Linklater, 1972). The braehyuran crabs were described by Miers (1886) who listed over 280 species or varieties, 50 of which were new to science. A not inconsiderable part of the Challenger collection was designated as duplicates and transferred from the Challenger office in Edinburgh to the British Museum (Natural History) in 1890, to be used for exchange purposes. A major dispersal of Challenger specimens, for example, was noted in the minutes of the Standing Committee of the Trustees in July and October 1899 when 1070 and 1092 specimens respectively were designated for sending to various institutions. (Lingwood, 1981: 73) pointed out that at . . . least 21 different institutions received a total of 4000 specimens by this means . . . some representing type material (Wheeler & O'Riordan, 1969) Handwritten lists of Challenger duplicates disseminated to eight institutions are contained in a bound volume in the Library of the Zoology Department and reveals that crustacean specimens were sent to University College Cardiff, Sheffield Public Museum. University College of Sheffield, Perthshire Museum and, by far the largest amount, to University College Dundee. The list of specimens donated to Dundee in 1899 is in the handwriting of W. T. Caiman who at that period was an Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in the Natural History Department of Universitv College, Dundee, having previously been laboratory assistant to D'Arcy Thompson who had built up a. . . fine teaching Museum at University College. Dundee . . . (Gordon, 1954). That this list was written on British Museum stationery by Caiman suggests that he compiled it during a visit to the Museum in order to select specimens, perhaps under the supervision of Jeffrey Bell. 192 R. W . INGLE In 1956 the BMNH acquired a considerable part of the contents of the Dundee University College Museum resulting in the return of Challenger material. Of the twelve brachyuran species included in Caiman's original list (and approved by the Trustees in October 1899) five are not included in the Report by Miers (1886) and may have been part of the Occasional collectinn (29). Nine of the species on Caiman's list are not included in Thompson's 1901 Catalogue and were also not among the specimens returned to the BMNH in 1956. The bulk of the Challenger brachyuran material is registered as 1884. .31 and additional specimens as 1884.44. (29) Two catagories of C/ia/Zenger .specimens were recognised initially, the Occasional specimens — incidental to the purpose of the voyage and those which were essential to its purpose i.e. Piece juslicalive (Lingwood, 1981). (30) Staff employed in the Zoological Department at Bloomsbury in 1878 at the time of the first major relocation of the Department. keeper-Dr Albert Giinthcr; Assistant Keeper-Frederick Smith. First Class Assistants: Arthur Gardener Butler (insects); Edgar Albert Smith (molluscs); Richard Bowdler Sharp (birds). Second Class Assistants: Charles Owen Waterhouse (insects); Edward John Miers (crustaceans); Stuart Oliver Ridley (sponges and alcyonians); Francis Jeffrey Bell (echinoderms and annulosa). First Class Attendants: Edward Gerrard; James Ingham; John Saunders; Edward Tugwell Boulton; Robert William Tomlinson. Second Class Attendants: James West; Samuel Atkinson; James Lewis Rudd; Duncan Mitchie; Charles Chubb. Duties of the Attendants varied. Much of their time was spent mounting and labelling gallery specimens and helping the senior staff (Assistants). Edward Gerrard was the overall supervisor and conservator of mammals, attended to students of the mammalia and to the packing and unpacking of vertebrate collections. James West mounted and repaired birds for the gallery, cleaned the skins and was also responsible for . . . regulating the outgoing messages of the Department . . . John Saunders worked in the library. Charles Chubb attended to visitors studying birds. One duty shared by all the Attendants was 'watching' when the galleries were surveyed for irregularities of contents or behaviour of visitors. The outcome of this practice was occasionally noted in the Trustees Minutes. For example, the watchfulness of Attendant Duncan Mitchie on one Saturday evening in July 1879 resulted in a young German named Briltermann being apprehended in the act of extracting a glass eye from the stuffed Java Ox in the mammalian saloon. The Trustees (represented by the Principal Librarian) prosecuted and Brittermann was sentenced at Bow Street Court to two months imprisonment, subsequently reduced to one month (Official Documents 1879-1880: NHM Archives]. (31) St. John H. C, (Tizard, 1900), captained H.M.S. Sylvia from 1869-1872 and made extensive collections off the coast of Japan and in the Korean Sea during 1870. These were presented via Gwyn Jeffreys (41) and registered as 1800.22, 1878: 11, 1878.29; many brachyurans are included. Miers (1879ft) reported upon the collections. St. John rose to the rank of Rear Admiral. [Keepers Corresp: NHM Archives). (32) The Admiralty expedition of 1874-75 to make observation on the Transit of Venus included four naturalists. Three, Dr. I. B. Balfour (185-V1922: botanists and geologist), Mr. George Gulliver (1804-1882: general faunal investigations) and Mr. H. H. Slater (1851-1934: cave explorations and extinct animals) were assigned to Rodriquez; the fourth, the Rev. A. E. Eaton (1845-1929), visited Kerguelen. The ships deployed were M.M.SS Volgae and Supply. Miers published on some of the specimens collected (see Miers 1875 & 1876, 1879<). Only one brachyuran species was collected on Kerguelen but 20 are listed from Rodriquez. The collection is registered as 1876. 10. The Royal Society Council directed that . . . complete sets should he reserved for the National Collections, and that the remainder should be distributed to the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London, the Government Museums of Natural History in F.dinburgh and Dublin, the University .\4uscums of O.xford and Cambridge, and other Institutions ... (in Miers, 1879(). (33) H.M.S. Peterel was commanded by Commander W. E. Cookson, R. N. and visited the Galapagos Islands, presumably under the orders of the commander of the Pacific Station, Rear THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 193 Admiral Hon. A. A. Cochrane, who directed that any collections obtained should be deposited in the British Museum. During the two week visit, in June 1875, landings were made on Charles and Abington Islands and at Tagus and Iguana Coves in the Albemarle Islands. Cookson, assisted by Staff-Surgeon Belt, collected the zoological specimens. The collection is registered as 1876.18 (Miers, 1877). (34) The Isbjorn was a small norwegian cutter commanded by Captain (later Sir) Albert H. Markham who accompanied Sir Henry Gore Booth to the Barent's Sea in 1879. The collection, reported upon by Miers (1881ft), is registered as 1879.22. (35) Baron Hermann von Maltzan (1873-1891: Crosse & Fischer, 1892). A German naturalist who, in 1874 collected molluscs in the Mediterranean and in 1879 visited southern Spain and the Algarve region of Portugal. He contracted malaria while collecting in Senegambia in 188(1 and which caused his premature death in 1891 . His last collecting expeditions were to Crete (1883) and Sardinia and Sicily (1884) when he was accompanied by his wife, an artists and also a devotee to natural history. The large collection of crustaceans purchased included many brachyurans and is registered as 1881.24 (Miers 1881c). (36) H.M.S. Alert was commissioned for surveying work in South American and South Pacific waters during 1878-82. The vessel was commanded initially by Captain G. S. Nares R. N. who was replaced by Captain J. L. P. Maclcar in spring of 1879. Extensive biological collections were made under the supervision of Staff Surgeon R. W. Coppinger R. N., scientist on the voyage, and these were presented to the British Museum. It is interesting to note how quickly these specimens were received by the Museum throughout the voyage. For example, the collections made in the Straits of Magallan to Trinidad Channel region of South America, from January to March 1879, had been received (along with material from some previous stations), identified and incorporated (reg. no. 1879.19) by September of the same year and comprised some 150 specimens representing 34 species. In addition to these. Alert collections were incorporated as follows: 1880.30, 1881.26 (S. American station). 1881.31, 1881.41. 1882.7 (Australian station), 1882.24, 1883.26 (Indian Ocean station). (Miers, 1881a; 1884a; 1885). In the Alert report Miers also cited specimens from the Rattlesnake and Herald (20) & (21). (37) Henderson, John Robert (1863-1925: Caiman, 1926). Henderson graduated in medicine at the University of Edinburgh but turned to marine zoology. In 1886 he was appointed Professor of Zoology at Christian College, Madras, India and in 1909 Superintendent of the Madras Museum. Henderson retired to Edinburgh in 1919 and died in 1925. He reported on the Challenger anomurans (including the dromiacean crabs) and also published many papers on Indian carcino- logy (Baiss & Gruner, 1961: 1967). He donated specimens to the British Museum (Natural History) during the 1890s including collections made by Francis Day (56) and his predecessor at the Madras Museum-Edgar Thurston. (38) Bate, Charles Spence F. R. S. (1818-1889: G. S. B, 1890). Bate was a dentist of considerable local repute who practiced first at Swansea and then Plymouth where he took over his father's practice. He developed interests in natural history especially the crustaceans. His best known published work, in co-authorship with J. O. Wcstwood (Hope Professor of Zoology at Oxford University) was A History of the British Sessile-Eyed Crustacea (Bate & Wcstwood, 1861-2, 1868). He published papers on developmental morphology of crustaceans and reported upon the Challenger Macrura (Bate, 1888). (39) TravaiUeur. A French navy paddle steamer suitably modified for marine exploration. The Travailleur made at least three voyages. The first in 1880 was southward to the Bay of Biscay and with Gwny Jeffreys and A. M. Norman, (411 & (42), aboard as advisers on dredging matters. The second was to the coast of Portugal and into the Mediterranean as far as Corsica, and the third as far south as the Canary Islands (Milne Edwards. 1882; Filhol. 1885). The vessel carried a number of distinguished french scientists belonging to the Commission formed to effect this deep-water exploration and included Alphonse Milne Edwards (1835-1900). During these voyages bcnthic trawling was carried out at a number of stations. Detailed descriptions of the decapods collected were published by H. Milne Edwards & Bouvier (1900). 194 R. W. INGLE (40) Talisman. A larger vessel that replaced the Travuitleur to continue exploratory deep-sea research initiated by the French government. In 1883 the Talisman, with A. Milne Edwards and other members of the Commission on board, explored the off-shore and coastal waters from Portugal southward to Morocco and returned via the Azores. (H. Milne Edwards & Bouvier, 19(X)). In 1899 the British Museum (Natural History) received 89 specimens, (comprising 53 species. 22 of which were brachyurans), from the Travailleur and Talisman collections. These were acquired as an exchange of specimens with the Museum National D'Histoire Naturclle. Paris. Further specimens were received in 1956 when the BMNH acquired collections from the Museum of University College, Dundee (Thompson, 1901 & (28)). (41) Jeffreys, John Gwyn (1809-1885: Mills, 1978). A Swansea solicitor and later a barrister who in his youth became a devotee to conchology. He eventually retired from the legal profession to write on conchology and to conduct collecting expeditions to the Shetland Islands, west coast of Scotland and the Channel Islands using his brother-in-law's yacht Osprey on which he was joined by A. M. Norman (42) and others. Jeffreys replaced W. B. Carpenter and C. Wyville Thomson on Porcupine (69) for part of the second cruise in 1869 and joined the Valorous (53), commanded by Capt. Loftus F. Jones (a supply ship to Capt. G. S. Nares Arctic Expedition) and dredged off west Greenland. There are several entries of specimens collected by these vessels in the Norman Register for 191 1.11.8. Jeffreys also presented to the BMNH the large collection of crustaceans made by Capt. St. John and from Korean & Japanese waters (31). (42) Norman. Alfred Merle (1831-1918: Mills, 1980). A clergyman who took up the study of marine biology in the early 1850's and collected in many parts of the British Isles. He participated in Gwyn Jeffrey's (41) expeditions to the Shetland Islands and that of the Travuilleur's (39) 1880 voyage to the Bay of Biscay. Norman . . . amassed a collection of invertebrates second to none in private hands in Europe, and became a respected authority on nearly every group oj invertebrate animals . . . (Mills, 1980). His collections were purchased by the BMNH and his library donated to the Zoology Department, University of Cambridge. The Norman Collection was purchased in four instalments. The first, in 1898, consisted of over 26,000 specimens; the second, acquired in 1900, included . . . the remainder of the British Echinoderms, 3000 species of Enlomostraca. 49 species of Mediterranean Copepoda. 925 micro- scopic preparations of Enlomostraca, and collections of Polychaeta. Tunicata. Mollusca. Crustacea, Anthozoa etc; . . . The third instalment was acquired in 1910 and comprised . . . about 3.290 specimens of sponges (including 195 types and 184 co-types) and of a number of specimens of Hydrozoa, Anthozoa, Crustacea etc ... The final instalment (1911) comprised ... chieflv of Mollusca. Crustacea, Polyzoa. etc; . . . (British Museum, 1899: 85; 1901: 98; 1911: 112; 1912: 106). The first purchase included over 1,000 crustaceans, of these 367 were brachyurans from various localities and are registered as 1898.5.7 but the bulk of the decapods were acquired in the third consignment and were incorporated by Caiman and Barnett (Caiman's Attendant) under the number 1911.11.8. Norman also presented a number of species between 1884 and 1903. (43) H.M.S. Nassau was commanded by Captain R. C. Maync, R. N., while re-surveying the Straits of Magellan and passage into the Pacific during 1866 and 1869. Dr. R. O. Cunningham (Professor of Natural History. Queen's University Belfast), accompanied the ship to make biological collections (Cunningham, 1871). The crustaceans acquired by the BM are registered as 1869.37. (44) Indian Museum, Calcutta (sometimes cited as the Calcutta Museum). Between 1879 and 1903 several consignements of crustaceans, that included many brachyurans named by Wood-Mason or by Alcock (45) & (46) were purchased from or donated by the Indian Museum Trustees. (45) Wood-Mason, James. Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta until 1893 when he was medically certificated home but died in transit. He was succeeded by A. W. Alcock (46). (46) Alcock, Alfred William (1859-1933: Caiman et al, 1933). Alcock was appointed Surgeon- Naturalist to the Indian Marine Survey and served on the Royal Indian Survey Ship Investigator from November 1888 until 1892 when he was succeeded by A. R. S. Anderson (47). During intervals ashore he worked with Wood-Mason at the Indian Museum. In 1893 Alcock was THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 195 appointed Superintendent of the Indian Museum, resigned in 1907, and returned to England to work with Patrick Manson at the London School of Tropical Medicine at the Albert Dock. (47) Anderson. A. R. S. The Surgeon-Naturalist who succeeded Alcock on Investigator. Specimens collected by Anderson and acquired by the British Museum (Natural History) were registered (no. 1886.52) as being purchased from the Trustees of the Calcutta Museum (44) and were reported upon by J. de Man (1887-8). (48) Lockington, W. N. was an architect employed by the city of San Franscisco but apparently had to . . . look to Nat' Hist, for a living ... |11 November 1879, Miers letters: NHM Archives]. Lockington seems to have sold his specimens to Edward Gerrard Jr. (49)) from whom the BM purchased the identified collections. These were incorporated as 1877.2, 1878.9 and 1879.1. (49) Gerrard, Edward Jr. A son of the Edward Gerrard (Giither, 1911a) employed by the British Museum and British Museum (Natural History) from 1841-1896. Gerrard appears to have traded first from King's Place, but later became established as a renown natural history dealer at 61 College Place, Camden Town, London where the buisness became the clearing house' for worldwide collections obtained by naturalists and safaris. The British Museum obtained (chiefly by purchase) a considerable number of specimens from the firm of Gerrards'. In 193.^ the business was divided: the biological supply side moved to Pentonville Road and in 1963 to East Preston, Sussex. The Gerrards at College Place became re-established in Royal College Street as Gerrard (Hire) Ltd. (50) Smithsonian Insitution, Washington DC. The earliest collection was received in 1857 (amphipods), but in 1861 the British Museum acquired two important collections. The first (registered as 1861 .44) contained over 200 donated species (78 brachyurans) comprising . . . mostly types selected compared and labelled by Wm Stimpson . . . (51) [Entry in Entomology Register). The second collection (reg. no. 1861.45) comprised 55 species (27 brachyurans) purchased from Stimpson (Evans, 1967). In 1880 some 32 species of crustaceans were presented (9 brachyurans) orginating from the United States Fishery Commissioners (reg. as 1880. 26 & 29). In 1890 a total of 48 species were received (as an exchange) that included 1(1 brachyuran species, all determined by S. I. Smith (52). (51) Stimpson, William (1832-1872: Mayer. 1918). Stimpson accompanied Professor J. L. R. Agassiz on many collecting expeditions and in 1852 was appointed naturalist to the North Pacific Exploring Expedition. In 1850 he was in charge of the Department of Invertebrates at the Smithsonian Institution. Stimpson also visited England where he did some coastal dredging. Most of the vast collections he amassed throughout his life were sadly destroyed by the great Chicago fire. (52) Smith, Sidney Irving (1843-1926: Coe, 1932). Professor-Emeritus of comparative anatomy at Yale University and leading authority on marine crustaceans of the American Atlantic. (53) H.M.S. Valorous was a supply vessel to H.M.SS. Alert and Discovery during the Arctic Expedition of 1875 (Jeffreys, 1876). The ship was commanded by Captain Loftus F. Jones. The scientists on board were J. Gwyn Jeffreys assisted by W. L. Carpenter (W. B. Carpenter's son). Some tow-net samples and several shallow-water dredge samples were obtained from one of the ship's cutters. The crustaceans were entrusted to A.M. Norman (42) for identification and eventually acquired by the BMNH in 1881 (registered as 1881.6, and also as 1903.5.20). There was no report published on the collection. (54) The International Fisheries Exhibition of 1883 was held in the Royal Horticultural Gardens, north of the Natural History Museum, and under the patronage of the Prince of Wales. Albert Giinther was one of the vice-presidents and during the period of the exhibition he arranged evening visits to the recently completed and electrically lit Spirit Building of the BMNH. Francis Day (56) wrote to Miers asking if he had found time to examine the stalk-eyed crustaceans on display in the Indian section of the Exhibition remarking that . . . / expect to be in town in about a fortnight and if you would make it convenient to look in before the public are admitted of a morning I would meet you and we could select a complete set for the British Museum ■ . . I propose commencing to dismantle [the exhibits) shortly- . . . [October 1883, Miers letters: NHM Archives). Miers replied that he . . must refer the matter to Dr. Gunther which I will do on 1% R. W. INGLE the first opportunity . . . and . . . Dr. Gunther will not have the specs, if the condition is to be added thai I work them out ... [4 October 18(S3, Miers letters: NHM Archives). Nevertheless, the collection was named by Miers and comprised some 57 specimens representing 26 species presented by the Commissioners for the Straits Settlements and registered as 1883.24. A later collection, from the Chinese Court, of 26 specimens comprising 12 species is registered as 1884.2. (55) Yerbury. John William (1847-1928: Gilbert, 1977). Yerbury was born in Bengal, educated at Wellington College and at Woolwich, commissioned in the Royal Artillery in 1867 and served in various parts of the world until his rctiremenement as Lieut. Colonel in 1892. He was stationed for many years in Aden and although his particular interest was ornithology he made general natural history collections. After his retirement he returned to Aden for a few months in 1895. He was an excellent collector and somewhat shy and reserved. Eventually increasing blindness interfered with his work and he was knocked down by a motor car sustaining injuries that caused his premature death. (56) Day, Francis (1829-1889; Anon, 1889). Day was Deputy Surgeon General of the Indian Medical Service and devoted much of his time to the study of Indian fishes. He was appointed Inspector General of fisheries for the Government of Indian in 1871. His library and manuscripts are deposited in the Cheltenham Public Library. (57) H.M.S. Flying Fish surveyed in far eastern waters and was commanded by Captain J. F. L. P, Maclear from 1883 until the end of 1886. The vessel was ordered home via Christmas Island to collect geological samples for John Murray but biological collections were also made. A few brachyuran species are represented among the crustaceans registered as 1887.10; all arc from Christmas Island. (58) Robillard, Jean Aime Victor de (7I813-1892: 1892, Le Vrai Mauncien. 3 juin. Not seen). Robillard, a native of Mauritius, appears to have been a sugar plantation owner whose business must have failed since he took to collecting and selling natural history specimens to . . . obtain the necesseries of life . . . (Gunther, Oct. 1878: NHM Archives]. (59) Royal Society of London: 149 crustaceans were included in the large collection from Fernando Noronha made by H. N. Ridley and S. A. Ramage under the direction of the Royal Society of London, (Ridley, 1888). H. N. Ridley was at one time an associate in the Department of Botany of the British Museum and later curator of the Botanic Gardens, Singapore. (60) The Colonial Exhibition of 1886 was held in South Kensington in the grounds later occupied by the Imperial Institute, i.e. part of the area between the present Natural History Museum and the Albert Hall. Fifty eight crustaceans were purchased from the Commissioners of the New Zealand Court and included 16 brachyuran species (reg. 1886.56). (61) Seven species of brachyurans are included in the collection registered as 1888.26 and collected by Mr. George A. Ramage, the naturalist employed by the joint Committee of the Royal Society and the British Association for the investigation of the fauna and flora of the Lesser Antilles (Sclater, 1889: 394). Also cited as West Indian Exploration Committee (see Pocock, 1893a: 677) and West Indian Commission. (62) Sir John Murray (1841-1914: A.E.S. 1915-16). Murray made collections between 1883 and 1894 along the west coast of Scotland in his small steam yacht Medusa. Four entries in the crustacean accession register (1887.21; 1894.9.18; 1894.1(1.4 and 1894,1(1.8) list material presented by Murray from this locality; these include many brachyurans and must represent at least part of the material obtained during these expeditions. During 1880 and 1882 he participated in the exploration of the Faroe Channel in H.M.S. Knight Errant and H.M.S. Triton (63) & (64). John Murray also donated specimens (accessed as 1898.10.31) collected by Mr. C. W. Andrews, (then employed by the Museum's Department of Geology), from Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Murray had realised the value of the phosphate deposits on the Island and a company was formed to develop these resources. Andrew's, at Murray's expense, carried out the necessary exploratory work (Andrews, C.W. 19(M)). (63) The paddle steamer Knight Errant was hired by the Admiralty in 1880 to enable Charles Wyville Thomson and Thomas Henry Tizard to make a more thorough investigation of the THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 197 Faroe-Shetland Channel to determine the presence of a suspected ridge (later named the Wyville Thomson Ridge). The vessel was commanded by T. H. Tizard and was joined by John Murray. Of the crustacean specimens acquired by the British Museum (Natural History) all, except one sample of amphipods. were registered with the Norman Collection (42); only one crab species (Aniimathia carpenteri. reg. 1911.11.8.384) was represented. (64) H.M.S. Triton, commissioned by T. H. Tizard in 1882 to amplify the investigations carried out in 1880 on the Faroe-Shetland Channel by the Knight-Errant (63). John Murray participated in the cruise. The Triton was used for surveying work in British waters until 1914. Specimens collected were acquired by the BMNH via the Norman Collection (42). (65) H.M.S. Rambler visited the Tizard and Macclesfield Banks, China Seas in 1888-9 to carry out survey work. The ship was commanded by W. Usborne Moore, R.N. and the biological collections were made by P. W. Bassett-Smith the ship's surgeon, who acknowledged the . . . most valuable assistance ... of Lieut Parry . . . in collecting and packing the specimens . . . Capt. J. J. Walker, F.L.S (Chief Engineer) also assisted (Bassett-Smith, 1894). Specimens collected were donated to the British Museum (Natural History) and registered by Pocock (accession no. 1899.12. 17.2(1) who also reported upon the collection (Pocock. 1890). (66) H.M.S. Penguin surveyed Australian and south western Pacific waters during 1890-1893 and was commanded by Commander W. Usborne Moore and later ( 1 89.3- 1 89.*^ ) by Commander A. F. Balfour. The earliest specimens acquired by the British Museum (Natural History), (registered as 1891.6.20) were collected by the chief engineer J. J. Walker. In 1892 Surgeon P. W. Bassett-Smith had transferred from H.M.S. Rambler (65) to the Penguin in order to continue his sampling of the Macclesfield and Holothuria Banks. In 1893 he was assigned to H.M.S. Egeria (67) which continued the work of the Penguin. Considerable collections were made by the Penguin. The crustaceans were in excess of 1270 specimens of which some 740 were brachyuran crabs. The crustaceans were identified by Pocock and registered by him in several lots between 1892 and 1894) only the stomatopods were written up and published (Pocock, 1 893). (67) H.M.S. Egeria was under the command of Commander A. M. Field from 1890 until 1894 and surveyed the Macclesfield Bank, China Sea. to complete earlier work by H.M.SS. Rambler and Penguin ((65) & (66)). P. W. Bassett-Smith transferred to Egeria from Penguin to make further collections that were acquired by the British Museum (Natural History). The crustaceans from Egeria were provisionally identified by Pocock and registered by him as 1893.1 1.3. (68) The specimens received on an exchange basis with the Warsaw Museum were chiefly from the collections made by Stolzman and Jelski. Constantin Jelski (1837-1896: Kozuchowsk, 1961) had studied medicine at Moscow (1853-1856) and natural science at Kiev in 1856, qualifying as a 'non-titled professor' in 1861 and formally graduating through a thesis on malacology in 1862. During 1862 and 1863 he was curator of the zoological collections at Kiev University. In May 1863 he made excursions to Bessarabia, the Black Sea and to Turkey, in 1865-1871 to French Guiana and from 1871-1879 to Peru. (69) H.M.S. Porcupine when under the command of Captain Edward Killiwick Calver. made three cruises in 1869: (i) to the west of Ireland from May until July and under the direction of Gwyn Jeffries (41); (ii) to south-western Ireland from July until August, directed by Wyville Thomson; (iii) in the Faroe-Shetland region from August until September, the scientific direction being shared between W. B. Carpenter and Wyville Thomson. In 1870 the Porcupine visited the Mediterranean, departing from Falmouth in July and returning in October. Gwyn Jeffries directed the scientific work and was assisted by the Swedish naturalist Joshua Lindahl from Falmouth to Gibraltar and by W. B. Carpenter for the work in the Mediterranean. Decapods collected during these cruises were acquired by the British Museum (Natural History) via the Norman Collection (42); a few were presented by Carpenter (rcg. 1882. 14) and the specimens figured by Thomson in his The Depths of the Sea (1873) were acquired in 1907 (reg. 1907. 8.28). (70) Bedford. Francis Perch (187.S-1900: Venn. 1940). Bedford was a Scholar of King's College, Cambridge and a researcher specialising in cchinoderms. He visited and collected with W. F. 198 R. W. INGLE Lanchester (71)) in the Straits Settlements during 1900 and after his return died prematurely at the age of 25 in October of that year. (71) Lanchester. William Forster. (1875-1953: Anon. 1953). Lanchester was a graduate of King's College, Cambridge and later a Demonstrator in Zoology at University College, Dundee. He collected in the Straits Settlements (Singapore and Malacca) during 1899 accompanied by F. P Bedford (70). The brachyuran crabs of this collection were acquired by the British Museum (Natural History) in 1900 and registered as 19(H). 10.22 They are represented by .364 specimens comprising some 1 12 species. The collection was reported upon by Lanchester ( 190(1). Lanchester also donated crustaceans to the BMNH from Malaysia sent to him by R. Shclford (Curator of the Sarawak Museum). These include some 23 species of brachyuran crabs; the collection is registered as 1900.12.1 and was reported upon by Lanchester (Lanchester 190()fl). Specimens of the Skeal Expedition studied by him (Lanchester, 1901) are deposited in the collections of the University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Much general information about Admiralty vessels is provided in Rice (1986). I thank the Trustees of the Natural History Museum for permission to reproduce various items from the Museum's archives and John Thackery and Julie Harvey of the Department of Library Services NHM for assistance in locating these various documents. I am particularly grateful to Pam Gilbert of Library Services for her help in seeing this paper through the press. I also thank Elizabeth Allen, Royal College of Surgeons of England for references to Thomas Bell, Mr. R. J. Symonds, University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge, Mr. Philip Oswald of Cambridge and Mr. P. M. Jones, Fellow and Librarian, King's College Library, Cambridge for their help with information about Messrs Bedford and Lanchester. Madeline Ly-Tio-Fane of Mauritius, kindly provided information about Victor de Robillard. I also thank Dr. R. B. Manning, National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C, for providing information on S. L Smith; Dr. L. B. Holthuis, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Histoire, Leiden for biographical details about G. A. Frank and Keith Harrison (previously a research fellow at this Museum) for information about W. E. Leach. REFERENCES A.E.S. 1916. Sir John Murray. K. B. C, 1841-1914. Proceedings of the Roval Societv of London. (B) 89:vi-xv. Anon. 1825. Proceeding of learned Societies on subjects connected with Zoology. Zoological Club of the Linnean Society June 22. Zoological Journal. London. 1: 419^2(1. Anon. 1889. The late Surgeon Francis Day, CLE., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Zoologist. London XIH: 306-308. Anon. 1924. Obituary. Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell. Naltire. London. 113: 541. Anon. 1953. William Forster Lanchester, p. 8. In: Annual Report of the Council King's College Cambridge. Cambridge. Adams, A. & White, A. 1848. Crustacea. i-viii+60pp. In: Adams, A. [Edit.]. The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang; under the command of Captain Sir E. Belcher . . . during . . . 1843-^6 . . . London. Andrews, C. W. 1900. Land Crustacea. In: Andrews, C. W. A Monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). Physical Features and Geology . . . with descriptions of the Paiina and Flora by numerous contributors. i-xiii+337pp. London. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 199 Baiss, H. & Gruner, H.-E. 1961. Decapoda. In: Dr. H. G. Bronns Klassen unci Ordnungen des Tierreichs. Funftcr Band. I. Abteilung. 7. Buch, 14. Liefcrung: 1771-I97X pp. Leipzig. Bassett-Smith, P. W. 1X94. Report on the results of dredgings obtained on the Macclesfield Bunk, in H.M.S. Rambler' . . . April, /«&V, and H.M.S. Penguin' . . . April. 1892. and H.M.S. 'Egeria . . . April. 1893. Admiralty. 42 pp. London. Bate, C. S. 1S88. Zoology, Vol. XXIV, Pt. Hi. Crustacea, Macrura. i-xc+y42 pp. In: Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during . . . 1873-76. London, Edinburgh and Dublin. Bate, C. S. & Westwood, J. O. 1861, 1862, 1868. A Historv of the British Sessile-eved Crustacea. |Vol. 1, 1861, 1862; Vol. II, 1868]. 563 pp. London. (First published in parts: sec Holthuis, L. B. 1977. Crustaceana. International Journal of Crustacean Research. Leiden. 33: 313-316]. Bell, F. J. 1902. Crustacea, Vermes. In: Johnston, H. H. The Uganda Protectorate . . . some description of the Physical Geography. Botany. Zoology. Anthropolology . . . and History of the Territories. Vol. I. London. Bell, T. 1853. A History of the British Stalk-eyed Crustacea, i-lxii+386 pp. London. [First published in parts: sec Gordon, I. 1959.]. Bell, T. 1855. Catalogue of Crustacea in the Collection of the British Museum. Part 1 . Lcucosiadac. 24 pp. London. Bell, T. 1855«. Horae Carcinologicae. A Monograph of the Leucosiadae. Transactions of the l.innean Society of London. 21: 227-314. British Museum. 1835. Synopsis of the contents of the British Museum. 29th Edition, 236 pp. London. British Museum. 1835fl. Great Britain. House of Commons Select Committee on the British Museum . . . Report from the Select Committee on the conditions, management and affairs of the British Museum . . . i-iv+623 pp. London. British Museum. 1863. Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . An Account 'of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum for the Financial Year ended the 31st day of March 1863: . . . ' 28 pp. London. British Museum. 1864. Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Accounts 'of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum for the Financial Year ended 3lsl day of March 1864: . . .' .3(1 pp. London. British Museum. 1867. Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Accounts 'of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum for the Financial Year ended the 31st day of March 1867: . . .' 55 pp. London. British Museum. 1868. Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Accounts 'of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum for the Financial Year ended 31st day of March 1868: ..." 41 pp. London. British Museum. 1872. Return to cm Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Accounts 'of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum (Special Trust Funds) for the Financial Year ended the 31st day of March 1872; . . .' 38 pp. London. British Museum. 1899. Return to and Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Account 'of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum (Special Trust Funds) for the Year ending 31st day of March 1899: . . .' 155 pp. London. British Museum. 1901 . Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Copy 'of Account of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum (Special Trust Funds) for the Year ending 31st day of March 1901: . . .' 169 pp. London. British Museum. 1902. Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Copy 'of Account of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum (Special Trust Funds) for the Year ending 31st day of March 1902: ..." 164 pp. London. British Museum. 1903. Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Copy 'of Account of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum (Special Trust Funds) for the Year ending 31st day of March 1903: . . .' 174 pp. London. British Museum. 19(16 The History of the Collections contained in the Natural History Department of the British Mu.seum. Vol. II. Separate historical accounts of the several collections included in the Department of Zoology. I. Mammals [by OldHeld Thomas] pp. 2-66; 2. Domesticated Animals, Hybrids, and abnormalaties [by R. Lydekkcr] pp. 67-78; 3, Birds [by R. Bowdlcr Sharp] pp. 79-515; 4. Reptiles and Batrachians [by G. A. Boulenger] pp. 517-531; 5. Fishes [by 200 R. W. INGLE G. A. Boulenger] pp. 533-550; 6. Insecta [Anon and parts by C. O. Waterhouse and G. Hampson] p. 551-653; 7. Arachnida [by R. J. Pocock] pp. 655-683]; 8. Myriopoda [bv R. I. Pocock] pp. 685-699; 9. Mollusca [by E. A. Smith] pp. 701-730; 10. Crustacea, Echino'derms, Peripatus. worms, and Anthozoa [by F. J. Bell] pp. 731-764; 1 1. Protozoa, Porifcra. Hydrozoa, Polyzoa, Brachiopoda, and Tunicata [by R. Kirkpatrick] pp. 765-782. London. British Museum. 1911. Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Copy of Account of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum (Special Trust Funds) for the Year ending the 31st day of March 1911: ■ ■ ■' 209 pp. London. British Museum. 1912. Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Copy 'of Account of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum (Special Trust Funds) for the Year ending the 31st day of March 1912: . . .' 207 pp. London. British Museum. 1913. Return to an Order of the Honourable The House of Commons . . . Copy of Account of the Income and Expenditure of the British Museum (Special Trust Funds) for the Year ending the 3lsl day of March 1913; . . .' 212 pp. London. C[alman], W. T. 1926. Dr. John Robertson Henderson. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London. 138: 81-82. Clalman], W. T., K|emp]. S. W. & M[anson-Bahr], P. 1933. Obituary notice of Alfred William Alcock. Obituary Notices of Fellows of the Royal Society of London. 2: 119-126. Cannon, H. G. 1953. William Thomas Caiman. 1871-1952. Obituary Notices of Fellows of the Royal Society of London. 8; 355-372. Chatfield, J. 1980. Thomas Bell (1792-1880) of 'The Wakes'. Selbourne Association Newsletter. Selbourne. 6: 12-15. Christiansen, M. E. 1969. Marine invertebrates of Scandinavia. No. 2. Crustacea, Decapoda Brachyura. Universitetsforlaget. Oslo. 143 pp. Oslo. Cleevely, R. J. 1978. Some background to the life and publications of Colonel George Montagu (1753-1815). Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History London. 8: 445-480. Coe, W. R. 1932. Sidney Irving Smith. Biographical Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences. Washington XIV: 1-16. Crane, J. 1975. Fiddler Crabs of the World. Princeton. New Jersey, i-xxiii+736 pp. Crosse, H. & Fischer, P. 1892. Necrologie. [M. le baron Hermann von Maltzan]. Journal de ConchyHologie XL: 115-1 16. Cunningham, R. O. 1871. XVII. Notes on the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes. Mollusca. and Crustacea obtained during the voyage of H.M.S. 'Nassau' in the years 1866-69. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London XXVH: 465-502. Dawson, W. R. 1946. On the history of Gray and Hardwicke's Illustrations of Indian Zoology, and some biographical notes on General Hardwicke. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History 2: 55-69. deHaan, W. 1833-1850. Crustacea. In: P. F. von Siebold. Fauna Japonica sive Descriptio Animalium, quae in Itinere per Japoniam, Jussu et Auspiciis Superiorum. qui Summum in India Batava Imperium Tenent, Suscepto, Annis 1823-IH.^O Collegit. Notts. Ohservationibus et Adumbrationihus Ilustravit i-xvii. i-xxxi, ix-xvi+243 pp. Lugduni-Batavorum. deMan, J. G. 1887-88. Report on the Podophthalmous Crustacea of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S. Superintendent of the Museum. Journal of the Linnean Society of London (Zoology) XXII: 1-312. Di Mauro, A. A. Jr. 1982. Rediscovery of Professor Thomas Bell's type Crustacea (Brachyura) in the dry crustacean collection of the zoological collections. University Museum, Oxford. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society of London 76: 15.5-182. Dunning, J. W. 1879. The Chairman's address [Mr Adam While, p. Ixiv]. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of London (1879): Ixii-lxxxii. Elliot, E. A. S. 1897. The Naturalists. Recollections of Colonel Montagu. The Field. The Farm. The (iarden. London 90: 142. Evans, A. C. 1967. Syntypcs of Decapoda described by William Stimpson and James Dana in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History). Journal of Natural History 1: .399^1 1 . Filhol, H. 1885. La Vic au fond des Mers. Les explorations sous-marines et les voyages du Travaillcur et du Talisman . . . i-viii+.IOl pp. Paris. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 201 Forest, J. & Gordon, I. 1968. p. 329 [selection of lectotype for Ebalia crcinchii] In: Zariquicy Alvarez. R. Crustaceos Decapodos Ibericos. Investigacion Pesquera. Barcelona 32: i-xi+51()pp. Gilbert, P. 1977. A Compendium of the Biographical Literalure on Deceased Enlomologisls. British Museum (Natural History), i-xiv+455 pp. London. Gordon, I. 1954. Obituary Notice. Dr. William Thomas Caiman. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 165: 83-S7. Gordon, I. 1959. The dates of publication of Parts I-VI of A History of British Crustacea. Thomas Bell. Annals and Magazine of Nauiral History [U) 15: 191-192. Gordon, I. 1971. Biographical note on Edwards John Miers, F.Z.S., F.L.S. (1851-1930). Researches on Crustacea. The Carcinological Society of Japan 4: 123-132. G. S. B. 1890. Charles Spcnce Bate. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 46: xli-xlii. Giinther, A. 1911. The History of the Collections contained in the Natural History Department of the British Museum. Vol. III. i-vii+96 pp. London. (See also under British Museum, 1906). Giinther, A. 1911a. Obituary Notices. Edward Gerrard. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 123: 37-39. Giinther, A. 1912. The History of the Collections contained in the Natural History Departments of the British Museum. Vol.II-Appendix. General History of the Department of Zoology from 1856 to 1895. i-ix+109 pp. London. [See also under British Museum, 1906). Gunther, A. E. 1975. A Century of Zoology at the British Museum through the lives of two Keepers /S/5-/9/4. 533 pp. London. Hindle, E. 1948. Reginald Innes Pocock. 1863-1947. Obituary Notices of Fellows of the Royal Society of London \1: \H9-2\\. Holthuis, L. B. 1967. Early European investigations on Japanese Carcinology (1640-1854). Researches on Crustacea. The Carcinological Society of Japan 3: 1-20. Holthuis, L. B. 1979. H. Milne Edwards's Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces' (1834-1840) and its dates of publication. Zoologische Mededeelingen 53: 285-296. Holthuis, L. B. & Ingle, R. W. 1989. Notes and News. Isabella Gordon, D.SC. O. BE. -1901- 1988. Crustaceana. International Journal of Crustacean Research 56: 93-105. Holthuis, L. B. & Sakai, K. 197(1. Ph.F. Von Siebold and Fauna Japonica- A history of early Japanese Zoology. 352 pp. Tokyo Jeffreys, J. G. 1876. Preliminary report of the biological results of a cruise in H.M.S. 'Valarous' to Davis Strait in 1875. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London XXV: 177-201 . Kalm, P. 1892. Kalm's account of his visit to England, on his way to America in 1748. [Translated by J. Lucas from En Resa til Norra America. Stockholm, 1753-61, with Life of Kalm. Preface and many notes] (pp. 97-106). Knight, G. A. F. 1900. The etymology of the names Azeca and Assiminea of Leach. Journal of Conchology l\: 271-276. Kozuchowsk, J. 1961. La periode dc Kiev (1856-1863) dans la vie de Constantin Jclski. Memorabilia Zoologica 6: 1-90. Lanchester, W. F. 1900. On a collection of Crustacea made at Singapore and Malacca. -Part I. Crustacea Brachyura. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London ( 1900): 719-770. Lanchester, W. F. 1900a. On some Malacostracous Crustaceans from Malaysia in the Collection of the Sarawak Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History: (7) VI: 249-265. Lanchester, W. F. 1901. On the Crustacea collected during the "Skeat Expedition' to the Malay Peninsula with a note on the genus Actaeopsis. Part I. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (1901): 534-574. Lanchester, W. F. 1902. On the Crustacea collected during the 'Skeat Expedition' to the Malay Peninsula. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. (1902): 363-381 . Leach, W. E. 1814. The Zoological Miscellany; being descriptions of new. or interesting animals. Vol. 1: 144 pp. London. Leach, W. E. 1814a. Crustaceology. In: Sir D. Brewster, The Edinburgh Encyclopedia 7: 383-437. Leach, W. E. 1815. A tabular view of the external characters of four classes of animals . . . and descriptions of several new genera and species. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London XI: 306-400. Leach, W. E. 1815a. The Zoological Miscellany; being descriptions of new, or interesting animals. Vol. II: 160 pp. London. Leach, W. E. 1815ft. Malacostracu Podophthalmata Brilanniae:or Descriptions of such British 202 R. W. INGLE Species of the Linnean Genus Cancer as have their eyes elevated on footstalks. (Unpaginated). Nos I-VI (no. I:-Tabs VIII, XIV, XXII; no. II:-Tabs IV, XV, XL; no. III;-Tabs XVII, XXVIIIA-B; no. IV:-Tabs XIX, XXIX, XLI; no. V:-Tabs XXIII, XXX; no. VI:-Tabs I, II, XXVI) London. Leach, W. E. 1816. Annulosa. In: Supplement to 4ih-(>th Editions of Enclyclopedia Britannica: 401-152. London. Leach, W. E. 1816a. Malacostraca Podophlhalmata Britanniae . . . Nos VII-XII (no. VII:-Tabs XXIV. XXXVI; no. VIII:-Tabs III. XII, XIII; no. IX;-Tabs VII. XLII. XLIII: no. X:-Tabs VI, XXXI, XXXII; no. XI;-Tabs IX, XI, XXXIII; no. XII:-Tabs XXIA-B, V). London. Leach, W. E. 1817-1818. Appendix: A General Notice of the Animals Taken by Mr. John Cranch. during the Expedition to Explore the Source of the River Zaire, pp. 407—119. In: Tuckcy. J. K. Narrative of an Expedition to Explore the River Zaire . . . i-lxxxii+4y8 pp. London. Leach, W. E. 1817a. The Zoological Miicellany; being descriptions of new or interesting animals. Vol. III. i-vi+151 pp. London. Leach, W. E. 1817fc. Malacostraca Podophthalmata Britanniae ... Nos XIII-XVI (no. XIII:-Tabs XVIII, XX; no. XIV:-Tabs XVI. XXV, XLIV; no. XV:-Tabs XXIIB, XXXVIIA. XXXVIIB; no. XVI:-Tabs XXIIC, XXXVIII, XXXIX). London. Leach, W. E, 1820. Malacostraca Podophlhalmata Britanniae . . . No. XVII; -Tabs IXB, X. London. Leach, W. E. 1875. Malacostraca Podopthtalmata Britanniae . . . continued and completed, with a new Generic and specific Index to the whole ... Nos XVm, XIX (Tabs IXA, XXIVA, XXVII, XXXIV. XXXV. XXXVIIC, XLV). London. Lingwood, P. F. 1981. The dispersal of the collections of H.M.S. Challenger; an example of the importance of historical research in tracing a systematically important collection, pp. 1\-11 . In: Wheeler, A. & Price, J. H. [Edits). History in the service of systematics. Centenary Conference, i-v-l-164 pp. British Museum (Natural History). London. Society for the Bibliography of Natural History and The Systematics Association London. Linklater, E. 1972. The Voyage of the Challenger. 288 pp. London. Mayer, A. G. 1918. William Stimpson 1832-1872. Biographical Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences. Washington VIII: 419-433. McLlachlan], R. 1879. Obituary. [Adam White). Entomologist's Monthly Magazine 15: 210-211. Miers, E. J. 1874. Crustacea, II (3) pp. 1-5. In: Richardson, J. & Gray, J. E. [Edits). The Zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Erebus & Terror, under the command of Capt. Sir J. C. Ross . . . during . . . 1839-^3. 2 vol. London. Miers, E. J. 1875. Descriptions of new species of Crustacea collected at Kerguelen's Island by the Rev. A. E. Eaton. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (4) XVI: 73-76. Miers, E. J. 1876. Description of a new species of Talitrus from Rodriguez. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (4) XVII: 406. Miers, E. J. 1877. Crustacea, pp. 73-75. In: Giinther. Dr. A. Account of the Zoological Collection ... of H.M.S. "Peteral' to the Galapagos Islands . . . Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (\SS.l): 64-93. Miers, E. J, 1878. Revision of the Plagusiinae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (5) I: 147-154. Miers, E, J. 1878a. Revision of the Hippidae. Journal of the Linnean Society of London XIV: 312-336. Miers, E. J. 1879. Description of new or little-known species of Majoid Crustacea (Oxyrhyncha) in the collections of the British Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (5) 4: 1-28. Miers, E. J. 1879a. On the classification of the Majoid Crustacea or Oxyrhyncha, with a synopsis of the families, subfamilies and genera. Journal of the Linnean Society of London XIV: 634—673. Miers, E. J. 1879ft. On a collection of Crustacea made by Capt. H. C. St. John. R. N.. in the Corean and Japanese Seas. Pt. I. Podophthalmia. with an appendix by Capt. H. C. St. John. R. N. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (1879): 17-61. Miers, E. J, 1879c. Crustacea, pp 200-214. In: An account of the Petrological. botanical, and zoological collections made in Kerguelen's Land and Rodriguez during the Transit of Venus Expeditions ... in the years 1 874-75 . Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 168: i-vi-l-579 pp. Miers, E. J. 1880. On the Squillidae. Annak and Magazine of Natural Hi.story (5) V: 1.30. 108-127. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 203 Miers, E. J. 1X81. Revision of the Idotcidae, a family of Sessiie-cyed Crustacea. Joiinuil of ilw Linncan Society of London XVI: 1-88. Miers, E. J. 1881((. 6. Crustacea. In: Gucnther, A.C.L.G. Account of the Zoological Collections made during the survey of H.M.S. 'Alert' in the Straits of Magellan and on the coast of Patagonia. Proceedings of the Zoological of London (1881): 61-80. Miers, E. J. 1881/). Note on the Crustacea, pp. 339-343 In: Markham. A. H. A Polar reconnaissance, being the voyage of the 'Isbjorn' to Novaya Zemtyu in 1879 . . . i-xvi+361 pp. London. Miers, E. J. 188U'. On a collection of Crustacea made by Baron Hermann Maltzan at Goree Island. Sencgambia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (5) VII: 204-220; VIII: 259-281. Miers, E. J. 1882. On the species of Ocypoda in the collections of the British Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (5) X: 376-388. Miers, E. J. 1884. On some Crustacea from Mauritius. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of Lo/k/o/! (1884): 9-17. Miers, E. J. 1884a. Crustacea. In: Report on the zoological collections in the Indopacific Ocean during the voyage of H.M.S. 'Alert' J88J-82. Part I. The Collections from Melanesia pp. 178-322 Part II. Collections from the Western Indian Ocean /jp. 513- 575. London. Miers, E. J. 1885. On the species of Micippa. Leach, and Paramicippa. Milne-Edwards. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (5) XV: 1-13 [includes Challenger, Alert and Samarang material]. Miers, E. J. 1886. Zoology Vol. XVII, Ft. xlix Brachyura. i-1+362 pp. In: Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during 1873-76 . . . London, Edinburgh & Dublin. Miller, E. 1973. That Noble Cabinet. A History of the British Museum. 40(1 pp. London. Mills, E. L. 1978. Edward Forbes, John Gwyn Jeffreys, and British dredging before the Challenger expedition. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History. London. 8: 507-536. Mills, E. L. 1980. One 'different kind of gentleman': Alfred Merle Norman (1831-1918), invertebrate zoologist. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society of London 68: 69-98. Mills, E. L. 1984. A view of Edward Forbes, naturalist. Archives of Natural History. London. 11: 365-393. Milne Edwards, A. 1882. Rapport sur les travaux de la Commission chargee par M. Le Ministre de L'Instrnclion Publique d'etudier la Faune sous-marine . . . 63pp. Paris. Milne Edwards, H. 1834. Histoire naturelle des Crustaces, comprenanl t'anatomie, la physiologic el la classification de ces animaux. Vol. I: i-xxxv -(-468pp. Paris. Milne Edwards, H. 1837. Histoire naturelle des Crustaces, comprenanl V anatomic, la physiologic et la classificali(ni de ces animaux. Vol. II: 532pp. Paris. Milne Edwards, A. & Bouvier, E.-L. 1900. Brachyures et Anomoures. In: Crustaces Decapodes. Premiere Partie. Expeditions Scienlifique dii Travailleur el Talisman pendant les Annees I8S0. 1881. 1882. 1883. 396pp. Paris. \Ionod, Th. 1970. John Cranch. Zoologist de L'Expedition du Congo (1816). Bulletin of the British Museum Natural History. (Historical Series). London. 4: 1-75. Montagu, G. 1808. Description of several marine animals found on the south coast of Devonshire. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. IX: 81-114. Montagu, G. 1813. Descriptions of several new or rare Animals, principally marine, discovered on the South Coast of Devonshire. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. XI: 1-26 [separate dated 1813, bound volume 1815-see Stebbing. T. R. 1888. Report on the Scientific Re.'^ults of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger . . . XXIX: 82]. Moseley, H.N. 1944. Notes by a naturalist: an account of observations made during the voyage of H.M.S. 'Challenger' round the world in the years 1872-1876. 540pp. London. Murray, J. 1895. Summary. A Summary of the Scientific results. i-liii-(- 160pp. In: Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during 1873-76 . . . London, Edinburgh & Dublin. Owen, R. 1839. Crustacea from the Pacihc Ocean (pp. 77-90). In: Beechey, F. W. The Zoology of Capi. Beechey's voyage . . . 1825-28. vii-l-186pp. London. Pennant, T. 1777. The British Zoology. Vol. IV (Crustacea, Mollusca, Testacea). 136pp. Warrington & London. Plarr, V. G. 1930. Plarr's Lives of the Fellows of the Royal College of Surgeons . . . Revised by Sir 204 R. W. INGLE D'Arcy Power . . . with the assistance of W. G. Spencer . . . and . . . G. E. Gask. 2 Vol. Bristol. [Not seen]. Pocock, R. I. 1890. Report upon the Crustacea collected by P. W. Bassett-Smith. Esq., Surgeon R.N., during the Survey of the Macclesfield and Tizard Banks, in the China Sea, by H.M.S. 'Rambler'. Commander W. U. Moore. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (6) V: 72-80. Pocock, R. I. 1893. Report upon the Stomatopod Crustaceans obtained by P. W. Bassett-Smith. Esq.. Surgeon R.N.. during the Cruise, in the Australian and China Seas, of H.M.S. Penguin', Commander W.U. Moore. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (6) XI :473-479. Pocock, R. I. 1893a. Contributions to our knowledge of the Arthropod Fauna of the West Indies. — Part I. Scorpiones and Pedipalpi; with a supplementary note upon the freshwater Decapoda of St. Vincent. Journal of the Linnean Society of London. XXIV: 374-409. Rathbun, M. J. 1897. The African Swimming Crabs. Proceedings of the Biological Socielv of Washington. XI: 149-151. Rice, A. L. 1986. British Oceanographic Vessels 1800-1950. Ray Society. 157: 193pp. London. Ridley, H. N. 1888. A visit to Fernando do Noronha. Zoologist. London. XII: 41^9. Samouelle, G. 1819. The Entomologist's useful compendium:or an introduction to the knowledge of British Insects. 496pp. London. Sherborn, C. D. 1895. On the dates of Shaw and Nodder's 'Naturalist's Miscellany'. Annals and Magazine of Natural Hi.Uory (6) XV: 375-376. Sclaler, P. L. 1877. Sharpe's Catalogue of Birds. Nature. London. 16: 541-2. Sclater, P. L. 1889. List of Birds collected bv Mr. Ramage in St. Lucia, West Indies. Proceedings of the Zoological Socier^- of London (1899):' 394-395. Smith, E. A. 1913. On the Pennant Collection of British Shells. Journal ofConchology XFV: 38-41. Smith, E. 1980. Presidential Address. Some early nineteenth-century Devonshire naturalists: People, animals and the giving of names. Report and Transactions of the Devonshire Association for the Advancement of Science Literature and Art. Plymouth. 112: 1-16. Spry, W.J. 1876. The Cruise of H.M.S. 'Challenger'. i-xiii-(-383pp. London. Steam, W.T. 1981. The Natural History Museum at South Kensington. A History of the British Museum (Natural History) 1753-1980. i-xix-l-414pp. London. Strickland, H. E. et al. 1843. Report of a Committee appointed to consider of the rules by which the Nomenclature of Zoology may be established on a uniform and permanent basis'. Report of the Twelfth Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. London (1842): 105-121. Swainson, W. 1840. The Cabinet Cyclopaedia conducted by the Rev. Dionysius Lardner . . . assisted by eminent literary and scientific men. Natural History. Taxidermy . bibliography, and biography. .392pp. London. Thompson, D'Arcy, W. 1901. A Catalogue of Crustacea and of Pycnogonida contained in the Museum of University College, Dundee. University of St. Andrews. i-v-l-56pp. Dundee. Thomson, C. W. 1873. The Depths of the Sea. 527pp. London. Tizard, T. H. 19(K). Chronological List of the Officers conducting British Maritime Discoveries and Surveys; together with the names of the vessels employed, from the earliest times until 1900. HMSO. 4Ipp. London. Tizard, T. H., Moseley, H.N. & Murray, J. 1885. Narrative. Vol. L Narrative of the Cruise . . . with a general account of the scientific results of the expedition . . . i-lix-t-1 UOpp. In: Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during ... 1873-76. London, Edinburgh & Dublin. Tuckey, J. K. 1818. Narrative of an Expedition to explore the river Zaire, usually called the Congo . . . in 1816. To which is added the journal of Prof. (C). Smith . . . and an appendix containing the natural history . . . i-Lxxxii-l-498pp. London. Venn, J. A. 1940. Bedford, Frances Perch, p. 212. In: Venn, J. A. Alumni Cantabrigienses. Vol. I, Pt. II from 1752 to 1900. Cambridge. Wagner, H. P. 1986. A revision of the genus Doclea Leach, 1815 (Crustacea, Brachyura. Majiidae). Bulletin du Museum National d' Histoire Naturelle (4) 8 A: 893-953. Wheeler, A. & O'Riordan, C E. 1969. Type material of Hshes from the 'Challenger' Expedition in the National Museum of Ireland. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy 68: 89-100. White, A. 1847. List of the specimens of Crustacea in the Collections of the British Museum. i-viii-l-143pp. London. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 205 White, A. 1847fl. No. VIII. Descriptions of a new genus and five new species of Crustacea. pp. 335-338. In: Jukes, J. B. Narrative of the Surveying Voyage of H. M.S. Fly commanded by Captain F. P. Blackwood. R.N in Torres Strait, New Guinea, and other islands of the Eastern Archipelago, during . . . 1842-^6; together with an excursion into the interior of the eastern part of Java. Vol. II. i-v+362pp. London. White, A. 1850. List of the Specimens of British Animals in the Collection of the British Museum. Part IV — Crustacea. i-iv+ 141pp. London. White, A. 1857. A popular history of British Crustacea . . . i-xii+358pp. London. Whitehead, P. J. P. 1^69. Zoological Specimens from Captain Cooke's Voyages. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History 5: 161-201. Willtins, G. L. 1953. A Catalogue and Historical Account of the Sloane Shell Collection. Bulletin of the British Museum of Natural History. (Historical Series) I: 1^8. Yamaguchi, T. (in press). Von Siebold and Natural History of Japan II. Crustacea. Carcinological Society of Japan. Tokyo. 206 R. W. INGLE J^ l"--/. r B -1 RU4r+^r-i-4-i4--;--;-- «j ^.•{(.^^''■.'^....■-.l-uv.e-Su.t.o Cj w.i. ^;. „ .„ ..„>.. V«... t>-,fet,u|fbj|;-. ,o,.i. ) ^«o ;4^<; »tri~u^ ■ Vr/c :4 L'i^^L ^Cc**^ t*^*~J,-. uC JL^JL,* / 1 1' f*-^ Ck^' u^'* <^^^t*~&^t V-^-*' f n: II- 1 7 ■-I? 5* (:if«-m..5 me^tZ&s i^p n.) . Ti^. 5W- sW. J^^H^ (i^-^^ ' ' :■< '^.'Lp. ■ .J- j^IL-.SJa^'^i^- *>^- Fig. 1 A Plan of the entomological cabinets as sketched by Ciray in April 1S40 and as arranged in the Insect Room' at the British Museum. Bloomsbury. Handwritings of: B. George Samouelle (part of page of the bound quarto register). C. Arthur Butler. I) (left) an unknown handwriting and (right) Adam White's, (part of page of analogue of Cmshuca). E. Edward Miers. F. Jeffrey Bell. Ci. Reginald Pocock. H. Thomas Caiman. I. William Barnctt. Fig. 2 A. George Samouelle. B. Aaam White (age 48). his mother (78) and son (2). Dec. 1865. C. Reginald Gardiner Butler. D. Edward John Miers. E. Reginald Innes Pocock. F. Francis Jeffrey Bell. G. from left to right, Isabella Gordon, Stanley Wells Kemp, William Thomas Caiman (at International Congress of Zoology, Lisbon 19.^8). 208 R. W. INGLE APPENDIX List of the extant specimens of brachyuran crabs comprising Banks, Leach & Montagu and Pennant specimens, in the collections of The Natural History Museum, London. Except where stated, these specimens are pinned into cabinet drawers of the Dry Crustacea Collection; with few exceptions they are listed here under currently used names. Measurements are carapace lengths. Banks specimens Each specimen has a small printed label inscribed Banks Coll. glued to the carapace or an appendage. A few have a locality label placed nearby, but for the majority there is no information. Callinectes danae Smith, 1869 \6 40.0mm; originally Callinectes diacantha; redet. by A. B. Williams. 'Callinectes hastatiis' 1 (J without carapace. Carcinus maenas (Linnaeus, 1758) \6 51.0mm. Chary bdis (Goniohelleniis) irnncata (Fabricius, 1798) 12 21.0mm; det. by J. E. Leene. Charybdis (Goniohelleniis) variegata (Fabricius, 1798) \S 22.0mm; det. J. E. Leenc. Corystes cassivelaumis (Pennant, 1777) 26 6 31.0 & 34.0mm. Cryplopodia fornicata (Fabricius, 1781) 39 9 31.0mm, 35.0mm, 40.0mm; an associated label reads "Borneo'. Dairaperlata (Herbst, 1790) \6 27.0mm. Demania splendida Laurie, 1906 1 6 46.0mm; with attached label inscribed ' Lophoxanlhus scciherrimus (H.M.Edw) A.B'. Galene bispinosa (Herbst, 1783) \S 39.0mm; associated label inscribed "China Swatow". Halimede ochtodes (Herbsl. 1783) Id 25.0mm; labelled ' Polycremmis ochtocles' . ' Heteractaea semilanata= glohosus Dana' 19 15.0mm. Hyas coarctatus Leach, 1815 29 9 19.0mm.. 21.0mm. Inachus phalangium (Fabricius, 1775) I 9 21.0mm; labelled 'Inachus dorynchus' . Ixa cyUndricus (Fabricius, 1777) 19 18.0mm. THE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 209 Lambrus echinatus Herbst, 1790 \6 27.0mm; 19 39.0mm. Lambrus longispinus Miers, 1879 \i 26.()mm. Leiicosiu (iihiium (Herbst. 1783) Listed as Leucosia iintiiut White, 1847: 48. Three specimens labelled 'Banks Coll." are placed near to labels inscribed '86 Indian Ocean". (19 36.0mm), '86 China" (lc5 24.0mm) and '86 E. Indies' (\S 24.0mm). Matuta sp. 19 32.0mm with associated label inscribed 'Shark Bav'; det. as M.lunuris (Forskal. 1775) by B. Galil in 1989. Myomenippe nimphii Fabricius, 1798 \S 39.0mm; 19 36.()mm (front damaged). Orithyia sinica (Linnaeus, 1771 ) \i 27.l)mm; labelled 'Orithyia mumillaris' . Ozius tuberculosus H. Milne Edwards, 1834 \6 35.0mm; 19 30.0mm (with ?106 on right chela); 19 11.0mm. Pararyiithrax peroru H. Milne Edwards, 1834 i 7(1. 0mm; an associated label is inscribed 'Bay of Islands, New Zealand" but this locality probably refers to the nearby specimen 'f" listed by White (1847: 7) and presented by Lieut. A. Smith, R.N. Parthenope macrochelos (Herbst, 1790) 19 34.0mm. Philyra globulosa H. Milne Edwards, 1837 Id 19.0mm; 19 22.0mm (see p. 220). Planes minulus (Lmnixcw^, 1758) \S 17.()mm. Portimus sayi (Gibbes, 1850) 19 39.0mm. Potamonautes (Polanumautes) perlatus (H. Milne Edwards, 1837) 19 32.0mm. ' Pseudocarcinus poressa' \i 32.0mm; 19 ,\5.0mm. Ruppelloides convexiis A. Milne Edwards, 1867 19 19.0mm. Schizophrys aspera (H. Milne Edwards, 1834) larapace only 35.()mm; an associated label reads 'Java Seas". Vanina lillerata (Fabricius, 1798) 1 9 40.0mm; an associated label reads 'Eastern Seas'. Zozymus aeneus (Linnaeus. 1758) Four specimens are associated with above name label. \S 46.0mm (also labelled ' Lophnxunlhus scabernmus H. Milne Edwards A.B"); \i 35.()mm; 29 9 37.0mm, 41.(lmm (also labelled ' Demania splendida Laurie") in W. T. Caiman's handwriting. Portunidae undetermined 26 6 19.0mm & 29.(lmm. 210 R. W. INGLE Callinectes sp. 1 9 38.0mm: near to label inscribed 'C.diacanlhus'. 'Neptumts diacanthus' 1 6 60. 0mm also placed near the above label. Each of the following specimens is sewn to a sheet of grey card covered with heavy white paper (see Wagner, 1986, PI. I). The species name is written in ink and the initial 'F' is inscribed in pencil on some. (See Whitehead 1969: 117-8 for remarks on these). Conchaecetes artificiosus (Fabricius, 1778) 26 6 24.0mm; labelled 'Cancer artificiosus Dald'. Dodea muricata (Fabricius, 1787) Five specimens labelled: (i) 'Cancer muricatus Mas." 'F', without carapace, sex not det; (ii) 6 23.0mm: (iii) 'Cancer hybridiis Mas' 6 37.0mm; (iv) 'Cancer hyhridus hirsutus per Collectorem Detritus Mas' 'Dald' 6 41.l)mm: (v) unsexed, prob a male 3y.0mm not inscribed. Dodea oris (Herbst, 1788) Three specimens labelled: (i) 'Cancer ovis foem.' 'Dald' 9 47.1)mm: (ii) 'Cancer avis foem.' 'Daldorff 'F' 9 46.0mm; (iii) 'Cancer ovis hirsutus per Collectorum detritus' 'F' 6 42.()mm. The latter specimen has an associated printed label 'Dodea ovis Penang'. Wagner (1986: 897) suggested the locality may be Bay of Bengal, possibly Tranquebar, but did not qualify this opinion. Dorippe qitadridens (Fabricius, 1798) Three specimens labelled: (i) 'Cancer falUix foem' 9 29. 0mm; (ii) 'D.nodulosa' 'F' 6 30.0mm; (iii) 'Cancer fallax Mas' Dald' 6 29.0mm; all redet. by R. B. Manning. Dorippoides facchino (Herbst, 1782) 6 22.0mm; labelled 'Cancer polyphylax catlidus Mas', redet. by R. B. Manning. 'Egeria arachnoides' Two specimens originallv as: (i) 'Cancer rostrata foem' 9 25.0mm: (ii) 'Cancer rostratus Mas.' 'S.M. 76' 6 20.0mm. Hyastenus diacanthus (de Haan, 1839) 9 50.0mm not inscribed. Leucosia craniolaris (Linnaeus, 1767) 6 27.0mm; inscribed only with 'mas' and 'F'. Neodorippe callida (Fabricius, 1793) 9 15.0mm; labelled Cancer aslulus' F', redet. by R. B. Manning. Leach and Montagu specimens A number of these specimens have an associated small label with a thick black margin. All bear the words Mus. Leach with additional brief locality details and donor. 'The identical handwriting on all these labels has not been identihed. Acanlhonyx lunulatus (Risso, 1816) [Acanthonyx lunidatus: White. 1847:11] White (IS47) lists specimens a-c from Sicily, Leach collection and d, e from Nice. Extant I.each material, registration no. 380, comprise: b 9 15.0mm; c 6 19.0mm (with Mus. Leach label attached); d 9 17.0mm (with Mus. I.each lahell e '.'' 25.0mm. For a the label is present but not the specimen and there are two additional specimens bearing a label inscribed 'Sicily' — 9 11.0mm & 6 15.()mm, both without numbers I HE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 211 Achaeiis cranchii Leach, 1817b \Achaeus crcmchii Leach. \H\7b: text to & Tab XXIIc; White, 1847: 2] leach (1817b) cited a single female from Falmouth obtained by J. Cranch. White (1847) lists specimen a from . . . Fabnoulh Bay. From Mr Crunch's collection. The extant specimen, registration no. 246. is the 9 holotypc. 9.5mm .Acthra scruposa (Linnaeus, 1764) |C'c(/inj .vcT((/)(Mfl.- White. 1847: 13] White (IS47) lists specimens a & b from Isle of France. Leach collection. Extant material, registered as no. 35, comprise: a i 31.0mm; b S 60. 0mm. Aratus pisonii (H. Milne Edwards, 1837) [Sesarma pisonii: White. 1847: 38| White (1847) lists specimen a from Jamaica. Leach collection. This is a 9 25.0mm. registered as no. 356. Arcania erinaceus (Fabricius, 1798) {Arcania erinaceus: Leach, 1817fl: 24; White, 1847: 50] Leach (1817) cites . . . oceano Indico . . . and White (1847) lists specimens a & b from the Indian Ocean Extant material, registered as no. 90, comprise: a S 20.(lmni; b 9 19. 0mm. Arcania septemspinosa (Fabricius, 1798) [Iphis seplernspinosa: Leach, 1817«: 25; White, 1847: 51] Leach (1817(/) cites . . . mari Indico . . . and White (1847) lists specimens b & c from the Leach collection but without locality. Extant material, registered as no. 525, comprise: b ?c5 18.5mm and c 7 9 25.0mm. Alelecyclns rotimdatus (Olivi, 1792) \Atelecyclus seplemdenlaliis Leach, 1814a: 430; White, 1847: 51 ; Alelecyclus Hippa septemdenlaliis Montagu, 1813: I, Tab.l. fig. 1; Alelecyclus helerodon Leach. 1815i): text to & Tab. II] Leach (1814) cites ... 5. coast of Devon ... (Montagu collected), and ... Kingsbridge ... (Cranch collected); he also examined a young female from Bell Rock received from Stevenson. Leach (1815/5) also mentions specimens from Prideaux. White (1847) lists specimens a-e young from Bell Rock. Scotland, f-k Devon, from Montagu & Leach collection. Among this latter material is a /,v longicarpiis. White. IS47: 34| White (1847) Hsts specimens a & b. New Holland, Leach collection. These arc registered as no. 439 and comprise: a 9 19.0mm; b 9 22.0mm. Mursia cristimanus (de Haan, 1837) \Miirsia cristata Leach MSS; White, 1S47: 45], White (1S47) lists specimen a from the Indian Ocean. In the NHM copy of this publication this locality has been amended to 'Africa'. Above the label 'cristimana' is a note by Isabella Gordon reading "(types) 4 specimens relaxed XII/38'. However, these have not been located among the alcohol preserved material. Mvm fiignax (Fabricius. 1798) \Myra fiignax Leach, 1817fl: 24, White, 1847: 49] I. each (18I7rt) cites . . . mari Indico as the locality. White ( 1847) lists specimens a & b from Indian Ocean. Extant material, registered as no. 92, comprise: a c? 32.0mm; b 6 .^7. 0mm. Necora puber (Linnaeus, 1767) \Cancer veliitmus Pennant, 1777: 5, PI IV, fig. 8 Porlimus puber: Leach, 1814o: 390; Leach, 18LS: .M5; Leach, 1816,(: text to and Tab. VI; White, 1847: 24] A large male measuring 62.0mm labelled 'C.veliilimis' . from the Pennant Collection, registered as 1412.12.31.1, is probably the specimen figured by Pennant (1777) who states that the species . . . Inhabits the Western coast of Anglesey. Leach (1814a) gives Devonshire as the British locality, . . . iiceano Eiiropae . . . (Leach, 1815) and . . . South-Western coast of Devonshire . . . (Leach, 1816a). White (1847) lists specimens a-e from S.W. coast of Devon, from Leach & Montagu collections, ,ind f from Devon but without additional information. Extant Leach material, labelled S.W. coast of Devon and registered as no. 19, comprise: a juv. h..S0mm;b?d l(I..SOmm; c 6 2l.(lmm;d 3 40.0mm. Neosarmatium meinerti (de Man, 1887) I Sf,vi;;7)i(j letrugoniim White, 1847: .'^8] White (1847) lists specimen a from Isle of France, Leach collection. This 9 30.0mm, registered as no. 584d bears a small printed label attached to the merus of the hfth left pereiopod inscribed 'Isle of France'. The accession number has been deleted in the register and the trivial name 'taeniolata n.s' substituted, presumably by White. Ocypodc cordimanus (Latreille. 1818) \()c\pode cursor V^VixlQ , 1847: 35] White ( 1847) lists specimens a & b, from Isle of France, Leach collection although only a is entered under no. 755 in the register. Extant material comprise: 6 26.0mm. purchased at Steven's sale. Oziothephiisa ?senex senex (Fabricius, 1798) I Telphiisa iiidica: White, 1847: 30] White (1847) lists specimens a & b, from Isle of France, Leach collection. A fragmented 9 25.0mm with an associated label inscribed "Isle of France, Mathieu. Mus. Leach' but without a registration number is present in the Dry Collection and may be one of the two specimens cited by White; the other has not been located. I'licloliis hoscii Leach, 1815a {I'actolus boscii Leach, I8L5«: 20, PI. 68; Leptopodia siigittaria White, 1847: 1) leach (1815rt) states . . . locality unknown . . . and White (1847) lists specimen j, remarking , . , carapace of a female, with the legs of another crab artificially coloured . . . This specimen, a V 40.0mm, is entered as no. 83 in the register and must be considered the holotype. 220 R. W. INGLE Parthenopc horrida (Leach, 1814(7) \Maia horrida Leach, 1814rt: 394; Parthenope horrida Leach. 1S14«: 431 ; Leach, 1815«: 107, Tab. XCVIII; White, 1847: 12] Leach does not cite specific material in his accounts but states . . . Inhabits the Asiatic Ocean. White (1847) lists specimens a-d from . . . Isle of France . . . and from the collection of M.Matthieu. Extant material has an attached Miis. Leach label inscribed 'Isle of France. M.Mathieu . . .' and is represented by a 9 67.11mm registered as no. 69c, and an unregistered 6 24.(lmm; both must be considered syntypes. Persephona lichtensteinii Leach, 1817fl [Persephona lichlensleinii Leach, 1817a: 23; White, 1847: 47) Leach (1817fl) cites one female in . . . Miis. Brit . . White (1847) lists specimen a male and b female. The locality is unknown. These two specimens, bearing an old registration number 97, were transferred from the Dry to the Alcohol Collection and re-registered as 1939.9.20.8-9. Because Leach cited a female only (26.(lmm) this must be considered the holotype and the male (27.0mm) as a paratype. Persephona punctata punctata (Linnaeus, 1758) [Persephona lalreilli Leach, I8l7u: 22; Persephona lamarckii Leach, 1817o: 23; Persephona latreillii & P. lamarckii White, 1847: 47; Persephona giiaia Bell, 1855: 292] Leach (18l7: text to and Tab. XX, figs I, 2; White, 1847: 4.] . . . Angliae australi-occidentalis mari ... is cited by Leach (1815), . . . south-west coast of England . . . (Leach. 1816) and . . . Isle of Wight . . . (Pennant's locality) . . . Brighton and Teignrnouth . . . (Leach. 1817fc). White (1847) lists specimens a-f from S. of England, without additional information, and specimens p-s Tripoli, Leach Collection. Extant material, labelled collectively 'South of England' and registered as no. 75 comprise: a S 34.0mm; b i 4(1. 0mm; c 6 45.()mm; d 9 22.(lmm; e 9 27.0mm; f 9 44.0mm. In the register it is stated that specimen c is the one figured by Leach ( 1817/; Tab. XX, fig. 1 ) and specimen fas fig. 2. The Tripoli material is represented by four specimens, each with a small locality label but w ithout a registration number; these comprise: 9 18.0mm; 6 26,0mm; 6 30.0mm; 9 IfS.Omm. Plagnsia depressa (Fabricius, 1775) [Plagusia squamosa: White, 1847: 43] White ( 1847) lists a male labelled g from Isle of France. Leach collection. A label in Adam W^hite's handwriting inscribed 'Plagusia squamosa Ocean, 466' is placed to the left of several dry specimens but cannot be satisfactorily assigned to any particular one. The register entry for this number (466) gives Isle of France. Planes mimitus (Linnaeus, 1758) [Grapsus minimis: Leach, 1813: 414; Planes linmicana Leach, 1875: text to & Tab. XXVIl, figs I- 3; White. 1847: 41] Leach (1818) cites this and a new species from the Gulf of Guinea and (Leach, 1875) . . . Devon and Cornwall . . . for material examined. White ( 1847) lists, for Leach material, specimens a-c from Devonshire'.', and d a young female from South Atlantic. Extant material, unregistered, comprise: 26 6 13.0 & 14.(lmm, from Gulf of Guinea (Congo Expedition); there are also 26 6. 10.0mm and 19 8.()mm, with an associated label inscribed 'Received from Dr. Leach with a collection of Devonshire Insects but without the habitat. It appears to be the same as received from Mr Say from N. America under the name of Grapsus pelagicus' On the reverse side of this label Adam White has written- 'Planes linnai Leach written with pencil on bottom of drawer'. I HE NHM CRAB COLLECTIONS 223 I'odophthalmus v7g;7 (Fabricius, 1798) \PodophllHilnnis vigil: Leach, 1815fl: 149; White, 1847: 29) Icach (lSI5(i) mentions that his specimen was obtained from Mr Mathieu, Isle of France. Although White (1S47) hsts this specimen as a from Isle of France, Leach collection, it has not been found. I'olxhius henslowii Leach, 1820 \r,>lybius henslowti Leach, 1S2(I: text to and Tab. IXB; White, 1847: 24; Christiansen, l%9: fiS] I each (182(1) cites localities . . . Norihcrn coast of Devon . . . (Hcnslow collected), . . . off Bigbury liiiY. in the Soiilh-Westcrn coast of Dc\<>n . . . (Prideaux collected) . . . opposite Portland Island . . . (( ioodall collected). . . . in the collection of the Linneun Society . . . off coast of Spain . . . Sir Joseph Hanks. White (1847) lists specimens a-e from S.W. coast of Devon, Leach and Montagu collections. There is no evidence that the latter had material of this species. The Banks specimen has not been found. Extant specimens, registered as no. 231, comprise: a 6 42..S(lmm (lectotype); b 6 42..'illmm; e 9 37.(lmm (paralectotypes) selected by I. Gordon. Portumnus latipes (Fennanl. Mil) [Cancer latipes Pennant, 1777: 3, PI. I, fig. 4; Portumnus variegaliis Leach, 1814a: 341; Leach. I8LSb: text to and Tab. IV; Portumnits latipes: White, 1847: 23] A female m.limm, registered as 1912. 12.31.2 is labelled by W. T. Caiman as the type and this may be the specimen figured by Pennant (1777, PI. I, fig. 4). It is one of the Pennant specimens received from the Earl of Denbigh in 1912. Leach (1814a) cites . . . Great Britain . . . and later (Leach, 18156) . , . southern coast of Devonshire . . . (Prideaux collected). White ( 1847) lists specimens a-e from Devon, Montagu Collection and f-h young presented by Dr. Goodall (a collector from whom Leach occasionally obtained specimens). Extant material, in addition to the holotype, registered as no. 14, comprise: b 6 25.3mm; c 2 20.5mm; d 9 19.5mm; e 9 13.()mm Portiimis spinimamis Latreille, 1819 \Lupa banksii Leach, 1815: 319; Acheloiis spinimamis: White, 1847: 28| Leach (1815) cites . . . Mas. Britl ex dono Joseplii Banks . . . for his material. White (1847) lists specimens c-e from the West Indies and presented by Banks. A 9 43.()mm has a label nearby inscribed 'Achelous spinitnamis Des. var/ L. Banksii Leach Jamaica" and with the registration number 920. However, the register entry against this number reads 'a,b West Indies purchd, of .Scrivener' There is a note by Isabella Gordon in the Crustacea Section Library copy of White's 1847 publication to the effect that one of the c-e specimens listed by White was destroyed during the war and that a Banks collection label was found on fragements of one specimen. None of the Dry collection Achelous' can now be identihed as representing the Banks specimens listed by White. Portuniis validus Herklots, 1851 \Liipa (part) Leach, 1818: 413; Ltipa Cranchiaiiu Leach MS; Neptunus sanguiiiolentus (part). White, 1847: 27; Portumis validus: Monod, 197(1: 66] White (1847) lists the Leach specimens as f-h from W. coast of Africa (Congo Expedition). The extant specimen is an unregistered 9 29.()mm and now in the alcohol collection; a part of one copied label is inscribed 'On a floating Thalassiophyta Lat. 30°N. Long 36° Congo Fxpd.' Sesarma (Chiromantes) cinereum (Bosc. 1802) [Sesarma cinerca: White. 1847: 38] White, 1847 lists specimens h & c from United States. Leach Collection. The only specimen located is a d 14.0mm with a Mas. Leach label inscribed 'Sesarma cinerea Say . . .' but without a registration number or additional details. Stenorhvnchus seticoniis (Hcrbst. 1788) [Leplopodia seticonus: Leach. 1815u; 16, PI. 67; White, 1847: 1] Leach ( I815(() cites . . . habitat in mari Carribeo ... as the locality. White ( 1847) lists specimens a-h from the West Indies, but in the register 'Caribean Sea' is entered against a-e and these are probably the Leach specimens. Extant materi;il, registered as no. 83, comprise: b 6 37.()mm; c 6 hO.Omm; d 6 46.0nim. 224 R. W. INGLE Thia scutellata (Fabricius, 1793) {ThmpoUta Leach. 1815: 312; Leach, 1815«: 120. fig. KM; White. 1S47: .S2; Leach. 1873: text to & Tab. IXA. figs -4-61 Leach docs not cite a locality or donor for his 77i/fl polilu in any publication. White ( 1847) lists specimen a from the Mediterranean. Leach collection. A 6 11.0mm from this location bears a 'type' label and the registration number 50.8. This accession entry lists Capt. Parry as the donor. Variina litterala (Fabricius, 1798) \Trichopus litlcraliis: White. 1847: 43] White (1847) lists specimen a from the Isle of France. Leach collection. This is a 9 40.0mm. registered as no. 349. Xantho incisus Leach. 1814 [Cancer floridus Montagu. 1808: 85, Tab. H, fig. 1; Cancer incisus Leach. 1814